OPERATOR’S MANUAL
MODEL T703
PHOTOMETRIC O3 CALIBRATOR
© TELEDYNE ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION (TAPI)
9480 CARROLL PARK DRIVE
SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92121-5201
USA
Toll-free Phone: 800-324-5190
Phone: 858-657-9800
Fax: 858-657-9816
Email: [email protected]
Website: http://www.teledyne-api.com/
Copyright 2010-2012
Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation
07223B DCN6378
10 February 2012
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ABOUT TELEDYNE ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION (TAPI)
Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI), a business unit of Teledyne Instruments, Inc., is a
worldwide market leader in the design and manufacture of precision analytical instrumentation used for air
quality monitoring, continuous emissions monitoring, and specialty process monitoring applications. Founded
in San Diego, California, in 1988, TAPI introduced a complete line of Air Quality Monitoring (AQM)
instrumentation, which comply with the United States Environmental Protection Administration (EPA) and
international requirements for the measurement of criteria pollutants, including CO, SO2, NOx and Ozone.
Since 1988 TAPI has combined state-of-the-art technology, proven measuring principles, stringent quality
assurance systems and world class after-sales support to deliver the best products and customer satisfaction in
the business.
For further information on our company, our complete range of products, and the applications that they serve,
NOTICE OF COPYRIGHT
© 2010-2012 Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation, Inc. All rights reserved.
TRADEMARKS
All trademarks, registered trademarks, brand names or product names appearing in this document are the
property of their respective owners and are used herein for identification purposes only.
i
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ii
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Table of Contents
SAFETY MESSAGES
Important safety messages are provided throughout this manual for the purpose of avoiding personal injury or
instrument damage. Please read these messages carefully. Each safety message is associated with a safety
alert symbol, and are placed throughout this manual and inside the instrument. The symbols with messages are
defined as follows:
WARNING: Electrical Shock Hazard
AVERTISSEMENT: Risque de choc électrique
HAZARD: Strong oxidizer
DANGER: Oxydant puissant
GENERAL WARNING/CAUTION: Read the accompanying message for
specific information.
GÉNÉRALE AVERTISSEMENT / ATTENTION: Lisez le message
d'accompagnement pour des informations spécifiques.
CAUTION: Hot Surface Warning
ATTENTION: Surface Chaude
Do Not Touch: Touching some parts of the instrument without protection or
proper tools could result in damage to the part(s) and/or the instrument.
Ne pas toucher: Toucher certaines parties de l'instrument sans protection ni
outils appropriés peut entraîner des dommages à la partie et / ou l'instrument.
Technician Symbol: All operations marked with this symbol are to be
performed by qualified maintenance personnel only.
Symbole du Technicien: Toutes les opérations portant ce symbole sont à
effectuer par le personnel de maintenance qualifié.
Electrical Ground: This symbol inside the instrument marks the central safety
grounding point for the instrument.
Ground électrique: Ce symbole à l'intérieur de l'instrument central de sécurité
marque le point de mise à la terre de l'instrument.
CAUTION
This instrument should only be used for the purpose and in the manner described
in this manual. If you use this instrument in a manner other than that for which it
was intended, unpredictable behavior could ensue with possible hazardous
consequences.
NEVER use any gas analyzer to sample combustible gas(es)!
ATTENTION
Cet instrument ne doit être utilisé à cette fin et de la manière décrite dans ce
manuel. Si vous utilisez cet appareil dans une autre manière que celle pour
laquelle il était destiné, à un comportement imprévisible pourraient en résulter,
aux éventuelles conséquences dangereuses.
NE JAMAIS utiliser un analyseur de gaz à l'échantillon tout gaz combustible!
07223B DCN6378
iii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Note
For Technical Assistance regarding the use and maintenance of this instrument or any
other Teledyne API product, contact Teledyne API’s Customer Service Department:
Telephone: 800-324-5190
Email: [email protected]
or access any of the service options on our website at http://www.teledyne-api.com/
07223B DCN6378
iv
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Table of Contents
WARRANTY
WARRANTY POLICY (02024D)
Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI), a business unit of Teledyne Instruments, Inc., warrants its
products as follows:
Prior to shipment, TAPI equipment is thoroughly inspected and tested. Should equipment failure occur, TAPI
assures its customers that prompt service and support will be available.
COVERAGE
After the warranty period and throughout the equipment lifetime, TAPI stands ready to provide on-site or in-plant
service at reasonable rates similar to those of other manufacturers in the industry. All maintenance and the first
level of field troubleshooting is to be performed by the customer.
NON-API MANUFACTURED EQUIPMENT
Equipment provided but not manufactured by TAPI is warranted and will be repaired to the extent and according
to the current terms and conditions of the respective equipment manufacturers warranty.
GENERAL
During the warranty period, TAPI warrants each Product manufactured by TAPI to be free from defects in
material and workmanship under normal use and service. Expendable parts are excluded.
If a product fails to conform to its specifications within the warranty period, API shall correct such defect by, in
API's discretion, repairing or replacing such defective Product or refunding the purchase price of such Product.
The warranties set forth in this section shall be of no force or effect with respect to any Product: (i) that has been
altered or subjected to misuse, negligence or accident, or (ii) that has been used in any manner other than in
accordance with the instruction provided by TAPI, or (iii) not properly maintained.
THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION AND THE REMEDIES THEREFORE ARE EXCLUSIVE
AND IN LIEU OF ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR
PURPOSE OR OTHER WARRANTY OF QUALITY, WHETHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. THE REMEDIES
SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION ARE THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY
CONTAINED HEREIN. API SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OF TAPI’S PERFORMANCE
HEREUNDER, WHETHER FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR OTHERWISE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
All units or components returned to TAPI should be properly packed for handling and returned freight prepaid to
the nearest designated Service Center. After the repair, the equipment will be returned, freight prepaid.
CAUTION – Avoid Warranty Invalidation
Failure to comply with proper anti-Electro-Static Discharge (ESD) handling and packing instructions and
Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) procedures when returning parts for repair or calibration may
void your warranty. For anti-ESD handling and packing instructions please refer to “Packing Components
for Return to TAPI’s Customer Service” in the Primer on Electro-Static Discharge section of this manual,
Support > Return Authorization.
07223B DCN6378
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
07223B DCN6378
vi
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Table of Contents
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Presented here is information regarding the documents that are included with this manual (Structure), its history
of release and revisions (Revision History), how the content is organized (Organization), and the conventions
used to present the information in this manual (Conventions Used).
STRUCTURE
This T703 manual, PN 07223, is comprised of multiple documents, assembled in PDF format, as listed below.
Part No.
07223
05745
07224
05863
05747
Rev Name/Description
B
D
A
D
C
T703 Photometric Calibrator Operation Manual (the main body of this manual)
Menu trees and software documentation (inserted as Appendix A of this manual)
Spare Parts List (located in Appendix B of this manual)
Recommended Spares Stocking Levels (located in Appendix B of this manual)
Appendix C, Repair Questionnaire
Documents and Schematics included in Appendix D of this manual:
Interconnect List
073600100
07360
04354
04420
04421
04422
04524
05803
06698
06882
06731
A
A
D
B
A
A
E
B
D
B
A
Interconnect Diagram
SCH, PCA 04003, PRESS/FLOW
SCHEMATIC, UV DET PREAMP
SCHEMATIC, UV LAMP SUPPLY
SCHEMATIC, DC HEATER/THERMISTOR
SCHEMATIC, RELAY CARD
SCH, PCA 05802, MOTHERBOARD, GEN-5
SCH, PCA 06697, INTRFC, LCD TCH SCRN
SCH, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD
SCH, AUXILLIARY-I/O BOARD
Note
We recommend that this manual be read in its entirety before any attempt is made to operate the instrument.
ORGANIZATION
This manual is divided among three main parts and a collection of appendices at the end.
Part I contains introductory information that includes an overview of the analyzer, descriptions of the available
options, specifications, installation and connection instructions, and the initial calibration and functional checks.
Part II comprises the operating instructions, which include basic, advanced and remote operation, calibration,
diagnostics, testing, validating and verifying, and ends with specifics of calibrating for use in EPA monitoring.
Part III provides detailed technical information, such as theory of operation, maintenance, troubleshooting and
repair along with Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) and a glossary. It also contains a special section dedicated
to providing information about electro-static discharge and protecting against its consequences.
The appendices at the end of this manual provide support information such as, version-specific software
documentation, lists of spare parts and recommended stocking levels, and schematics.
07223B DCN6378
vii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
REVISION HISTORY
This section provides information regarding the initial release and subsequent changes to this manual.
February 10, 2012
Document
PN
Rev
B
DCN
6378
Change Summary
T703 Op Manual
07223
Corrected cal photo flow and cal output flow menus in “T703
Gas Flow Calibration” section, per DCR7071.
Deleted “Creating a Manual LEVEL” section per DCR7035.
Corrected flow chart for changing ozone gen ref lamp (called
out ozone gen “drive” – s/b “ref”)
Added or corrected Maintenance Schedule’s references to
sections in manual.
November 12, 2010
Document
PN
Rev
A
DCN
5906
Change Summary
T703 Op Manual
07223
Initial Release
07223B DCN6378
viii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION..................................................................................................... 17
1. INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................ 19
1.1. T703 Calibrator Overview ............................................................................................................................19
1.2. Using This Manual .......................................................................................................................................19
2. SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS.............................................................................. 21
2.1. Specifications...............................................................................................................................................21
2.2. CE Mark Compliance...................................................................................................................................22
3. GETTING STARTED.......................................................................................................... 23
3.1. Unpacking and Initial Setup .........................................................................................................................23
3.1.1. Model T703 calibrator............................................................................................................................25
3.2. Electrical Connections .................................................................................................................................31
3.2.1. Power Connection..................................................................................................................................31
3.2.2. Analog output TEST CHANNEL Connections.......................................................................................31
3.2.3. Connecting the Status Outputs..............................................................................................................32
3.2.4. Connecting the Control Inputs ...............................................................................................................33
3.2.5. Connecting the Control Outputs ............................................................................................................35
3.2.6. Communication Connections.................................................................................................................36
3.2.6.1. Ethernet Connection.......................................................................................................................36
3.2.6.2. USB Option Connection .................................................................................................................36
3.2.6.3. RS-232 and RS485 Connection.....................................................................................................36
3.2.6.4. Multidrop Network Connection .......................................................................................................36
3.3. Pnenumatic Connections.............................................................................................................................37
3.3.1. Dry Air In................................................................................................................................................37
3.3.2. Zero Air In ..............................................................................................................................................37
3.3.3. Output Manifold......................................................................................................................................38
3.3.4. Exhaust..................................................................................................................................................38
3.3.5. Measuring An External Ozone Source ..................................................................................................38
3.4. Initial Operation............................................................................................................................................39
3.4.1. Start-Up..................................................................................................................................................39
3.4.2. Warm Up................................................................................................................................................40
3.4.3. Warning Messages ................................................................................................................................40
3.4.4. Functional Check ...................................................................................................................................42
3.4.5. Operating Modes for the O3 Generator..................................................................................................43
3.4.5.1. CNST (CONSTANT).......................................................................................................................43
3.4.5.2. REF (REFERENCE).......................................................................................................................43
3.4.5.3. BNCH (BENCH) .............................................................................................................................43
3.4.6. Setting the O3 Generator Mode .............................................................................................................43
3.4.7. Setting the T703’s output Flow Rate......................................................................................................44
4.1. FAQ’s ...........................................................................................................................................................45
4.2. Glossary.......................................................................................................................................................45
5. OPTIONAL HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE..................................................................... 49
5.1. Carrying Strap Handle (OPT 29)..................................................................................................................49
5.2. Communication Options...............................................................................................................................49
5.2.2. Ethernet Connection..............................................................................................................................50
5.2.3. USB Option Connection.........................................................................................................................50
5.2.4. RS-232 Multidrop (OPT 62)...................................................................................................................50
5.3. NIST Traceable, Primary Standard Certification..........................................................................................50
6. OPERATING THE T703 CALIBRATOR............................................................................. 53
6.1. Test Functions..............................................................................................................................................54
6.2. Overview of Operating modes .....................................................................................................................55
07223B DCN6378
ix
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.3. Standby Mode..............................................................................................................................................56
6.4. General Information about the GENERATE mode ......................................................................................57
6.4.1. GENERATE AUTO: Basic Generation of Calibration Gas................................................................57
6.5. Automatic Calibration Sequences................................................................................................................58
6.5.1. SETUP SEQ: Programming Calibration Sequences.........................................................................58
6.5.1.1. Activating a Sequence from the T703 Front Panel ........................................................................59
6.5.1.2. Naming a Sequence.......................................................................................................................60
6.5.1.3. Setting the Repeat Count for a Sequence .....................................................................................61
6.5.1.5. Setting Up Control Inputs for a Sequence......................................................................................65
6.5.1.6. Setting Up Control Outputs for a Sequence...................................................................................66
6.5.2. Adding Sequence Steps ........................................................................................................................68
6.5.2.1. The GENERATE Step ....................................................................................................................69
6.5.2.2. The STANDBY Step.......................................................................................................................70
6.5.2.3. The DURATION Step .....................................................................................................................70
6.5.2.4. The EXECSEQ Step.......................................................................................................................71
6.5.2.5. The CC OUTPUT Step...................................................................................................................72
6.5.2.6. Deleting or Editing an Individual Step in a Sequence ....................................................................73
6.5.3. Deleting a Sequence .............................................................................................................................74
6.6. SETUP CFG............................................................................................................................................75
6.7. SETUP CLK.............................................................................................................................................76
6.7.1. Setting the internal Clock’s Time and Day.............................................................................................76
6.7.2. Adjusting the internal Clock’s speed......................................................................................................77
6.8. SETUP PASS..........................................................................................................................................78
6.9. SETUP DIAG TEST CHAN OUTPUT: Using the TEST Channel Analog Output...............................80
6.9.1. Configuring the TEST Channel Analog Output......................................................................................80
6.9.1.1. The Analog I/O Configuration Submenu ........................................................................................80
6.9.1.2. Selecting a TEST Channel Function to Output ..............................................................................82
6.9.1.3. TEST Channel Voltage Range Configuration ................................................................................84
6.9.1.5. Adding a Recorder Offset to the TEST Channel............................................................................86
6.9.2. TEST Channel Calibration.....................................................................................................................87
6.9.2.2. Automatic TEST Channel Calibration.............................................................................................88
6.9.2.3. Manual Calibration of the TEST Channel Configured for Voltage Ranges....................................91
6.9.3. AIN Calibration.......................................................................................................................................93
6.10. SETUP MORE VARS: Internal Variables (VARS)............................................................................94
6.11. Operating the T703 Calibrator as an O3 Photometer ................................................................................96
6.11.1. Set up for Operating the T703 as an O3 Photometer ..........................................................................96
6.12. SETUP LVL: Setting up and using LEADS (Dasibi) Operating Levels .................................................98
6.12.1. General Information about LEADS LEVELS .......................................................................................98
6.12.2. Dot commands.....................................................................................................................................98
6.12.3. Levels...................................................................................................................................................99
6.12.4. Activating an existing LEVEL...............................................................................................................99
6.12.5. Programming New LEVELS ............................................................................................................. 100
6.12.5.1. Creating a Generate LEVEL...................................................................................................... 101
6.12.5.2. Editing or Deleting a LEVEL...................................................................................................... 102
6.12.6. Configuring LEVEL Status Blocks .................................................................................................... 103
7.1. Using the Analyser’s Communication Ports.............................................................................................. 104
7.1.1. RS-232 DTE and DCE Communication.............................................................................................. 104
7.1.3. COM Port Baud Rate.......................................................................................................................... 107
7.1.4. COM Port Communication Modes...................................................................................................... 108
7.1.5. COM Port Testing ............................................................................................................................... 110
7.1.6. Machine ID.......................................................................................................................................... 111
7.1.7. Terminal Operating Modes ................................................................................................................. 112
07223B DCN6378
x
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Table of Contents
7.1.7.1. Help Commands in Terminal Mode............................................................................................. 112
7.1.7.2. Command Syntax........................................................................................................................ 113
7.1.7.3. Data Types .................................................................................................................................. 113
7.1.7.4. Status Reporting.......................................................................................................................... 114
7.1.7.5. COM Port Password Security...................................................................................................... 115
7.2. Remote Access by Modem....................................................................................................................... 116
7.3. Multidrop RS-232 Set Up.......................................................................................................................... 118
7.4. RS-485 Configuration of COM2................................................................................................................ 120
7.5. Remote Access via the Ethernet............................................................................................................... 120
7.5.1. Configuring the Ethernet Interface using DHCP................................................................................. 121
7.5.1.1. Manually Configuring the Network IP Addresses........................................................................ 123
7.5.2. Changing the Calibrator’s Hostname.................................................................................................. 125
7.6. APICOM Remote Control Program........................................................................................................... 126
8. T703 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION..................................................................... 129
8.1. Verifying and Calibrating the T703’s O3 Photometer................................................................................ 129
8.1.1. Setup for Verifying and calibrating the O3 Photometer....................................................................... 129
8.1.1.1. Calibration Manifold Exhaust/Vent Line ...................................................................................... 130
8.1.2. Verifying O3 Photometer Performance ............................................................................................... 131
8.1.3. Calibrating the O3 Photometer............................................................................................................ 132
8.1.3.1. Photometer Zero Calibration ....................................................................................................... 132
8.1.3.2. Photometer Span Calibration ...................................................................................................... 133
8.1.4. O3 Photometer Dark Calibration ......................................................................................................... 134
8.1.5. O3 Photometer Backpressure Calibration........................................................................................... 135
8.2. Calibrating the O3 Generator .................................................................................................................... 136
8.2.1. O3 Generator Calibration table............................................................................................................ 136
8.2.2. Viewing O3 Generator Calibration Points............................................................................................ 137
8.2.3. Adding or Editing O3 Generator Calibration Points............................................................................. 138
8.2.4. Deleting O3 Generator Calibration Points........................................................................................... 139
8.2.5. Turning O3 Generator Calibration Points ON / OFF ........................................................................... 140
8.2.6. Performing an Automatic Calibration of the O3 Generator ................................................................. 141
8.3. T703 Gas Pressure Sensor Calibration.................................................................................................... 142
8.3.1.1. Gas Pressure Sensor Calibration Set Up.................................................................................... 142
8.4. T703 Gas Flow Calibration ....................................................................................................................... 145
8.4.1. Calibrating the Photometer’s Sample Gas Flow................................................................................. 146
8.4.2. Calibrating the Output Gas Flow......................................................................................................... 147
8.4.2.1. Output Gas Flow Set Up ............................................................................................................. 147
8.4.2.2. Performing an Output Gas Flow Calibration ............................................................................... 148
9. THEORY OF OPERATION............................................................................................... 151
9.1. Pneumatic Operation ................................................................................................................................ 151
9.1.1. Gas Flow Control ................................................................................................................................ 151
9.1.1.1. Flow Control Assemblies............................................................................................................. 151
9.1.1.2. Photometer Critical Flow Orifice.................................................................................................. 151
9.1.2. Internal Gas Pressure Sensors........................................................................................................... 152
9.2. Electronic Operation ................................................................................................................................. 153
9.2.1. Overview............................................................................................................................................. 153
9.2.2. Central Processing Unit (CPU)........................................................................................................... 154
9.2.2.1. Disk On Module (DOM)............................................................................................................... 155
9.2.2.2. Flash Chip ................................................................................................................................... 155
9.2.3. Relay PCA .......................................................................................................................................... 155
9.2.3.1. Valve Control............................................................................................................................... 156
9.2.3.2. Heater Control ............................................................................................................................. 157
9.2.3.4. Relay PCA Watchdog Indicator (D1)........................................................................................... 158
9.2.4. Motherboard........................................................................................................................................ 159
9.2.4.1. A to D Conversion ....................................................................................................................... 159
07223B DCN6378
xi
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
9.2.4.2. Sensor Inputs .............................................................................................................................. 159
9.2.4.3. Thermistor Interface .................................................................................................................... 159
9.2.4.4. Analog Outputs............................................................................................................................ 159
9.2.4.5. External Digital I/O....................................................................................................................... 160
9.2.4.6. I2C Data Bus................................................................................................................................ 160
9.2.4.7. Power-up Circuit.......................................................................................................................... 160
9.2.5. Power Supply and Circuit Breaker...................................................................................................... 160
9.2.6. AC Power Configuration ..................................................................................................................... 161
9.2.6.1. AC configuration – Internal Pump (JP7)...................................................................................... 162
9.3. Front Panel Touchscreen/Display Interface.............................................................................................. 163
9.3.1.1. Front Panel Interface PCA .......................................................................................................... 164
9.4. Software Operation................................................................................................................................... 164
9.5. O3 generator operation............................................................................................................................. 165
9.5.1. Principle of Photolytic O3 Generation ................................................................................................. 165
9.5.2. Generator Pneumatic Operation......................................................................................................... 166
9.5.3. O3 Generator Electronic Operation ..................................................................................................... 166
9.5.3.1. O3 Generator Temperature Control............................................................................................. 168
9.6. Photometer Operation............................................................................................................................... 169
9.6.1. Measurement Method......................................................................................................................... 169
9.6.1.1. Calculating O3 Concentration...................................................................................................... 169
9.6.1.2. The Measurement / Reference Cycle.......................................................................................... 170
9.6.1.3. The Absorption Path.................................................................................................................... 172
9.6.1.4. Interferent Rejection .................................................................................................................... 173
9.6.2. Photometer Layout.............................................................................................................................. 174
9.6.3. Photometer Pneumatic Operation ...................................................................................................... 174
9.6.4. Photometer Electronic Operation........................................................................................................ 175
9.6.4.1. O3 Photometer Temperature Control .......................................................................................... 175
9.6.4.2. Pneumatic Sensors for the O3 Photometer ................................................................................. 176
10. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE & PROCEDURES .......................................................... 177
10.1. Maintenance Schedule ........................................................................................................................... 177
10.2. Performing Leak Checks ........................................................................................................................ 181
10.2.1. Pressure Leak Check ....................................................................................................................... 181
10.3. Cleaning or replacing the Absorption Tube............................................................................................ 184
10.4. Rebuilding the Dry Air Pump .................................................................................................................. 184
10.5. Photometer UV Source Lamp Adjustment.............................................................................................. 185
10.6. Photometer UV Source Lamp Replacement .......................................................................................... 186
10.7. Adjustment or Replacement of Ozone Generator UV Lamp .................................................................. 187
11. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR .............................................................. 189
11.1. General Troubleshooting........................................................................................................................ 189
11.1.1. Fault Diagnosis with WARNING Messages...................................................................................... 190
11.1.2. Fault Diagnosis With Test Functions ................................................................................................ 193
11.1.3. Using the Diagnostic Signal I/O Function......................................................................................... 195
11.2. Using the Analog Output Test Channel.................................................................................................. 196
11.3. Using the Internal Electronic Status LEDs.............................................................................................. 197
11.3.1. CPU Status Indicator ........................................................................................................................ 197
11.3.2. Relay PCA Status LEDs ................................................................................................................... 197
11.3.2.1. I2C Bus Watchdog Status LEDs ................................................................................................ 197
11.3.2.2. O3 Status LEDs ......................................................................................................................... 198
11.4. Subsystem Checkout.............................................................................................................................. 199
11.4.1. Verify Subsystem Calibration............................................................................................................ 199
11.4.2. AC Main Power................................................................................................................................. 199
11.4.3. DC Power Supply.............................................................................................................................. 200
11.4.4. I2C Bus.............................................................................................................................................. 201
11.4.5. Touchscreen Interface...................................................................................................................... 201
11.4.6. LCD Display Module......................................................................................................................... 201
11.4.7. Relay PCA ........................................................................................................................................ 202
11.4.8. Photometer O3 Generator Pressure /Flow Sensor Assembly........................................................... 202
07223B DCN6378
xii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Table of Contents
11.4.9. Motherboard...................................................................................................................................... 204
11.4.9.1. A/D Functions............................................................................................................................ 204
11.4.9.2. Test Channel / Analog Outputs Voltage.................................................................................... 204
11.4.9.3. Status Outputs........................................................................................................................... 205
11.4.9.4. Control Inputs ............................................................................................................................ 206
11.4.9.5. Control Outputs ......................................................................................................................... 207
11.4.10. CPU ................................................................................................................................................ 207
11.4.11. RS-232 Communications................................................................................................................ 208
11.4.11.1. General RS-232 Troubleshooting............................................................................................ 208
11.4.12. Temperature Problems................................................................................................................... 209
11.4.12.1. Box / Chassis Temperature..................................................................................................... 209
11.4.12.2. Photometer Sample Chamber Temperature........................................................................... 209
11.4.12.3. UV Lamp Temperature............................................................................................................ 209
11.4.12.4. Ozone Generator Temperature............................................................................................... 210
11.5. Troubleshooting the O3 photometer........................................................................................................ 210
11.5.1. Dynamic Problems with the O3 photometer...................................................................................... 210
11.5.1.1. Noisy or Unstable O3 Readings at Zero .................................................................................... 210
11.5.1.2. Noisy, Unstable, or Non-Linear Span O3 Readings .................................................................. 211
11.5.1.5. Cannot Zero............................................................................................................................... 211
11.5.1.6. Cannot Span.............................................................................................................................. 211
11.5.2. Checking Measure / Reference Valve .............................................................................................. 212
11.6. Troubleshooting the O3 Generator.......................................................................................................... 213
11.6.1. Checking The UV Lamp Power Supply ............................................................................................ 213
11.7. Trouble Shooting the Optional O3 generator .......................................................................................... 214
11.7.1. Checking The UV Source Lamp Power Supply................................................................................ 214
11.8. Repair Procedures.................................................................................................................................. 215
11.8.1. Repairing Sample Flow Control Assembly ....................................................................................... 215
11.8.2. Disk-On-Module Replacement Procedure........................................................................................ 216
11.9. Technical Assistance.............................................................................................................................. 216
12. A PRIMER ON ELECTRO-STATIC DISCHARGE......................................................... 217
12.1. How Static Charges are Created............................................................................................................ 217
12.2. How Electro-Static Charges Cause Damage ......................................................................................... 218
12.3. Common Myths About ESD Damage..................................................................................................... 219
12.4. Basic Principles of Static Control............................................................................................................ 219
12.4.1. General Rules................................................................................................................................... 219
12.4.2.1. Working at the Instrument Rack................................................................................................ 221
12.4.2.2. Working at an Anti-ESD Work Bench........................................................................................ 221
07223B DCN6378
xiii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 3-1: T703 Front Panel Layout ...................................................................................................................25
Figure 3-2: Display Screen and Touch Control....................................................................................................25
Figure 3-3: Display/Touch Control Screen Mapped to Menu Charts...................................................................27
Figure 3-4: T703 Rear Panel Layout....................................................................................................................28
Figure 3-5: T703 Internal Layout – Top View.......................................................................................................29
Figure 3-6: T703 Pneumatic Diagram..................................................................................................................30
Figure 3-7: T703 the TEST CHANNEL Connector ..............................................................................................31
Figure 3-8: Status Output Connector ...................................................................................................................32
Figure 3-9: T703 Digital Control Input Connectors ..............................................................................................34
Figure 3-10: T703 Digital Control Output Connector .............................................................................................35
Figure 3-11: Basic Pneumatic Setup of T703 ........................................................................................................37
Figure 3-12: Location of Pressure Regulator Adjustment Knob.............................................................................44
Figure 6-1: Front Panel Display ...........................................................................................................................55
Figure 6-2: T703 the TEST CHANNEL Connector ..............................................................................................80
Figure 6-3: Setup for Calibrating the TEST CHANNEL .......................................................................................91
Figure 6-4: Set up for Using the T703 to Measure an External O3 Source..........................................................96
Figure 6-5: LEADS Level Display Format ......................................................................................................... 102
Figure 7-1: Default Pin Assignments for Rear Panel COM Port connectors (RS-232 DCE & DTE) ................ 105
Figure 7-2: Default Pin Assignments for CPU COM Port connector (RS-232)................................................. 106
Figure 7-3: Multidrop/LVDS PCA Seated on CPU............................................................................................ 118
Figure 7-4: RS232-Multidrop PCA Host/Calibrator Interconnect Diagram........................................................ 119
Figure 7-5: APICOM Remote Control Program Interface ................................................................................. 126
Figure 8-1: Set up for Verifying Optional O3 Photometer Using Internal O3 Generator.................................... 129
Figure 8-2: Set up for Verifying Optional O3 Photometer Using an External O3 Generator.............................. 130
Figure 8-3: Pressure Calibration Monitor Points............................................................................................... 142
Figure 8-4: O3 Generator Pressure Monitor Point Physical Location– T703 .................................................... 143
Figure 8-5: Output Flow Calibration Monitor Point............................................................................................ 147
Figure 9-1: Location of Gas Flow Control Assemblies...................................................................................... 151
Figure 9-2: T703 Electronic Block Diagram ...................................................................................................... 153
Figure 9-3: T703 CPU Board Annotated........................................................................................................... 154
Figure 9-4: Relay Board PCA with AC Relay Retainer Removed..................................................................... 156
Figure 9-5: Heater Control Loop Block Diagram............................................................................................... 157
Figure 9-6: Status LED Locations – Relay PCA ............................................................................................... 157
Figure 9-7: T703 Power Distribution Block diagram ......................................................................................... 161
Figure 9-8: Location of the AC Configuration Jumper for the Dry Air Pump..................................................... 162
Figure 9-9: Pump AC Power Jumpers (JP7)..................................................................................................... 163
Figure 9-10: T703 Front Panel Layout ................................................................................................................ 163
Figure 9-11: Schematic of Basic Software Operation......................................................................................... 164
Figure 9-12: O3 Generator Internal Pneumatics.................................................................................................. 165
Figure 9-13: O3 Generator Valve and Gas Fixture Locations ............................................................................. 166
Figure 9-14: O3 Generator Electronic Block Diagram ......................................................................................... 167
Figure 9-15: O3 Generator Electronic Components Location ............................................................................. 167
Figure 9-16: O3 Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations................................................. 168
Figure 9-17: O3 Photometer Gas Flow – Measure Cycle.................................................................................... 171
Figure 9-18: O3 Photometer Gas Flow – Reference Cycle................................................................................. 172
Figure 9-19: O3 Photometer Absorption Path ..................................................................................................... 173
Figure 9-20: O3 Photometer Layout – Top Cover Removed............................................................................... 174
Figure 9-21: O3 Photometer Electronic Block Diagram....................................................................................... 175
Figure 10-1: Pneumatic setup for performing Pressure Leak Checks................................................................ 182
Figure 10-2: Pneumatic Setup for Performing Pressure Leak Checks............................................................... 183
Figure 10-3: Photometer – Location of UV Detector Gain Adjustment & UV Lamp Set Screw.......................... 186
Figure 10-4: O3 Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations................................................. 187
Figure 10-5: Location of O3 Generator Reference Detector Adjustment Pot...................................................... 187
Figure 11-1: Example of Signal I/O Function ...................................................................................................... 195
Figure 11-2: CPU Status Indicator ...................................................................................................................... 197
Figure 11-3: Relay PCA Status LEDS Used for Troubleshooting....................................................................... 198
07223B DCN6378
xiv
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Table of Contents
Figure 11-4: Location of DC Power Test Points on Relay PCA.......................................................................... 200
Figure 11-5: Critical Flow Restrictor Assembly Disassembly.............................................................................. 215
Figure 12-1: Triboelectric Charging..................................................................................................................... 217
Figure 12-2: Basic anti-ESD Work Station.......................................................................................................... 219
LIST OF TABLES
T703 System Specifications ..............................................................................................................21
T703 Specifications for Ozone Generator .........................................................................................22
T703 Specifications for O3 Photometer .............................................................................................22
Rear Panel Description......................................................................................................................28
Status Output Pin Assignments.........................................................................................................32
T703 Control Input Pin Assignments.................................................................................................33
T703 Control Input Pin Assignments.................................................................................................35
Possible Warning Messages at Start-Up...........................................................................................41
Test Functions Defined......................................................................................................................54
Calibrator Operating Modes...............................................................................................................55
Automatic Calibration SEQUENCE Set Up Attributes.......................................................................58
Sequence Progress Reporting Mode ................................................................................................67
Password Levels................................................................................................................................78
DIAG - Analog I/O Functions .............................................................................................................80
Table 6-10: Voltage Tolerances for the TEST CHANNEL Calibration..................................................................91
Table 6-11: Variable Names (VARS)....................................................................................................................94
COM Port Communication Modes.................................................................................................. 108
Terminal Mode Software Commands............................................................................................. 112
Ethernet Status Indicators .............................................................................................................. 120
LAN/Internet Configuration Properties............................................................................................ 121
T703 Pressure Sensors.................................................................................................................. 142
Relay Board Status LEDs............................................................................................................... 158
AC Power Configuration for Internal Pumps (JP7)......................................................................... 162
T703 Photometer Measurement / Reference Cycle....................................................................... 170
Table 10-1: T703 Maintenance Schedule.......................................................................................................... 179
Table 11-1: Front Panel Warning Messages ..................................................................................................... 192
Table 11-2: Test Functions - Indicated Failures ................................................................................................ 193
Table 11-3: Test Channel Outputs as Diagnostic Tools .................................................................................... 196
Table 11-4: Relay PCA Watchdog LED Failure Indications............................................................................... 197
Table 11-5: Relay PCA Status LED Failure Indications..................................................................................... 198
Table 11-6: DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Codes............................................................................... 200
Table 11-7: DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels............................................................................................. 201
Table 11-8: Relay PCA Control Devices............................................................................................................ 202
Table 11-9: Analog Output Test Function - Nominal Values Voltage Outputs .................................................. 205
Table 11-10: Status Outputs Check..................................................................................................................... 205
Table 11-11: T703 Control Input Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I/O Functions............................. 206
Table 11-12: Control Outputs Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I/O Functions Check...................... 207
Table 12-1: Static Generation Voltages for Typical Activities............................................................................ 217
Table 12-2: Sensitivity of Electronic Devices to Damage by ESD..................................................................... 218
07223B DCN6378
xv
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
LIST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX A - VERSION SPECIFIC SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION
APPENDIX A-1: Model T703 Software Menu Trees, Revision C.0
APPENDIX A-2: Model T703 Setup Variables Available Via Serial I/O, Revision C.0
APPENDIX A-3: Model T703 Warnings and Test Measurements via Serial I/O, Revision C.0
APPENDIX A-4: Model T703 Signal I/O Definitions, Revision C.0
APPENDIX A-5: Model T703 Terminal Command Designators, Revision C.0
APPENDIX B - Model T703 SPARE PARTS LIST
APPENDIX C - Model T703 REPAIR QUESTIONNAIRE
APPENDIX D - Model T703 ELECTRONIC SCHEMATICS
07223B DCN6378
xvi
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
18
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Introduction
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1. T703 CALIBRATOR OVERVIEW
The Model T703 is a microprocessor controlled ozone calibrator for calibration of precision ambient ozone
analyzers, such as the TAPI T400. The T703 features an internal ozone photometer that provides very accurate
closed loop feedback control of the ozone concentration.
As many as 50 independent calibration sequences may be programmed into the T703, covering time periods of
up to one year. The setup of sequences is simple and intuitive. These sequences may be actuated manually,
automatically, or by a remote signal. The sequences may be uploaded remotely, including remote editing. All
programs are maintained in non-volatile memory.
The T703 design emphasizes fast response, repeatability, overall accuracy and ease of operation. It may be
combined with the Model 701 Zero Air Generator to provide the ultimate in easy to use, precise calibration for
your ozone analyzers.
Some of the exceptional features of your T703 Photometric O3 Calibrator are:
Advanced T Series electronics
LCD Graphical User Interface with capacitive touch screen
Bi directional RS-232 and 10/100Base-T Ethernet, optional USB and RS-485, ports for remote operation.
Front panel USB ports for peripheral devices
12 independent timers for sequences
Nested sequences (up to 5 levels)
Internal ozone generator and photometer allows use as primary or transfer standard
Lightweight for transportability
1.2. USING THIS MANUAL
NOTE
Throughout this manual, words printed in capital, bold letters, such as SETUP or ENTR represent
messages as they appear on the calibrator’s display.
This manual is organized in the following manner:
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
Outlines the contents of the manual in the order the information is presented. This is a good overview of the
topics covered in the manual. There is also a list of appendices, figures and tables. In the electronic version of
the manual, clicking on any of these table entries automatically views that section.
SECTION I – GENERAL INFORMATION
INTRODUCTION
A brief description of the T703 calibrator architecture as well as a description of the layout of the manual
and what information is located in its various sections and chapters.
19
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Specifications for the T703 photometric calibrator, and CE Mark: Emissions and Safety Compliance.
GETTING STARTED
Instructions for setting up, installing and running your calibrator for the first time.
GLOSSARY:
Answers to the most frequently asked questions about operating the calibrator and a glossary of
acronyms and technical terms.
OPTIONAL HARDWARE & SOFTWARE
A description of optional equipment to add functionality to your calibrator.
SECTION II – OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
USING THE T703 CALIBRATOR
Step-by-Step instructions for using the display/keyboard to set up and operate the T703 calibrator.
REMOTE OPERATION OF THE T703 CALIBRATOR
Information and instructions for interacting with the T703 calibrator via its several remote interface
options (e.g. via RS-232, Ethernet, its built in digital control inputs/outputs, etc.)
T703 VALIDATION AND VERIFICATION
Methods and procedures for validating and verifying the correct operation of your T703 Photometric O3
Calibrator
SECTION III – TECHNICAL INFORMATION
THEORY OF OPERATION
An in-depth look at the various principals by which your calibrator operates as well as a description of
how the various electronic, mechanical and pneumatic components of the calibrator work and interact
with each other. A close reading of this section is invaluable for understanding the calibrator’s
operation.
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE AND PROCEDURES
Description of preventative maintenance procedures that should be regularly performed on you
calibrator to assure good operating condition.
GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
This section includes pointers and instructions for diagnosing problems with the calibrator in general as
well as instructions on performing repairs.
A PRIMER ON ELECTRO-STATIC DISCHARGE
This section describes how static electricity occurs; why it is a significant concern and; how to avoid it
and avoid allowing ESD to affect the reliable and accurate operation of your calibrator.
APPENDICES
For easier access and better updating, some information has been separated out of the manual and placed in a
series of appendices at the end of this manual. These include version-specific software menu trees, warning
messages, serial I/O variables as well as spare part listings, repair questionnaires, interconnect drawing,
detailed pneumatic and electronic schematics.
20
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Specifications and Approvals
2. SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
2.1. SPECIFICATIONS
Table 2-1: T703 System Specifications
Linearity
Precision
+/- 1.0% of full scale
1.0 ppb
Response Time
Stability (7-days)
Temperature Range
Humidity Range
Operating Altitude
Dimensions (H x W x D)
Weight
180 seconds to 95%
1% photometer feedback; 3% without photometer feedback (CNST or REF)
5-40ºC
0 - 95% RH, non-condensing
10,000 ft Maximum
7” (178 mm) x 17” (432 mm) x 24” (609 mm)
35.5 lbs (16.1 kg) including internal zero air pump
100V – 120V, 220V – 240V, 50/60Hz
AC Power
0.1 V, 1 V, 5 V or 10 V
Range with 5% under/over-range
Analog Output Ranges
Analog Output Resolution
1 part in 4096 of selected full-scale voltage (12 bit)
1 Ethernet: 10/100Base-T
2 RS-232 (300 – 115,200 baud)
2 USB device ports
8 opto-isolated digital control outputs
12 opto-isolated digital control inputs
8 opto-isolated digital status outputs
1 analog output, user configurable
Standard I/O
1 USB com port
1 RS485
8 analog inputs (0-10V, 12-bit)
4 digital alarm outputs
Multidrop RS232
Optional I/O
Certifications
3 4-20mA current outputs
EN61326 (1997 w/A1: 98) Class A, FCC Part 15 Subpart B Section 15.107 Class
A, ICES-003 Class A (ANSI C63.4 1992) & AS/NZS 3548 (w/A1 & A2; 97)
Class A.
IEC 61010-1:90 + A1:92 + A2:95,
21
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Specifications and Approvals
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Table 2-2: T703 Specifications for Ozone Generator
Flow Rate
1 to 5 LPM adjustable
Minimum: 50 ppb at 2 LPM
Maximum: 5 ppm at 1 LPM
Maximum: 5 ppm LPM
Minimum: 100 ppb LPM
180 Sec. (98%)
Concentration
Output
Response Time:
Optical Feedback
Standard
Table 2-3: T703 Specifications for O3 Photometer
Ranges
100 ppb to 10 ppm, user selectable
0.3ppb (RMS)
Zero Noise
Span Noise
Lower Detectable Limits
Precision
<0.5%
0.6 ppb (RMS)
1.0 ppb
Linearity
1.0% of Full Scale
<10 seconds
Lag Time
Rise/Fall Time
Zero Drift
<20 sec (photometer response)
<1.0 ppb / 7 days
<1% / 24 hours; <2% / 7 days
800 cc3/min +/- 10%
Span Drift
Flow Rate
2.2. CE MARK COMPLIANCE
EMISSIONS COMPLIANCE
The Teledyne API’s T703 Photometric O3 Calibrator is designed to be fully compliant with:
EN61326 (1997 w/A1: 98) Class A, FCC Part 15 Subpart B Section 15.107 Class A, ICES-003 Class A (ANSI
C63.4 1992) & AS/NZS 3548 (w/A1 & A2; 97) Class A.
Test status: Pending.
SAFETY COMPLIANCE
The Teledyne API’s T703 Photometric O3 Calibrator is designed to be fully compliant with:
IEC 61010-1:90 + A1:92 + A2:95,
Test status: Pending.
22
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Getting Started
3. GETTING STARTED
3.1. UNPACKING AND INITIAL SETUP
CAUTION
THE T703 WEIGHS ABOUT 16.1 KG (35.5 POUNDS) WITHOUT OPTIONS INSTALLED.
TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY, WE RECOMMEND USING TWO PERSONS TO LIFT
AND CARRY THE CALIBRATOR.
CAUTION – Avoid Warranty Invalidation
Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static discharges too small to be felt by the
human nervous system. Damage resulting from failure to use ESD protection when working with
electronic assemblies will void the instrument warranty.
See A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge in this manual for more information on preventing ESD damage.
CAUTION – Avoid Damage to the Instrument
Do not operate the instrument without first removing dust plugs from pneumatic ports.
NOTE
It is recommended that you store shipping containers/materials for future use if/when the instrument
should be returned to the factory for repair and/or calibration service. See Warranty section in this
Support > Return Authorization.
WARNING!
NEVER DISCONNECT ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT BOARDS, WIRING HARNESSES OR
ELECTRONIC SUBASSEMBLIES WHILE THE UNIT IS UNDER POWER.
1. Inspect the received packages for external shipping damage. If damaged, please advise the shipper
first, then Teledyne API.
2. Included with your calibrator is a printed record of the final performance characterization performed on
your instrument at the factory. This record, titled Final Test and Validation Data Sheet (P/N 05760) is an
important quality assurance and calibration record for this instrument. It should be placed in the quality
records file for this instrument.
3. Carefully remove the top cover of the calibrator and check for internal shipping damage.
Remove the set-screw located in the top, center of the Front panel.
Remove the 2 screws fastening the top cover to the unit (one per side towards the rear).
Slide the cover backwards until it clears the calibrator’s front bezel.
Lift the cover straight up.
23
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
4. Inspect the interior of the instrument to make sure all circuit boards and other components are in good
shape and properly seated.
5. Check the connectors of the various internal wiring harnesses and pneumatic hoses to make sure they
are firmly and properly seated.
6. Verify that all of the optional hardware ordered with the unit has been installed. These are checked on
the paperwork accompanying the calibrator.
24
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Getting Started
VENTILATION CLEARANCE: Whether the calibrator is set up on a bench or installed into an instrument rack,
be sure to leave sufficient ventilation clearance.
AREA
MINIMUM REQUIRED CLEARANCE
10 cm / 4 inches
Back of the instrument
Sides of the instrument
Above and below the instrument.
2.5 cm / 1 inch
2.5 cm / 1 inch
Various rack mount kits are available for this calibrator. See Section 5 of this manual for more information.
3.1.1. MODEL T703 CALIBRATOR
Figure 3-1 shows the location of the front panel components. Figure 3-2 shows the display screen, which is
described in Table 3-1.
Figure 3-1:
T703 Front Panel Layout
Figure 3-2:
Display Screen and Touch Control
25
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
The front panel liquid crystal display (LCD) screen includes touch control. Upon calibrator start-up, the LCD
shows a splash screen and other initialization indicators before the main display appears.
CAUTION – Avoid Damaging Touchscreen
Do not use hard-surfaced instruments such as pens to operate the touch screen buttons.
Table 3-1:
Display Screen and Touch Control Description
Description/Function
Field
LEDs indicating the states of the calibrator:
Name
Color
State
off
Definition
Unit is operating in STANDBY mode.
Active
Green
This LED is lit when the instrument is actively producing calibration
gas (GENERATE mode).
This LED is lit only when the calibrator is performing an automatic
calibration sequence.
Auto Timer
Fault
Yellow
Red
off
The calibrator is warming up and therefore many of its subsystems
are not yet operating within their optimum ranges. Various warning
messages may appear in the Param field.
blinking
Target/ Actual
Mode
Gas concentrations, Cal gas MFC and Diluent MFC values with unit of measure
Displays the name of the calibrator’s current operating mode (default is STANDBY at initial startup).
Displays a variety of informational messages such as warning messages, operational data, test function
values and response messages during interactive tasks.
Param
Touchscreen control: row of eight buttons with dynamic, context sensitive labels; buttons are blank when inactive/inapplicable.
Figure 3-3 shows how the front panel display is mapped to the menu charts that are illustrated throughout this
manual. The Mode, Param (parameters), and Target/Actual (gas concentration) fields in the display screen are
represented across the top row of each menu chart. The eight touch control buttons along the bottom of the
display screen are represented in the bottom row of each menu chart.
26
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Figure 3-4:
Table 3-2.
T703 Rear Panel Layout
Rear Panel Description
Function
Component
Fan For cooling: pulls ambient air through chassis from side vents; exhausts through rear.
Connector for three-prong cord to apply AC power to the analyzer
AC Power
Connector
CAUTION! The cord’s power specifications (specs) MUST comply with the
power specs on the calibrator’s rear panel Model number label.
Exhaust gas from ozone generator and photometer (option)
EXHAUST
CAUTION! Exhaust gas must be vented outside.
PHOTO ZERO IN Inlet for photometer Zero Gas (option)
PHOTO ZERO OUT Outlet for photometer Zero Gas (option)
PHOTO IN Measurement gas input for O3 photometer (option)
PHOTO OUT Calibration gas outlet to O3 photometer (option)
CAL GAS OUT Two outlets for calibration gas.
VENT Vent port for output manifold
DRY AIR IN Inlet for dry air.
ZERO AIR IN Inlet for external zero air source – MUST BE CAPPED WHEN NOT CONNECTED.
COM 2 Serial communications port for RS-232 or RS-485 (option).
RX TX LEDs indicate receive (RX) and transmit (TX) activity on the when blinking.
RS-232 Serial communications port for RS-232 only.
Switch to select either data terminal equipment or data communication equipment
DCE DTE
CONTROL OUT For outputs to devices such as Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs).
STATUS For outputs to devices such as Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs).
ANALOG OUT For voltage or current loop outputs to a strip chart recorder and/or a data logger.
CONTROL IN For remotely activating the zero and span calibration modes.
ETHERNET Connector for network or Internet remote communication, using Ethernet cable.
USB Connector for direct connection (option) to a personal computer, using USB cable.
Label w/power specs Identifies the analyzer model number and lists voltage and frequency specifications
28
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Instrument Chassis
PHOTOMETER BENCH
yel
blk
DRY AIR
IN
O3 GAS INPUT
PRESSURE SENSOR
Filter
PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE SENSOR
On Back Panel
Pressure
Regulator
blu
PHOTOMETER
INLET
O3 GEN / PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE / FLOW SENSOR PCA
pur
REF/MEAS
Valve
pur
grn
blk
yel
Flow Control
(800 cm3/min)
grn
PHOTOMETER
ZERO IN
orn
red
EXHAUST
PUMP
red
PHOTOMETER
ZERO OUT
INTERNAL
VENT
PUMP
orn
PHOTOMETER
OUTLET
orn
orn
TO ANALYZER
TO ANALYZER
VENT
blu
ZERO AIR
IN
GAS OUTPUT MANIFOLD
Figure 3-6:
T703 Pneumatic Diagram
30
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
NOTE
To maintain compliance with EMC standards, it is required that the cable length be no greater than 3 meters for
all I/O connections, which include Analog In, Analog Out, Status Out, Control In, Ethernet/LAN, USB, RS-232,
and RS-485.
3.2.1. POWER CONNECTION
Verify the correct line voltage and frequency configuration on the serial number tag on the rear panel of the
T703.
Attach the power cord to the calibrator and plug it into a power outlet capable of carrying at least 10 A current at
your AC voltage and that it is equipped with a functioning earth ground.
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT INSIDE THE CALIBRATORS CASE
POWER CONNECTION MUST HAVE FUNCTIONING GROUND CONNECTION.
DO NOT DEFEAT THE GROUND WIRE ON POWER PLUG.
TURN OFF CALIBRATOR POWER BEFORE DISCONNECTING OR
CONNECTING ELECTRICAL SUBASSEMBLIES.
CAUTION – AVOID PERSONAL INJURY
DO NOT LOOK AT THE PHOTOMETER UV LAMP.
UV LIGHT CAN CAUSE EYE DAMAGE.
ALWAYS WEAR GLASSES MADE FROM SAFETY UV FILTERING GLASS
(PLASTIC GLASSES ARE INADEQUATE).
3.2.2. ANALOG OUTPUT TEST CHANNEL CONNECTIONS
The T703 is equipped with an analog output channel accessible through a connector on the back panel of the
instrument. The standard configuration for this output is 0-5 VDC. It can be set by the user to output one of a
variety of diagnostic test functions (see Section 6.9.)
To access these signals attach a strip chart recorder and/or data-logger to the appropriate analog output
connections on the rear panel of the calibrator.
Pin-outs for the analog output connector at the rear panel of the instrument are:
ANALOG OUT
+ –
Figure 3-7:
T703 the TEST CHANNEL Connector
31
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
3.2.3. CONNECTING THE STATUS OUTPUTS
The status outputs report calibrator conditions via optically isolated NPN transistors, which sink up to 50 mA of
DC current. These outputs can be used interface with devices that accept logic-level digital inputs, such as
programmable logic controllers (PLCs). Each Status bit is an open collector output that can withstand up to 40
VDC. All of the emitters of these transistors are tied together and available at D.
NOTE
Most PLCs have internal provisions for limiting the current that the input will draw from an external
device. When connecting to a unit that does not have this feature, an external dropping resistor must be
used to limit the current through the transistor output to less than 50 mA. At 50 mA, the transistor will
drop approximately 1.2V from its collector to emitter.
The status outputs are accessed via a 12-pin connector on the calibrator’s rear panel labeled STATUS. The
function of each pin is defined in Table 3-3.
STATUS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
D
+
Figure 3-8:
The pin assignments for the Status Outputs are:
Status Output Connector
Table 3-3: Status Output Pin Assignments
OUTPUT
#
STATUS
DEFINITION
CONDITION
1
SYSTEM OK
Unassigned
CAL ACTIVE
DIAG
On, if no faults are present.
2
3
On if the calibrator is in GENERATE mode
On if the calibrator is in DIAGNOSTIC mode
On whenever a temperature alarm is active.
4
5
TEMP ALARM
6
PRESS ALARM
Unassigned
On whenever gas pressure alarm is active
7 & 8
D
Emitter BUSS
DC POWER
The emitters of the transistors on pins 1 to 8 are bussed together.
+ 5 VDC
+
Digital Ground
The ground level from the calibrator’s internal DC power supplies.
32
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.2.4. CONNECTING THE CONTROL INPUTS
The calibrator is equipped with 12 digital control inputs that can be used to Initiate various user programmable
calibration sequences (see Section 6.5.1.5 for instructions on assigning the control inputs to specific calibration
sequences).
Access to these inputs is via 2 separate 10-pin connectors, labeled CONTROL IN, that are located on the
calibrator’s rear panel.
Table 3-4: T703 Control Input Pin Assignments
CONNECTOR
Top
INPUT
1 to 6
DESCRIPTION
Can be used as either 6 separate on/off switches or as bits 1 through
6 of a 12 bit wide binary activation code (see Section 6.5.1.5)
Can be used as either 6 separate on/off switches or as bits 7 through
12 of a 12 bit wide binary activation code (see Section 6.5.1.5)
Bottom
BOTH
7 to 12
Chassis ground.
Input pin for +5 VDC required to activate pins A – F. This can be from
an external source or from the “+” pin of the instruments STATUS
connector.
Top
U
Input pin for +5 VDC required to activate pins G – L. This can be from
an external source or from the “+” pin of the instruments STATUS
connector.
Bottom
BOTH
U
Internal source of +5V that can be used to actuate control inputs when
connected to the U pin.
+
33
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
There are two methods for energizing the control inputs. The internal +5V available from the pin labeled “+” is
the most convenient method. However, if full isolation is required, an external 5 VDC power supply should be
used.
Example of Local Power Connections
Example of External Power Connections
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
+
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
+
7
8
9
10
11 12
U
+
7
8
9
10
11 12
U
+
5 VDC Power
Supply
+
-
Figure 3-9:
T703 Digital Control Input Connectors
34
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.2.5. CONNECTING THE CONTROL OUTPUTS
The calibrator is equipped with 12 opto-isolated, digital control outputs. These outputs are activated by the
T703’s user-programmable, calibration sequences (see Section 6.5.1.6 for instructions on assigning the control
outputs to specific calibration sequences)
These outputs may be used to interface with devices that accept logic-level digital inputs, such as programmable
logic controllers (PLCs), dataloggers, or digital relays/valve drivers.
CONTROL OUTPUTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
E
Figure 3-10:
T703 Digital Control Output Connector
NOTE
Most PLCs have internal provisions for limiting the current the input will draw. When connecting to a
unit that does not have this feature, external resistors must be used to limit the current through the
individual transistor outputs to ≤50mA (120 Ω for 5V supply).
The pin assignments for the control outputs are:
Table 3-5: T703 Control Input Pin Assignments
PIN #
1 - 12
E
STATUS DEFINITION
Outputs 1 through 12 respectively
Emitter BUSS
CONDITION
Closed if the sequence or sequence step activating output is operating
The emitters of the transistors on pins 1 to 8 are bussed together.
Digital Ground
The ground level from the calibrator’s internal DC power supplies.
35
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
3.2.6. COMMUNICATION CONNECTIONS
The T-Series analyzers are equipped with connectors for remote communications interfaces. This section
describes those features.
3.2.6.1. Ethernet Connection
For network or Internet communication with the analyzer, connect an Ethernet cable from the analyzer’s rear
panel Ethernet interface connector to an Ethernet port.
The T703 firmware supports dynamic IP addressing or DHCP (default setup) for remote operation via an
Ethernet connection. If your network also supports DHCP, the calibrator will automatically configure its LAN
connection appropriately (see Section 7.5.1). If your network does not support DHCP, see Section 7.5.1.1 for
instructions on manually configuring the LAN connection.
3.2.6.2. USB Option Connection
For direct communication between the analyzer and a personal computer (PC), connect a USB cable between
the analyzer and desktop or laptop USB ports. (If this option is installed, the COM2 port can only be used for
RS232 multidrop communication). The baud rate of the PC and the analyzer must match. See Section 7.1.3.
3.2.6.3. RS-232 and RS485 Connection
For RS-232 communications through the serial interface COMM ports, refer to Section 7.1.1 of this manual for
instructions on configuration and usage. For RS-485 communication, contact the factory.
3.2.6.4. Multidrop Network Connection
If your unit has a Teledyne API RS-232 multidrop card (Option 62), see Section 7.3 for instructions on setting it
up.
36
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.3. PNENUMATIC CONNECTIONS
CAUTION!
Do not operate this instrument until you’ve removed dust plugs from inlet and
outlet/exhaust ports on the rear panel!
Figure 3-11:
Basic Pneumatic Setup of T703
3.3.1. DRY AIR IN
When using the internal zero air pump, a source of dry air should be connected to the port labeled ‘Dry Air In’ on
the rear panel. This air should be supplied at atmospheric pressure. The supplied air should have a dew point
of –20 C or less.
Teledyne API can supply an optional desiccant cartridge that can be used to supply dry air to the T703.
3.3.2. ZERO AIR IN
An external pressurized source of zero air can be supplied at the ‘Zero Air” port on the rear panel. This is the
standard configuration when the zero air pump is not installed. This zero air should be scrubbed of ozone and
have a dew point of -20 C or less. The pressure of the zero air should be regulated to 20-35 psig.
NOTE
When connecting an external source of zero air to an T703 with an internal zero air pump installed, the
zero air pump should be disabled.
37
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
3.3.3. OUTPUT MANIFOLD
A four-port output manifold is supplied on the rear panel of the T703 enabling simultaneous testing of up to two
external analyzers. Sample lines for ozone analyzers to be calibrated can be connected directly to this manifold.
To prevent ozone exposure, the bottom port of this manifold is used as a vent and should be connected to a
proper unpressurized vent manifold. It is important that the backpressure at this vent fitting be kept to a
minimum. If a vent line longer than 2 meters (~6 feet) is required, then 3/8” OD tubing should be used.
Any unused ports on this manifold must be capped.
3.3.4. EXHAUST
The port labeled ‘EXHAUST’ contains the exhaust gas from the internal photometer and may contain ozone.
This port should be connected to a proper unpressurized vent manifold to prevent ozone exposure.
3.3.5. MEASURING AN EXTERNAL OZONE SOURCE
The T703 can easily be configured to measure an external source of ozone.
38
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.4. INITIAL OPERATION
If you are unfamiliar with the T703 theory of operation, we recommend that you read Section 9.
For information on navigating the calibrator’s software menus, see the menu trees described in Appendix A.1.
3.4.1. START-UP
After all of the electrical and pneumatic connections are made, turn on the instrument. The exhaust fan and
should start immediately. If the instrument is equipped with an internal photometer installed, the associated
pump should also start up.
The front panel display will show a splash screen and other information during the initialization process while the
CPU loads the operating system, the firmware and the configuration data.
Once the CPU has completed this activity, it will begin loading the calibrator firmware and configuration data.
During this process, model and software revision information appear briefly in the Param field of the calibrator’s
front panel display before the firmware is fully booted:
The calibrator should automatically switch to STANDBY mode after completing the boot-up sequence.
39
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
3.4.2. WARM UP
The T703 Photometric calibrator requires a minimum of 30 minutes for all of its internal components to reach a
stable operating temperature.
3.4.3. WARNING MESSAGES
Because internal temperatures and other conditions may be outside be specified limits during the calibrator’s
warm-up period, the software will suppress most warning conditions for 30 minutes after power up. If warning
messages persist after the 30 minutes warm up period is over, investigate their cause using the troubleshooting
guidelines in Section 11 of this manual.
To view and clear warning messages, press:
STANDBY
TEST
SYSTEM RESET
Suppresses the
warning messages
GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP
STANDBY
SYSTEM RESET
MSG returns the active
warnings to the message
field.
TEST
GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP
STANDBY
SYSTEM RESET
Press CLR to clear the current
TEST
GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP
message.
If more than one warning is
active, the next message will take
its place.
SYSTEM
TEST
ANALOG CAL WARNING
CLR SETUP
Once the last warning has
been cleared, the MESSAGE
FIELD will return to displaying
the currently selected TEST
FUNCTION and value.
NOTE:
If a warning message persists after
several attempts to clear it, the message
may indicate a real problem and not an
artifact of the warm-up period
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
Table 3-6 lists brief descriptions of the warning messages that may occur during start up.
40
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Table 3-6: Possible Warning Messages at Start-Up
Getting Started
MESSAGE
MEANING
The calibrator’s A/D converter or at least one analog
input channel has not been calibrated.
ANALOG CAL WARNING
Stored Configuration information has been reset to the
factory settings or has been erased.
CONFIG INITIALIZED
DATA INITIALIZED
The calibrator’s data storage was erased.
The firmware is unable to communicate with either the
O3 generator or photometer lamp I2C driver chips.
LAMP DRIVER WARN
The O3 generator lamp temperature is outside of
allowable limits.
O3 GEN LAMP TEMP WARNING
O3 GEN REFERENCE WARNING
O3 PUMP WARNING
The O3 generator’s reference detector has dropped
below the minimum allowable limit.
The pump associated with the O3 photometer has failed
to turn on.
The photometer lamp temperature is outside of
allowable limits.
PHOTO LAMP TEMP WARNING
PHOTO REFERENCE WARNING
REAR BOARD NOT DET
RELAY BOARD WARN
The photometer reference reading is outside of
allowable limits.
The calibrator’s motherboard was not detected during
power up.
The firmware is unable to communicate with the
calibrator’s relay board.
The calibrator has been turned off and on or the CPU
was reset.
SYSTEM RESET
41
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
3.4.4. FUNCTIONAL CHECK
1. After the calibrator’s components have warmed up for at least 30 minutes, verify that the software
properly supports any hardware options that are installed.
2. Check to make sure that the calibrator is functioning within allowable operating parameters. Appendix C
includes a list of test functions viewable from the calibrator’s front panel as well as their expected values.
These functions are also useful tools for diagnosing problems with your calibrator (see Section7.5.2).
The enclosed Final Test and Validation Data sheet (part number 05760) lists these values before the
instrument left the factory.
To view the current values of these parameters press the following touch screen button sequence on the
calibrator’s front panel. Remember until the unit has completed its warm up these parameters may not
have stabilized.
3. If your calibrator is operating via Ethernet and your network is running a dynamic host configuration
protocol (DHCP) software package, the Ethernet option will automatically configure its interface with
your LAN. However, it is a good idea to check these settings to make sure that the DHCP has
successfully downloaded the appropriate network settings from your network server (See Section 7.5.2).
If your network is not running DHCP, you will have to configure the calibrator’s interface manually (See
Section 7.5.1.1.
42
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Getting Started
3.4.5. OPERATING MODES FOR THE O3 GENERATOR
The O3 generator can be set to operate in three different modes:
3.4.5.1. CNST (CONSTANT)
In this mode, the O3 output of the generator is based on a single, constant, drive voltage. There is no Feedback
loop control by the T703’s CPU in this mode.
3.4.5.2. REF (REFERENCE)
The O3 control loop will use the reference detector’s measurement of the O3 generator’s UV lamp as input. This
mode does not use the photometer to control the ozone generator.
3.4.5.3. BNCH (BENCH)
The O3 concentration control loop will use the photometer’s O3 measurement as input.
THIS IS THE DEFAULT AND MOST COMMON MODE OF OPERATION.
This setting will be the default mode of the T703 calibrator and will be mused whenever the calibrator is using
the GENERATE AUTO command or the GENERATE sequence step to create a calibration mixture. When
either the GENERATE MAN command or the MANUAL sequence step is active, the local O3 generator mode
(chosen during when the command/step is programmed) will take precedence.
3.4.6. SETTING THE O3 GENERATOR MODE
To select a default O3 generator mode, press:
43
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Getting Started
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
3.4.7. SETTING THE T703’S OUTPUT FLOW RATE
The output flow rate of the T703 should be adjusted to match the gas flow requirements of the analyzers
connected to the output manifold. The location of the pressure regulator and regulator knob can be found in
NOTE
The minimum total flow should equal the sum of the flow requirements of all of the instruments to
which the T703 will be supplying calibration gas plus 1 LPM excess flow.
Example: If the T703 is will be expected to supply calibration gas mixtures simultaneously to two
analyzers each requiring 0.8 LPM , the proper Total Flow output should be set at a minimum of:
(0.8 + 0.8) + 1.0= 2.6 LPM
To set the output flow:
1. Open the front panel of the calibrator down by releasing the two snap-in fasteners at the top of the front
panel.
2. Pull out the regulator knob and adjust the regulator until the desired flow is achieved.
The front panel of the T703 displays the approximate output flow based on the measured regulator
pressure, but this flow should be verified with an independent calibrated flow meter attached to the
3. Push the regulator knob back in to lock.
4. Close the front panel.
Pressure
Regulator
Adjustment
Knob
Figure 3-12:
Location of Pressure Regulator Adjustment Knob
44
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Frequently Asked Questions and Glossary
4. FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS AND
GLOSSARY
4.1. FAQ’S
The following list is a list from the T-API Customer Service Department of the 10 most commonly asked
questions relating to the Model T703 Photometric Calibrator.
Q: My ozone ACT =XXXX, why?
A: Look at the Photo Ref/Meas readings from the photometer UV lamp detector are most likely too low and need
Q: When I generate ozone, it takes a long time to settle out or it fluctuates around the target concentration until
finally stabilizing.
Q: Why does the ENTR key sometimes disappear on the front panel display?
A: Sometimes the ENTR key will disappear if you select a setting that is invalid or out of the allowable range for
that parameter, such as trying to set the 24-hour clock to 25:00:00.
Once you adjust the setting to an allowable value, the ENTR key will re-appear.
Q: How do I make the RS-232 Interface Work?
Q: When should I change the sintered filter(s) in the calibrators flow control(s) and how do I change them?
A: The sintered filters do not require regular replacement. Should one require replacement as part of a
troubleshooting or repair exercise, see Section 11.8.1.
Q: How often should I rebuild the photometer pump on my calibrator?
A: The photometer pump has been designed for longer service life than standard diaphragm pumps. When the
pump wears out, the entire pump must be replaced.
Q: How long do the UV lamps of the O3 generator and photometer last?
A: The typical lifetime is about 2-3 years.
4.2. GLOSSARY
Note: Some terms in this glossary may not occur elsewhere in this manual.
Term
10BaseT
Description/Definition
an Ethernet standard that uses twisted (“T”) pairs of copper wires to transmit at 10
megabits per second (Mbps)
100BaseT
APICOM
ASSY
same as 10BaseT except ten times faster (100 Mbps)
name of a remote control program offered by Teledyne-API to its customers
Assembly
CAS
Code-Activated Switch
45
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Frequently Asked Questions and Glossary
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Term
Description/Definition
Corona Discharge, a frequently luminous discharge, at the surface of a conductor or
between two conductors of the same transmission line, accompanied by ionization of the
surrounding atmosphere and often by a power loss
CD
Converter Efficiency, the percentage of light energy that is actually converted into
electricity
CE
CEM
Continuous Emission Monitoring
Chemical formulas that may be included in this document:
CO2
C3H8
CH4
H2O
HC
carbon dioxide
propane
methane
water vapor
general abbreviation for hydrocarbon
HNO3
H2S
NO
nitric acid
hydrogen sulfide
nitric oxide
NO2
NOX
nitrogen dioxide
nitrogen oxides, here defined as the sum of NO and NO2
nitrogen oxides, often called odd nitrogen: the sum of NOX plus other compounds such as
HNO3 (definitions vary widely and may include nitrate (NO3), PAN, N2O and other
compounds as well)
NOy
NH3
O2
ammonia
molecular oxygen
O3
ozone
SO2
sulfur dioxide
cm3
metric abbreviation for cubic centimeter (replaces the obsolete abbreviation “cc”)
Central Processing Unit
CPU
DAC
DAS
DCE
DFU
Digital-to-Analog Converter
Data Acquisition System
Data Communication Equipment
Dry Filter Unit
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. A protocol used by LAN or Internet servers to
automatically set up the interface protocols between themselves and any other
addressable device connected to the network
DHCP
DIAG
DOM
Diagnostics, the diagnostic settings of the analyzer.
Disk On Module, a 44-pin IDE flash drive with up to 128MB storage capacity for
instrument’s firmware, configuration settings and data
DOS
Disk Operating System
DRAM
DR-DOS
DTE
Dynamic Random Access Memory
Digital Research DOS
Data Terminal Equipment
Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory also referred to as a FLASH chip
or drive
EEPROM
ESD
Electro-Static Discharge
ETEST
Ethernet
Electrical Test
a standardized (IEEE 802.3) computer networking technology for local area networks
46
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Frequently Asked Questions and Glossary
Term
Description/Definition
(LANs), facilitating communication and sharing resources
Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene polymer, one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as
FEP
Teflon®
Flash
FPI
non-volatile, solid-state memory
Fabry-Perot Interface: a special light filter typically made of a transparent plate with two
reflecting surfaces or two parallel, highly reflective mirrors
GFC
I2C bus
Gas Filter Correlation
a clocked, bi-directional, serial bus for communication between individual analyzer
components
Integrated Circuit, a modern, semi-conductor circuit that can contain many basic
components such as resistors, transistors, capacitors etc in a miniaturized package used
in electronic assemblies
IC
IP
Internet Protocol
IZS
Internal Zero Span
Local Area Network
Liquid Crystal Display
Light Emitting Diode
Liters Per Minute
LAN
LCD
LED
LPM
MFC
M/R
Mass Flow Controller
Measure/Reference
the mass, expressed in grams, of 1 mole of a specific substance. Conversely, one mole is
the amount of the substance needed for the molar mass to be the same number in grams
as the atomic mass of that substance.
MOLAR MASS
EXAMPLE: The atomic weight of Carbon is 12 therefore the molar mass of Carbon is 12
grams. Conversely, one mole of carbon equals the amount of carbon atoms that weighs
12 grams.
Atomic weights can be found on any Periodic Table of Elements.
Non-Dispersive Infrared
NDIR
NIST-SRM
PC
National Institute of Standards and Technology - Standard Reference Material
Personal Computer
PCA
Printed Circuit Assembly, the PCB with electronic components, ready to use
Personal Computer / Advanced Technology
PC/AT
PCB
Printed Circuit Board, the bare board without electronic component
Per-Fluoro-Alkoxy, an inert polymer; one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as Teflon®
PFA
Programmable Logic Controller, a device that is used to control instruments based on a
logic level signal coming from the analyzer
PLC
PLD
PLL
Programmable Logic Device
Phase Lock Loop
Photo Multiplier Tube, a vacuum tube of electrodes that multiply electrons collected and
charged to create a detectable current signal
PMT
P/N (or PN)
PSD
Part Number
Prevention of Significant Deterioration
Poly-Tetra-Fluoro-Ethylene, a very inert polymer material used to handle gases that may
PTFE
react on other surfaces; one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as Teflon®
PVC
Rdg
Poly Vinyl Chloride, a polymer used for downstream tubing
Reading
47
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Frequently Asked Questions and Glossary
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Term
Description/Definition
specification and standard describing a serial communication method between DTE (Data
Terminal Equipment) and DCE (Data Circuit-terminating Equipment) devices, using a
maximum cable-length of 50 feet
RS-232
RS-485
specification and standard describing a binary serial communication method among
multiple devices at a data rate faster than RS-232 with a much longer distance between
the host and the furthest device
SAROAD
SLAMS
SLPM
Storage and Retrieval of Aerometric Data
State and Local Air Monitoring Network Plan
Standard Liters Per Minute of a gas at standard temperature and pressure
Standard Temperature and Pressure
STP
Transfer Control Protocol / Internet Protocol, the standard communications protocol for
Ethernet devices
TCP/IP
TEC
TPC
Thermal Electric Cooler
Temperature/Pressure Compensation
Universal Serial Bus: a standard connection method to establish communication between
peripheral devices and a host controller, such as a mouse and/or keyboard and a
personal computer or laptop
USB
VARS
V-F
Variables, the variable settings of the instrument
Voltage-to-Frequency
Z/S
Zero / Span
48
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Optional Hardware and Software
5. OPTIONAL HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE
This includes a brief description of the hardware and software options available for the T703 Photometric
Calibrator. For assistance with ordering these options, please contact the Sales department of Teledyne –
Advanced Pollution Instruments at:
TOLL-FREE: 800-324-5190
FAX: 858-657-9816
TEL: 858-657-9800
E-MAIL: [email protected]
WEB SITE: www.teledyne-api.com
5.1. CARRYING STRAP HANDLE (OPT 29)
The chassis of the T703 calibrator allows to attach a strap handle for carrying the instrument. The handle is
located on the right side and pulls out to accommodate a hand for transport. When pushed in, the handle is
nearly flush with the chassis, only protruding out about 9 mm (3/8”).
Installing the strap handle prevents the use of the rack mount slides, although the rack mount brackets, Option
21, can still be used.
CAUTION
A FULLY LOADED T703 WITH BOTH THE O3 GENERATOR AND PHOTOMETER
OPTIONS INSTALLED WEIGHS ABOUT 16.3 KG (36 POUNDS).
TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY WE RECOMMEND TWO PERSONS LIFT AND CARRY
THE CALIBRATOR.
MAKE SURE TO DISCONNECT ALL CABLES AND TUBING FROM THE CALIBRATOR
BEFORE CARRYING IT.
5.2. COMMUNICATION OPTIONS
5.2.1. SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS CABLES (OPT 60A, 60B, 60C, AND 60D)
For remote serial, network and Internet communication with the analyzer, the following communication cables
are available:
Option
Type
Description
Shielded, straight-through DB-9F to DB-25M cable, about 1.8 m long. Used to interface
with older computers or code activated switches with a DB-25 serial connectors.
60A
RS-232
60B
60C
60D
RS-232
Ethernet
USB
Shielded, straight-through DB-9F to DB-9F cable of about 1.8 m length.
Patch cable, 2 meters long.
Cable for connection between rear panel USB port and personal computer.
49
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Optional Hardware and Software
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
5.2.2. ETHERNET CONNECTION
For network or Internet communication with the analyzer, connect an Ethernet cable from the analyzer’s rear
panel Ethernet interface connector to an Ethernet port. Please refer to Section 7.5 for a description of the default
configuration and setup instructions.
5.2.3. USB OPTION CONNECTION
For direct communication between the analyzer and a personal computer (PC), connect a USB cable between
the analyzer and desktop or laptop USB ports. (If this option is installed, the COM2 port can only be used for
RS232 multidrop communication; RS-485 communication cannot be enabled). The baud rate of the PC and the
analyzer must match. See Section 7.1.3.
5.2.4. RS-232 MULTIDROP (OPT 62)
5.3. NIST TRACEABLE, PRIMARY STANDARD CERTIFICATION
The Model T703 can be used as a Primary Ozone Standard. For this application the performance of the T703
Photometric Calibrator calibrated to Standard Reference Photometer (SRP)
Calibrators ordered with this option are verified and validated in accordance with the procedures prescribed by
the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) under Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50,
Appendix D (40 CFR Part 50).
An NIST traceable Certificate of Calibration and accompanies the instrument.
50
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
52
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
6. OPERATING THE T703 CALIBRATOR
The T703 calibrator is a computer-controlled calibrator with a dynamic menu interface for easy, yet powerful and
flexible operation. All major operations are controlled from the front panel touch screen control.
To assist in navigating the system’s software, a series of menu trees can be found in Appendix A of this manual.
NOTE
The menu flowcharts in this manual depict the manner in which the front panel touchscreen is used to
operate the T703 Photometric Calibrator. Please refer to Figure 3-3 for an illustration of how the menu
flowcharts correlate to the actual front panel.
The menu flowcharts depict typical representations of the display during the various operations being
described; they are not intended to be exact and may differ slightly from the actual display of your
system.
NOTE
When editing values in the software, the ENTR button may disappear if you select a value that is invalid
or out of the allowable range for that parameter (e.g. such as trying to set the 24-hour clock to 25:00:00).
Once you adjust the setting to an allowable value, the ENTR button will re-appear.
53
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.1. TEST FUNCTIONS
A variety of TEST FUNCTIONS are available for viewing at the front panel whenever the calibrator is at the
MAIN MENU. These measurements provide information about the present operating status of the calibrator and
are useful during troubleshooting (see Section 11). Table 6-1 lists the available TEST functions.
To view these TEST functions, press <TST or TST> from the main menu and the Test Functions will scroll at
the top center of the display.
Table 6-1: Test Functions Defined
TEST MEASUREMENT
DESCRIPTION
ACT=GENERATE XX PPB O3
Actual concentration being generated, computed from
real-time inputs.
TARG=GENERATE XX PPB O3
OUT FLW=X.XXX LPM
REG PRESS=XX.X PSIG
BOX TMP=XX.X ºC
Target concentration to generate.
Output flow rate (computed from regulator pressure).
Regulator pressure.
Internal chassis temperature.
OGEN REF=XXXX.X MV
O3GENDRV=XXXX.X MV
O3LAMPTMP=XX.X ºC
PH MEAS=XXXX.X MV
PH REF=XXXX.X MV
PH FLW=X.XXX LPM
PH LTEMP=XX.X ºC
O3 generator reference detector reading.
O3 generator lamp drive output.
O3 generator lamp temperature.
Photometer detector measure reading.
Photometer detector reference reading.
Photometer sample flow rate.
Photometer lamp temperature.
PH SPRES=XX.X IN-HG-A
PH STEMP=XX.X ºC
Photometer sample pressure.
Photometer sample temperature.
PH SLOPE=X.XXX
Photometer slope computed during zero/span bench
calibration.
PH OFFST=X.X PPB
PHOTO STABIL=X.X PPB
TEST=XXXX.X MV
Photometer offset computed during zero/span bench
calibration.
Photometer concentration stability (standard deviation of
25 bench concentration samples taken 10 seconds apart).
Value output to TEST_OUTPUT analog output, selected
with TEST_CHAN_ID variable.
TIME=HH:MM:SS
Current instrument time of day clock. (24 hour format)
54
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
6.2. OVERVIEW OF OPERATING MODES
The T703 calibrator software has a variety of operating modes. Most commonly, the calibrator will be operating
in STANDBY mode. In this mode, the calibrator and all of its subsystems are inactive although TEST functions
and WARNING messages are still updated and can be examined via the front panel display.
The second most important operating mode is SETUP mode. This mode is used for performing certain
configuration operations, such as programming the concentration of source gases, setting up automatic
calibration sequences and configuring the analog / digital inputs and outputs. The SET UP mode is also used
for accessing various diagnostic tests and functions during troubleshooting.
Figure 6-1:
Front Panel Display
The mode field of the front panel display indicates to the user which operating mode the unit is currently running.
Besides STANDBY and SETUP, other modes the calibrator can be operated in are:
Table 6-2: Calibrator Operating Modes
MODE
MEANING
DIAG
One of the calibrator’s diagnostic modes is being utilized. When
those diagnostic functions that have the greatest potential to
conflict with generating concentrations are active, the instrument
is automatically placed into standby mode.
GENERATE
In this mode, the instrument is engaged in producing calibration
gas.
SETUP1
SETUP mode is being used to configure the calibrator.
STANDBY
The calibrator is not actively generating gas.
1 The revision of the Teledyne API software installed in this calibrator will be
displayed following the word SETUP. E.g. “SETUP B.4”
55
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.3. STANDBY MODE
When the T703 Photometric Calibrator is in standby mode, it is at rest.
Some functions under the SETUP MORE DIAG submenu, those which conflict with accurate
creation of calibration gas mixtures (e.g. ANALOG OUTPUT STEP TEST) automatically place the
calibrator into STANDBY mode when activated
NOTE
The T703 calibrator should always be placed in STANDBY mode when not needed to produce calibration
gas.
This can be done manually by pressing the STBY button that appears when the calibrator’s display is
When programming a calibration sequences the STANDBY step should always be inserted at the end of
the sequence.
56
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
6.4. GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE GENERATE MODE
The GENERATE mode is the mode of operation where the T703 is actively producing calibration gas, either zero
or some specified concentration of ozone. In the GENERATE mode the Zero Air Pump (if enabled) and
Photometer Pump are turned on.
6.4.1. GENERATE AUTO: BASIC GENERATION OF CALIBRATION GAS
This is the simplest procedure for generating calibration gas mixtures. To generate calibration gas, press
The T703 will now enter GENERATE mode.
57
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.5. AUTOMATIC CALIBRATION SEQUENCES
The T703 calibrator can be set up to perform automatic calibration sequences of multiple steps. These
sequences can perform all of the calibration operations available for manual operation and can be set up to be
triggered by using the front panel touch screen buttons, the T703’s internal timer, the external digital control
inputs, the RS-232 interface, the Ethernet interface or even as sub-processes in another sequence.
6.5.1. SETUP SEQ: PROGRAMMING CALIBRATION SEQUENCES
A sequence is a database of single or multiple steps where each single step is an instruction that causes the
instrument to perform an operation. These steps are grouped under a user-defined SEQUENCE NAME.
For each sequence, seven attributes must be programmed; the attributes are presented in Table 6-3.
Table 6-3: Automatic Calibration SEQUENCE Set Up Attributes
ATTRIBUTE NAME
DESCRIPTION
NAME
Allows the user to create a text string of up to 10 characters identifying the sequence.
Number of times, between 0 and 100, to execute the same sequence. A value of 0
(zero) causes the sequence to execute indefinitely.
REPEAT COUNT
CC INPUT
Specifies which of the T703’s Digital Control Inputs will initiate the sequence.
Specifies which of the T703’s Digital Control Outputs will be set when the sequence
is active.
CC OUTPUT
Enables or disables an internal automatic timer that can initiate sequences using the
T703’s built in clock.
TIMER ENABLE
STEPS
A series of submenus for programming the activities and instructions that make up
the calibration sequence.
Allows the user to select the reporting style the calibrator uses to report the progress
of the sequences , on the front panels display, as it runs
PROGRESS MODE
The types of instruction steps available for creating calibration sequences are presented in Table 6-4:
Table 6-4: Calibration SEQUENCE Step Instruction
INSTRUCTION NAME
GENERATE
DESCRIPTION
Puts the instrument into GENERATE mode. Similar in operation and effect to the
GENERATE AUTO function used at the front panel.
DURATION
Adds a period of time between the previous instruction and the next
Calls another sequence to be executed at this time. The calling sequence will
resume running when the called sequence is completed. Up to 5 levels of nested
sequences can be programmed.
EXECSEQ
Allows the sequence to activate the T703’s digital control outputs. Similar to the CC
OUPUT attribute, but can be set and reset by individual steps.
SETCCOUTPUT
NOTE
It is recommended that each calibration sequence be ended with an instruction to return the instrument
to STANDBY mode.
58
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
To create a sequence, use the instructions in the following sections to name the sequence, set it associated
parameters and define the steps to be included.
6.5.1.1. Activating a Sequence from the T703 Front Panel
To activate an already programmed sequence from the front panel, press:
59
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.5.1.2. Naming a Sequence
The first step of creating a calibration sequence is to assign it a name. The name can be up to 10 characters
and can be comprised of any alpha character (A to Z), and numeral (0 to 9) or the underscore character (“_“).
To assign a name to a sequence, press,
STANDBY
ACT CAL=0.000 LPM
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby
mode.
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION
EDIT PRINT
EXIT
This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the calibrator.
OTHERWISE ...
SETUP X.X
END OF SEQUENCES
INS
PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X NAME:0
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Deletes the sequence shown
in the message field
Edits the sequence shown
in the message field
Scrolls back and forth between
existing sequences
SETUP X.X NAME:[0]
EXIT discards the
new NAME
<CH CH>
INS DEL
[0]
ENTER EXIT
Moves the
cursor one
character left or
right.
ENTR accepts the
new NAME
Inserts a new a
character at the
cursor location.
Deletes a
character at the
cursor location.
Toggle to cycle through
the range of numerals
and available characters:
(“A – Z”; “0 – 9” & “ _ ”)
60
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
6.5.1.3. Setting the Repeat Count for a Sequence
The sequence can be set to repeat a certain number of times, from 1 to 100. It can also be set to repeat
indefinitely by inputting a zero (0) into the REPEAT COUNTER.
To set the REPEAT COUNTER, press:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby
mode.
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
O3
SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION
END OF SEQUENCES
EDIT PRINT
EXIT
This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the calibrator.
OTHERWISE ...
SETUP X.X
INS
PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X NAME:0
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Deletes the sequence shown
in the message field
Edits the sequence shown
in the message field
Continue pressing SET> until ...
Scrolls back and forth between
existing sequences
SETUP X.X REPEAT COUNT:1
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X NAME:[0]
0
0
1
ENTER EXIT
EXIT discards the
new NAME
ENTR accepts the
new NAME
Toggle these buttons to set the repeat count from 1 to 100.
Enter “0” to cause the sequence to loop indefinitely
61
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.5.1.4. Using the T703’s Internal Clock to Trigger Sequences
Sequences can be set to trigger based on the T703’s internal clock. The sequence can be set up to start at a
predetermined date and time. It can also be set to repeat after a predetermined delay time.
So activate and sequence timer, press:
62
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
To specify a starting time for the sequence, press:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby
mode.
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
SETUP X.X
O3
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION
EDIT PRINT
EXIT
This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the calibrator.
OTHERWISE ...
SETUP X.X
END OF SEQUENCES
INS
PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X NAME:0
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Deletes the sequence shown
in the message field
Edits the sequence shown
in the message field
Scrolls back and forth between
existing sequences
Continue pressing SET> until ...
SETUP X.X TIMER ENABLE:ENABLED
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
TIMER START: 01-JAN-06 00:00
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
TIMER START: 01-JAN-06 00:00
EXIT discards the
new setting
0
1
JAN
0
6
ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts the
new setting
Toggle these
buttons to enter
starting day, month
and year.
DAY
MONTH YEAR
SYSTEM
1
TIME: 12:00
EXIT discards the
new setting
2
:0
0
ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts the
new setting
Toggle these
buttons to enter the
starting time
HOUR
MINUTE
63
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
To set the delta timer, press:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby
mode.
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
O3
SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION
END OF SEQUENCES
EDIT PRINT
EXIT
This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the calibrator.
OTHERWISE ...
SETUP X.X
INS
PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X NAME:0
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Deletes the sequence shown
in the message field
Edits the sequence shown
in the message field
Scrolls back and forth between
existing sequences
Continue pressing SET> until ...
SETUP X.X
TIMER DELTA: 001:00:00
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
TIMER DELTA: 0 Days
EXIT discards the
new setting
0
0
0
ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons to
enter number of days to
wait between before
ENTR accepts the
new setting
running sequence again.
SYSTEM
1
TIMER DELTA 00:00
:0
EXIT discards the
new setting
2
0
ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts the
Toggle these
buttons to enter the
starting time
new setting
HOUR
MINUTE
64
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
6.5.1.5. Setting Up Control Inputs for a Sequence
The T703 calibrator’ control inputs allow the entire sequence to be triggered from an external source. This
feature allows the calibrator to operate in a slave mode so that external control sources, such as a data logger
can initiate the calibration sequences.
Each of the T703 calibrator’s control outputs, located on the back of the instrument (see Figure 3-2)
12 separate ON/OFF switches assigned to separate calibration sequences or;
A 12-bit wide bus allowing the user to define activation codes for up to 4095 separate calibration
sequences.
To assign a CC INPUT pattern / code to a particular sequence, press.
65
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.5.1.6. Setting Up Control Outputs for a Sequence
The T703 calibrator’s control outputs allow the entire sequence to be triggered from an external source. This
feature allows the calibrator to control devices that accept logic-level digital inputs, such as programmable logic
controllers (PLCs), dataloggers, or digital relays/valve drivers.
They can be used as:
12 separate ON/OFF switches assigned to separate calibration sequences, or;
A 12-bit wide bus allowing the user to define activation codes for up to 4095 separate calibration
sequences.
They can be set to:
Be active whenever a particular calibration sequence is operating, or;
Activate/deactivate as individual steps within a calibration sequence are run See Section 6.5.2.5).
To assign a CC OUTPUT pattern / code to a particular sequence, press.
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby
mode.
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
O3
SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION
END OF SEQUENCES
EDIT PRINT
EXIT
This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the calibrator.
OTHERWISE ...
SETUP X.X
INS
PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X NAME:0
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Deletes the sequence shown
in the message field
Edits the sequence shown
in the message field
Scrolls back and forth between
existing sequences
Continue pressing SET> until ...
SETUP X.X CC OUTPUT:DISABLED
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X CC OUTPUT ENABLE:OFF
EXIT discards the
OFF
ENTER EXIT
new setting
Toggle to turn
the CC output
ON/OFF
ENTR accepts the
new setting
SETUP X.X CC OUTPUT:[0]00000000000
<CH CH> [0] ENTER EXIT
EXIT discards the
new setting
Moves the
cursor one
character left or
right.
ENTR accepts the
new setting
Toggle to turn the selected bit ON/OFF (0 or 1).
Each bit shown on the display represents one of the control
output pins located on the calibrator rear panel (see Figure 3-2),
The left most bit is Bit 1, the next bit to the right, bit 2,
progressing rightward to bit 12 (see Figure 3-10 for connector pin
assignments)
66
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
6.5.1.7. Setting the Progress Reporting Mode for the Sequences
As sequences run, the T703 calibrator reports progress by displaying a message in the MODE field of the front
panel display (See Figure 3-1). There are several types of report modes available
Table 6-5: Sequence Progress Reporting Mode
MODE
DESCRIPTION
Shows the progress as the sequence name and step number. This is the traditional display.
Example: “SO2_Test-2”.
STEP
Shows the progress as a percent (0–100%) of the total sequence duration.
Example: “SEQ 48%”
PCT
Shows the progress as days, hours, minutes and seconds elapsed, counting up from 0.
Example (<1 day): “T+01:30:25” (i.e. 1 hour, 30 minutes, 25 seconds elapsed)
Example (>=1 day): “T+1d30:25” (i.e. 1 day, 30 hours, 25 minutes elapsed)
Shows the progress as days, hours, minutes, and seconds remaining, counting down to 0.
Example (<1 day): “T–01:30:25” (i.e. 1 hour, 30 minutes, 25 seconds remaining)
Example (>=1 day): “T–1d30:25” (i.e. 1 day, 30 hours, 25 minutes remaining)
ELAP
REM
To select a PROGRESS report mode, press:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby
mode.
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP X.X
O3
CFG CLK PASS MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRINT
This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the calibrator.
OTHERWISE ...
SETUP X.X
PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
PREV NEXT
INS
PRNT EXIT
EDIT
EXIT
Deletes the sequence shown
in the message field
Edits the sequence shown
in the message field
Scrolls back and forth between
existing sequences
Continue pressing SET> until ...
<SET
EXIT
STEP PCT
REM
Use these buttons to
choose a
<SET
8
67
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.5.2. ADDING SEQUENCE STEPS
To insert an instruction step into a sequence, navigate to the INSERT STEP submenu by pressing:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby
mode.
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP X.X
O3
CFG CLK PASS MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRINT
This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the calibrator.
OTHERWISE ...
SETUP X.X
PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
PREV NEXT
INS
PRNT EXIT
SET>
EXIT
Deletes the sequence shown
in the message field
Edits the sequence shown
in the message field
Scrolls back and forth between
existing sequences
Press SET> to scroll to each
component to be defined
CH>
EXIT
68
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
6.5.2.1. The GENERATE Step
This step operates and is programmed similarly to the GENERATE AUTO.
At the end of the programming sequence, the T703 firmware will automatically insert a DURATION step that
needs to be defined.
To insert a GENERATE step into a sequence, press:
Starting at the INSERT STEPS
Submenu
INSERT STEP Submenu
SETUP X.X
INSERT STEP: GENERATE
ENTR EXIT
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
GENERATE:ZERO
ZERO ENTR EXIT
Toggle to switch
between ZERO
AIR and O3
modes.
SETUP X.X
GENERATE:0.0 PPB O3
.0 PPB O3
0
0
0
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
Toggle to scroll
through the
available units of
measure
SETUP X.X
GENERATE:0.0 PPB O3
0
.0
0
1
0
PCT O3
EXIT discards the new
target concentration
ENTR accepts the new
target concentration
Toggle these
buttons to set the
target
concentration.
SETUP X.X
DURATION: 1.0 MIN
.0
0
0
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to set
DURATION of this
step
SETUP X.X
3) DURATION : 10.0 MIN
INS DEL EDIT
PREV NEXT
69
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.5.2.2. The STANDBY Step
The STANDBY step places the calibrator into STANDBY mode
To insert a STANDBY step into a sequence, press:
6.5.2.3. The DURATION Step
The duration step causes the T703 to continue performing whatever action was called for by the preceding step
of the sequence.
If that step put the instrument into STANDBY mode, the calibrator stays in STANDBY mode for the
period specified by the DURATION step,
If that step put the instrument into GENERATE mode, the will continue to GENERATE whatever
calibration mixture was programmed into that step for the period specified by the DURATION step,
To insert a DURATION step into a sequence, press:
70
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
6.5.2.4. The EXECSEQ Step
The EXECSEQ step allows the sequence to call another, already programmed sequence. This is a very
powerful tool in that it allows the user to create a “toolbox” of often-used operations that can then be mixed and
matched by an overhead sequence:
To insert an EXECSEQ step into a sequence, press:
71
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.5.2.5. The CC OUTPUT Step
This instruction causes the sequence to set or reset the T703’s digital control outputs. It is very useful in
situations where the control outputs are being used to trigger other devices that need to be turned off and on in
synch with the operation of the calibrator as it progress through the sequence.
To insert a CC OUTPUT step into a sequence, press:
Starting at the
INSERT STEP Submenu
PREV NEXT
Submenu
EXIT
Use the PREV and
buttons to scroll though
the list of available instructions
EXIT
Toggle to turn
the CC input ON/
OFF
discards the
new setting
accepts the
new setting
EXIT
Moves the
cursor one
character left or
right.
Toggle to turn the selected bit
(0 or 1)
72
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.5.3. DELETING A SEQUENCE
To delete a sequence from the T703 calibrator’s memory, press:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby
mode.
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP X.X
O3
CFG CLK PASS MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRINT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
INS
EDIT PRNT EXIT
Scrolls back and forth between
existing sequences
DELETE
SETUP X.X
PREV NEXT
INS
PRNT EXIT
74
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
6.6. SETUP CFG
Pressing the CFG button displays the instrument’s configuration information. This display lists the calibrator
model, serial number, firmware revision, software library revision, CPU type and other information.
Use this information to identify the software and hardware when contacting customer service.
Special instrument or software features or installed options may also be listed here.
75
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.7. SETUP CLK
6.7.1. SETTING THE INTERNAL CLOCK’S TIME AND DAY
The T703 has a time of day clock that supports the DURATION step of the calibration sequence feature, time of
day TEST function, and time stamps on most COM port messages. To set the clock’s time and day, press:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE
SETUP X.X
TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK
TIME DATE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
TIME: 12:00
0
SETUP X.X
DATE: 01-JAN-05
1
2
:0
ENTR EXIT
0
1
JAN
0
5
ENTR EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to enter
current day, month
and year.
Toggle these
buttons to enter
current hour
HOUR
SETUP X.X
MINUTE
DAY MONTH YEAR
TIME: 22:30
SETUP X.X
DATE: 18-JUN-05
2
2
:3
0
ENTR EXIT
1
8
JUN
0
5
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK
EXIT returns to
SETUP X.X
display
TIME DATE
EXIT
76
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
6.7.2. ADJUSTING THE INTERNAL CLOCK’S SPEED
In order to compensate for CPU clocks which run faster or slower, you can adjust a variable called CLOCK_ADJ
to speed up or slow down the clock by a fixed amount every day. To change this variable, press:
77
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.8. SETUP PASS
The T703 provides password protection of the calibration and setup functions to prevent unauthorized
adjustments. When the passwords have been enabled in the PASS menu item, the system will prompt the user
for a password anytime a password-protected function is requested.
There are three levels of password protection, which correspond to operator, maintenance and configuration
functions. Each level allows access to all of the functions in the previous level.
Table 6-6: Password Levels
PASSWORD
No password
101
LEVEL
MENU ACCESS ALLOWED
Operator
All functions of the MAIN menu: TEST, GEN, initiate SEQ , MSG, CLR
Access to Primary and Secondary Setup Menus except for VARS & DIAG
Secondary SETUP Submenus VARS and DIAG
Maintenance
Configuration
818
To enable or disable passwords, press:
78
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Example: If all passwords are enabled, the following keypad sequence would be required to enter the VARS or
DIAG submenus:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
EXIT
COMM VARS DIAG
SYSTEM
0
ENTER SETUP PASS:0
Press buttons
to set number
0
1
0
ENTR EXIT
SYSTEM
8
ENTER SETUP PASS:0
8
EXAMPLE: This
password enables the
SETUP mode
ENTR EXIT
Calibrator enters selected menu.
NOTE
The instrument still prompts for a password when entering the VARS and DIAG menus, even if
passwords are disabled, but it displays the default password (818) upon entering these menus. The
user only has to press ENTR to access the password-protected menus but does not have to enter the
required number code.
79
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.9. SETUP DIAG TEST CHAN OUTPUT: USING THE TEST
CHANNEL ANALOG OUTPUT
The T703 calibrator comes equipped with one analog output. It can be set by the user to carry the current signal
level of any one of the parameters listed in Table 6-8 and will output an analog VDC signal that rises and falls in
relationship with the value of the parameter.
Pin-outs for the analog output connector at the rear panel of the instrument are:
ANALOG OUT
+
–
Figure 6-2:
T703 the TEST CHANNEL Connector
6.9.1. CONFIGURING THE TEST CHANNEL ANALOG OUTPUT
6.9.1.1. The Analog I/O Configuration Submenu
Table 6-7 lists the analog I/O functions that are available in the T703 calibrator.
Table 6-7: DIAG - Analog I/O Functions
SUB MENU
FUNCTION
AOUTS
CALIBRATED:
Shows the status of the analog output calibration (YES/NO) and initiates a calibration
of all analog output channels.
CAL_OUT_1:
CAL_OUT_2
NOT USED ON THE T703
TEST OUTPUT
Configures the 11 analog output:
RANGE1: Selects the DCV full-scale value of the output.
OVERRANGE: Turns the ± 5% over-range feature ON/OFF for this output channel.
REC_OFS1: Sets a voltage offset (not available when RANGE is set to CURRent loop.
AUTO_CAL1: Sets the channel for automatic or manual calibration
CALIBRATED1: Performs the same calibration as AOUT CALIBRATED, but on this
one channel only.
AIN CALIBRATED
Shows the calibration status (YES/NO) and initiates a calibration of the analog to digital
converter circuit on the motherboard.
1Changes to RANGE or REC_OFS require recalibration of this output.
To configure the analyzer’s TEST CHANNEL, set the electronic signal type of each channel and calibrate the
outputs. This consists of:
1. Choosing a TEST CHANNEL function to be output on the channel.
2. Selecting a signal level that matches the input requirements of the recording device attached to the
channel.
3. Determining if the over-range feature is needed and turn it on or off accordingly.
5. Calibrating the output channel. This can be done automatically or manually for each channel (see
Sections 6.9.2).
80
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
To access the analog I/O configuration sub menu, press:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that
the calibrator is
in standby
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
mode.
SETUP X.X
O3
SEQ CFG CLK PASS
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COMM VARS
SETUP X.X
Toggle these
buttons to enter
the correct
ENTR
until ...
EXIT
Continue pressing
AIO Configuration Submenu
DIAG
PREV NEXT
EXIT
EXIT
<SET
CAL
<SET
EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
<SET SET>
81
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.9.1.2. Selecting a TEST Channel Function to Output
The Test Functions available to be reported are:
Table 6-8: Test Channels Functions Available on the T703’s Analog Output
TEST CHANNEL
NONE
DESCRIPTION
ZERO
FULL SCALE
TEST CHANNEL IS TURNED OFF
The raw output of the photometer during its
measure cycle
0 mV
0 mV
5000 mV*
5000 mV*
O3 PHOTO MEAS
O3 PHOTO REF
The raw output of the photometer during its
reference cycle
The raw output of the O3 generator’s
reference detector
0 mV
5000 mV*
O3 GEN REF
The gas flow being output through the CAL
GAS outlets on the back of the instrument
0 cm3/min
0 PSIG
0 "Hg
5,000 cm3/min
105 PSIG
OUTPUT FLOW
The gas pressure measured by the O3
generator pressure sensor
REGULATOR PRESSURE
The pressure of gas in the photometer
absorption tube
40 "Hg-In-A
SAMPLE PRESSURE
SAMPLE FLOW
The gas flow rate through the photometer
0 cm3/min
1000 cc3/min
The temperature of gas in the photometer
absorption tube
0 C
70 C
SAMPLE TEMP
The temperature of the photometer UV lamp
PHOTO LAMP TEMP
O3 LAMP TEMP
0 CC
70 C
The temperature of the O3 generator’s UV
lamp
0 mV
5000 mV
The temperature inside the T703’s chassis
(same as BOX TEMP)
0 C
70 C
CHASSIS TEMP
The current concentration of O3 being
measured by the photometer.
1 ppm
0 C
O3 PHOTO CONC
Once a function is selected, the instrument not only begins to output a signal on the analog output, but also adds
TEST to the list of Test Functions viewable via the Front Panel Display.
82
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
To activate the TEST Channel and select a function press:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that
the calibrator is
in standby
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
mode.
SETUP X.X
O3
SEQ CFG CLK PASS
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COMM VAR
EXIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to enter
the correct
DIAG
PREV
ENTR EXIT
Continue pressing
until ...
DIAG
PREV NEXT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG
Toggle to choose a
TEST channel
parameter
DIAG
discards the new
setting
PREV NEXT
EXIT
accepts the
new setting
83
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.9.1.3. TEST Channel Voltage Range Configuration
In its standard configuration the analog outputs is set to output a 0 – 5 VDC signals. Several other output
ranges are available (see Table 7-5). Each range has is usable from -5% to + 5% of the rated span.
Table 6-9: Analog Output Voltage Range Min/Max
RANGE SPAN
0-100 mVDC
0-1 VDC
MINIMUM OUTPUT
-5 mVDC
MAXIMUM OUTPUT
105 mVDC
-0.05 VDC
1.05 VDC
0-5 VDC
-0.25 VDC
5.25 VDC
0-10 VDC
-0.5 VDC
10.5 VDC
The default offset for all ranges is 0 VDC.
To change the output range, press,
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
(See Section 6.9.1.1)
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
SET>
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
TEST_OUTPUT: 5V, OVR, NOCAL
Pressing ENTR records
the new setting and
returns to the previous
menu.
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
These buttons
set the signal
level and type
of the selected
channel
Pressing EXIT ignores the
new setting and returns to
the previous menu.
DIAG AIO
0.1V
TEST_OUTPUT: RANGE: 5V
5V 10V ENTR EXIT
1V
84
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
6.9.1.4. Turning the TEST Channel Over-Range Feature ON/OFF
In its default configuration a ± 5% over-range is available on each of the T703’s TEST CHANNEL output. This
over-range can be disabled if your recording device is sensitive to excess voltage or current.
To turn the over-range feature on or off, press:
85
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.9.1.5. Adding a Recorder Offset to the TEST Channel
Some analog signal recorders require that the zero signal be significantly different from the baseline of the
recorder in order to record slightly negative readings from noise around the zero point. This can be achieved in
the T703 by defining a zero offset, a small voltage (e.g., 10% of span).
To add a zero offset to a specific analog output channel, press:
86
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
6.9.2. TEST CHANNEL CALIBRATION
TEST CHANNEL calibration needs to be carried out on first startup of the analyzer (performed in the factory as
part of the configuration process) or whenever re-calibration is required. The analog outputs can be calibrated
automatically or adjusted manually. In its default mode, the instrument is configured for automatic calibration of
all channels, which is useful for clearing any analog calibration warnings associated with channels that will not
be used or connected to any input or recording device, e.g., datalogger.
During automatic calibration, the analyzer tells the output circuitry to generate a zero mV signal and high-scale
point signal (usually about 90% of chosen analog signal scale) then measures actual signal of the output. Any
error at zero or high-scale is corrected with a slope and offset.
Manual calibration should be used for the 0.1V range or in cases where the outputs must be closely matched to
the characteristics of the recording device. Manual calibration requires the AUTOCAL feature to be disabled.
Automatic calibration can be performed via the AOUTS CALIBRATION command, or by using the CAL button
located inside TEST_CHANNEL submenu. By default, the analyzer is configured so that calibration of TEST
CHANNEL can be initiated with the AOUTS CALIBRATION command.
87
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.9.2.1. Enabling or Disabling the TEST CHANNEL Auto-Cal Feature
To enable or disable the Auto-Cal feature for the TEST CHANNEL, press.
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
(See Section 6.9.1.1.)
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
ENTR
PREV NEXT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
SET>
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
NOTE:
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
TEST CHANNELS
configured for 0.1V full
scale should always be
calibrated manually.
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
TEST_OUTPUT: 5V, OVR, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
TEST_OUTPUT: RANGE: 5V
SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
DIAG AIO
TEST_OUTPUT: AUTO CAL.:ON
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
ENTR accepts
the new setting.
Toggle to turn
AUTO CAL
ON or OFF
(OFF = manual
calibration mode).
DIAG AIO
ON
TEST_OUTPUT: AUTO CAL.:ON
EXIT ignores the
ENTR EXIT
new setting
DIAG AIO
OFF
TEST_OUTPUT: AUTO CAL.:OFF
ENTR EXIT
6.9.2.2. Automatic TEST Channel Calibration
To calibrate the outputs as a group with the AOUTS CALIBRATION command, press:
NOTE
Before performing this procedure, make sure that the AUTO CAL feature is turned OFF for CONC_OUT_1
and CONC_OUT_2,
Make sure that the AUTO CAL feature is turned ON for the TEST CHANNEL (See Section 6.9.2.1)
88
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
NOTE:
Manual calibration should be used for the 0.1V range or in cases where the outputs must be closely
matched to the characteristics of the recording device.
89
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
To initiate an automatic calibration from inside the TEST CHANNEL submenu, press:
90
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
6.9.2.3. Manual Calibration of the TEST Channel Configured for Voltage Ranges
For highest accuracy, the voltages of the analog outputs can be manually calibrated.
NOTE:
The menu for manually adjusting the analog output signal level will only appear if the AUTO-CAL feature
Calibration is performed with a voltmeter connected across the output terminals (See Figure 6-2) and by
changing the actual output signal level using the front panel keys in 100, 10 or 1 count increments.
V
+DC Gnd
Figure 6-3:
Setup for Calibrating the TEST CHANNEL
Table 6-10: Voltage Tolerances for the TEST CHANNEL Calibration
MINIMUM
ADJUSTMENT
(1 count)
FULL
SCALE
ZERO
TOLERANCE
SPAN
TOLERANCE
SPAN VOLTAGE
0.1 VDC
1 VDC
±0.0005V
±0.001V
±0.002V
±0.004V
90 mV
900 mV
4500 mV
4500 mV
±0.001V
±0.001V
±0.003V
±0.006V
0.02 mV
0.24 mV
1.22 mV
2.44 mV
5 VDC
10 VDC
91
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
To adjust the signal levels of an analog output channel manually, press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU
(See Section 6.9.1.1.)
DIAG
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
ENTR
PREV NEXT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
SET>
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
output to be configured
DIAG AIO
TEST_OUTPUT: 5V, OVR, NOCAL
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
TEST_OUTPUT: RANGE: 5V
SET> EDIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
DIAG AIO
TEST_OUTPUT: CALIBRATED:NO
EXIT
<SET SET> CAL
DIAG AIO
TEST_OUTPUT: VOLT-Z: 0 mV
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT
Only appear if
AUTO-CAL is
turned OFF
These buttons increase / decrease
the analog output signal level (not
the value on the display)
by 100, 10 or 1 counts.
DIAG AIO
TEST_OUTPUT: VOLT-S: 4500 mV
Continue adjustments until the
voltage measured at the output of
the analyzer and/or the input of the
recording device matches the value
in the upper right hand corner of the
display (within the tolerances listed
in Table 6-10
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT
DIAG AIO
TEST_OUTPUT: CALIBRATED: YES
EXIT
<SET SET> CAL
92
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
6.9.3. AIN CALIBRATION
This is the sub-menu calibrates the analyzer’s A-to-D conversion circuitry. This calibration should only be
necessary after major repair such as a replacement of CPU, motherboard or power supplies.
To perform an AIN CALIBRATION, press:
93
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.10. SETUP MORE VARS: INTERNAL VARIABLES (VARS)
The T703 has several-user adjustable software variables, which define certain operational parameters. Usually,
these variables are automatically set by the instrument’s firmware, but can be manually re-defined using the
VARS menu.
The following table lists all variables that are available within the 818 password protected level. See Appendix
A2 for a detailed listing of all of the T703 variables that are accessible through the remote interface.
Table 6-11: Variable Names (VARS)
ALLOWED
VALUES
DEFAULT
VALUES
NO.
VARIABLE
DESCRIPTION
58ºC
Warning limits
Sets the photometer lamp temperature set
point and warning limits.
PHOTO_LAMP1,2
0ºC and 100ºC
0
56ºC - 61ºC
48ºC
Warning limits
Sets the O3 generator lamp temperature set
point and warning limits.
O3_GEN LAMP1,2
0ºC and 100ºC
1
43ºC - 53ºC
Set the upper span point of the O3
concentration range for TEST CHANNEL
analog signal O3_PHOTO_CONC.
0.1–20000 ppb
500 ppb
O3_CONC_RANGE
2
O3 bench control flag.
ON turns on the photometer pump and
switches measure/reference valve only
when the O3 mode is set for BNCH (See
Section 3.4.5).
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
O3_PHOTO_BENCH_ONLY2
OFF
3
4
Internal zero air pump control.
ZA_PUMP_ENAB2
ON
ON turns on internal zero air pump when
generating ozone.
Sets the standard Temperature used in
calculating O3 flow rates and concentrations.
STD_TEMP1
STD PRESS1
0ºC and 100ºC
29.92 in-Hg-A
25ºC
5
6
Sets the standard pressure used in
calculating O3 flow rates and concentrations.
15.00 – 50 .00
in-Hg-A
Adjusts the speed of the analyzer’s clock.
Choose the + sign if the clock is too slow,
choose the - sign if the clock is too fast (See
Section 6.7.2).
-60 to +60 s/day
Default=0
0
CLOCK_ADJ
7
1 DO NOT ADJUST OR CHANGE these values unless instructed to by Teledyne API’s customer service personnel.
2 Only available in calibrators with O3 photometer and generator options installed.
NOTE:
There is a 2-second latency period between when a VARS value is changed and the new value is stored
into the analyzer’s memory.
DO NOT turn the analyzer off during this period or the new setting will be lost.
94
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
To access and navigate the VARS menu, use the following key sequence:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby
mode.
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP X.X
O3
SEQ CFG CLK PASS
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COMM
DIAG
EXIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
Toggle to enter the correct
SETUP X.X
0) O3_PHOTO_LAMP=58.0 DegC
JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT
In all cases:
discards the new
setting
these settings unless
specifically instructed to by
Teledyne API’s Customer
Service personnel.
accepts the
new setting
SETUP X.X
PREV
1) O3_PHOT_LAMP=58.0 DegC
JUMP
JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
PREV
PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
Toggle these bottons to set
the upper span point of the
Test
SETUP X.X
PREV
Channel signal
JUMP
PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
Toggle to turn this mode
SETUP X.X
PREV
JUMP
PRNT EXIT
Toggle to turn this mode
SETUP X.X
PREV
5) STD_TEMP=25.0 DegC
JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
these settings unless
specifically instructed to by
Teledyne API’s Customer
Service personnel
SETUP X.X
PREV
6) STD PRESS=29.92 In-Hg
JUMP
JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
PREV
EDIT ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
Enter sign and number of
seconds per day the clock
gains (-) or loses(+)
95
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.11. OPERATING THE T703 CALIBRATOR AS AN O3
PHOTOMETER
The T703 can easily be configured to measure an external source of ozone.
6.11.1. SET UP FOR OPERATING THE T703 AS AN O3 PHOTOMETER
To convert the T703 from an O3 calibrator to and O3 photometer:
1. Remove the two loop-back tubing assemblies on the rear panel connected to the ‘PHOTO IN’ and
‘PHOTO ZERO IN’ fittings.
2. Connect the ozone source to be measured to the ‘PHOTO IN’ fitting.
This gas must be supplied at atmospheric pressure.
3. Connect a reference gas (Zero Air) for the photometer to the ‘PHOTO ZERO IN.’
This gas must be supplied at atmospheric pressure. To avoid interference effects, the reference gas
should be from the same source than is being used to feed the ozone generator that is being
assayed.
--(vents)--
EXHAUST line: Max Length=3 meters ( or 10 feet)
Minimum input gas flow for
Photometer is 800 cc3/min
Figure 6-4:
Set up for Using the T703 to Measure an External O3 Source
96
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
To use the T703 as a photometer, press:
97
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.12. SETUP LVL: SETTING UP AND USING LEADS (DASIBI)
OPERATING LEVELS
6.12.1. GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT LEADS LEVELS
The T703 calibrator can be equipped with a version of firmware that includes support for LEADS, a data
collection and analysis system LEADS specifically designed for handling meteorological and environmental data
particularly when there is a need to integrate data and control instrumentation from several different
manufacturers. When an T703 calibrator is equipped with the optional LEADS software is used in conjunction
with data loggers located central data analysis facility is possible to collect and buffer data between the various
calibrators, analyzers and metrological equipment remotely located at an air monitoring station.
Because LEADS was originally developed for use with TNRCC using Dasibi 5008 calibrators, the LEADS
version of the T703 includes support for Dasibi “Dot” serial data commands and operational “LEVELs”.
NOTE
6.12.2. DOT COMMANDS
The Dasibi “Dot” commands form a text-based (ASCII) data protocol that is transmitted between a control
computer (XENO data logger in this case) and a calibrator or ambient gas analyzer over an RS-232 connection.
The details of the protocol are beyond the scope of this document, but in its simplest form the protocol is based
on a two or three digit integer preceded by a control-A and a period (.) and then followed by a “!” and a two digit
checksum.
EXAMPLE:
^A.xxx!nn
For further information on dot commands, please contact T-API customer service.
An T703 equipped with LEADS software can be simultaneously operated over the same COM port using
standard Teledyne API’s serial data commands and is compatible with APICOM versions 3.7.3 and later which
include an added feature that allows a user to edit, upload and download level tables.
98
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
6.12.3. LEVELS
A LEVEL is a combination of several parameters:
An ID number for the LEVEL
An action, (e.g. GENERATE, STANDBY)
A target concentration value
An output flow rate (if applicable)
Configuration for one or both of two status output blocks.
Up to twenty levels can be defined and used with the T703 using a range of ID numbers from 0-98. Level 99 is
reserved for standby. Are not time based and do not include characteristics such as start time or duration,
therefore a single LEVEL can not switch between different concentration levels and flow rates. Separate flow
and concentration outputs must be programmed into separate LEVELs which are then individually started and
stopped either by an operator at the calibrator’s front panel or through a serial data operation over the RS-232 or
Ethernet ports.
6.12.4. ACTIVATING AN EXISTING LEVEL
To activate an existing defined LEVEL, press:
99
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.12.5. PROGRAMMING NEW LEVELS
To begin programming a new LEVEL find the LVL submenu by pressing:
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby
mode.
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
O3 LEVL SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
This display only appears if there are no LEVELs currently
programmed into the calibrator.
OTHERWISE ...
SETUP X.X
END OF LEVELS
INS
PRNT EXIT
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X [LEVEL ID] ) [Gas/Conc.], [Status Block Set]
CHOOSE ACTION Submenu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
ACTION TO PERFORM:GENERATE
PREV NEXT
Deletes the LEVEL shown
in the message field
Edits the LEVEL shown in
the message field
Scrolls back and forth between
Toggle to scroll though the available instructions:
GENERATE & MANUAL
existing LEVELS
100
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
6.12.5.1. Creating a Generate LEVEL
To create a LEVEL using the T703’s AUTO generation function, press:
Starting at the CHOOSE ACTION Submenu
CHOOSE ACTION Submenu
SETUP X.X
ACTION TO PERFORM:GENERATE
ENTR EXIT
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
GENERATE:ZERO
ZERO ENTR EXIT
Toggle to scroll through
the available gas types
(as programmed during
initial setup.
SETUP X.X
GENERATE:0.0 PPB O3
.0 PPB O3
0
0
0
ENTR EXIT
Toggle to scroll
through the
available units of
measure
Toggle these buttons
to set the target
concentration.
SETUP X.X
GENERATE:0.0 PPB O3
PCT O3
0
.0
0
0
ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the
new setting
STANDBY
0
LEVEL:0
0
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT discards the new
Toggle these buttons
until the designation of
the existing defined level
program is reached.
LEVEL number
ENTR accepts the new
LEVEL number
101
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating the T703 Calibrator
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
6.12.5.2. Editing or Deleting a LEVEL
To edit or delete an existing LEVEL, press:
Levels are displayed according to the following Format:
LEVEL ID: Any number between 0 and 99. This will be the number used to select the level when
activating / deactivating it, or when editing or deleting it.
Gas Conc: The concentration setting, in ppb, for the O3 generator to produce.
Status Block Setting: This will be displayed as two pairs of 1-digit numbers.
The First pair corresponds to Status Block 1.
The Second pair corresponds to Status Block 2.
n each case:
The left digit will be a number between 1 and 4 representing the binary setting of bits 1 through 4
and;
The right digit will be a number between 1 and 4 representing the binary setting of bits 5 through 8.
Figure 6-5:
LEADS Level Display Format
102
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating the T703 Calibrator
6.12.6. CONFIGURING LEVEL STATUS BLOCKS
There are two STATUS BLOCKS associated with LEADS LEVELS.
BLOCK 1: This block corresponds to the physical CONTROL OUTPUT connections located on the back
BLOCK 2: The second status block does not correspond to any physical output but is used to
communicate status over the serial data port
To configure the either of the STATUS BLOCKS, press:
Make sure that the calibrator
is in standby mode.
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
O3 LEVL SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
See
Figure 6-5
SETUP X.X [LEVEL ID] )[Gas/Conc.],[Status Block Set’g]
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
Toggle to scroll to the
LEVEL for editing.
SETUP X.X LEVEL NUMBER:12
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until Desired
Status Block is reached
SETUP X.X STATUS BLOCK 2:DISABLED
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X STATUS BLOCK 2:OFF
EXIT discards the
OFF
ENTER EXIT
new setting
Turns the CC
input ON/OFF
ENTR accepts the
new setting
SETUP X.X STATUS BLOCK 2:[0]0000000
<CH CH> [0] ENTER EXIT
EXIT discards the
Moves the
cursor one
character left or
right.
new setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting
Toggle to turn the selected bit ON/OFF (0 or 1).
Each bit shown on the display represents one of the control
output pins located on the back of the calibrator (see Figure 3-2),
The left most bit is Bit 1, the next bit to the right, bit 2,
progressing rightward to bit 8
(see Figure 3-8 for connector pin assignments)
103
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
7. OPERATING THE T703 OVER THE SERIAL I/O
PORTS
7.1. USING THE ANALYSER’S COMMUNICATION PORTS
The T703 is equipped with two serial communication ports, labeled RS232 (male DB-9 connector) and COM2
(female DB-9 connector), a USB com port and an Ethernet port located on the rear panel.
The RS232 and COM2 ports operate similarly and give the user the ability to communicate with, issue
commands to, and receive data from the calibrator through an external computer system or terminal.
The RS-232 port (COM1) can also be configured to operate in single or RS-232 multidrop mode (option
The COM2 port can be configured for standard RS-232 operation or for half-duplex RS-485
communication. (Contact the factory for RS-485 communication configuration).
The Ethernet connector allows the analyzer to be connected to a network running TCP/IP or to the public
Internet if access is available. The network must have routers capable of operating at 10Base-T or 100Base-T.
DHCP is enabled by default (Section 7.5.1). This configuration is useful for quickly getting an instrument up and
running on a network. However, for permanent Ethernet connections, a static IP address should be used
(Section 7.5.1.1).
7.1.1. RS-232 DTE AND DCE COMMUNICATION
RS-232 was developed for allowing communications between data terminal equipment (DTE) and data
communication equipment (DCE). Basic data terminals always fall into the DTE category whereas modems are
always considered DCE devices.
Electronically, the difference between the DCE & DTE is the pin assignment of the Data Receive and Data
Transmit functions.
DTE devices receive data on pin 2 and transmit data on pin 3.
DCE devices receive data on pin 3 and transmit data on pin 2.
A switch located below the serial ports on the rear panel allows the user to switch between DTE (for use with
data terminals) or DCE (for use with modems). Since computers can be either DTE or DCE, check your
computer to determine which mode to use. Edit the Instrument and Gateway IP addresses and Subnet Mask to
the desired settings. Then, from the computer, enter the same information through an application such as
HyperTerminal.
The USB port is for optional direct communication between the calibrator and a desktop or laptop computer. This
configuration can be used when the COM2 port is not in use except for multidrop communication. When using
the USB com port, the baud rate must match between the computer and the calibrator; you may change either
one to match the other. To view the instrument’s baud rate, and change if desired, please refer to Section 7.1.3.
104
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
7.1.2. SERIAL COM PORT DEFAULT SETTINGS AND CONNECTOR PIN
ASSIGNMENTS
Received from the factory, the calibrator is set up to emulate an RS-232 DCE device.
RS-232 (COM1): RS-232 (fixed), DB-9 male connector.
o
o
o
Baud rate: 19200 bits per second (baud).
Data Bits: 8 data bits with 1 stop bit.
Parity: None.
COM2: RS-232 (configurable to RS 485), DB-9 female connector.
o
o
o
Baud rate: 115000 bits per second (baud).
Data Bits: 8 data bits with 1 stop bit.
Parity: None.
Figure 7-1:
Default Pin Assignments for Rear Panel COM Port connectors (RS-232 DCE & DTE)
The signals from these two connectors are routed from the motherboard via a wiring harness to two 10-pin
connectors on the CPU card, J11 and J12
105
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Figure 7-2:
Default Pin Assignments for CPU COM Port connector (RS-232).
Teledyne API offers two mating cables, one of which should be applicable for your use.
Part number WR000077, a DB-9 female to DB-9 female cable, 6 feet long. Allows connection of the
Part number WR000024, a DB-9 female to DB-25 male cable. Allows connection to the most common
styles of modems (e.g. Hayes-compatible) and code activated switches.
Both cables are configured with straight-through wiring and should require no additional adapters.
NOTE
Cables that appear to be compatible because of matching connectors may incorporate internal wiring
that makes the link inoperable. Check cables acquired from sources other than Teledyne API for pin
assignments before using.
To assist in properly connecting the serial ports to either a computer or a modem, there are activity indicators
just above the RS-232 port. Once a cable is connected between the calibrator and a computer or modem, both
the red and green LEDs should be on.
If the lights are not lit, use the small switch on the rear panel to switch it between DTE and DCE modes
If both LEDs are still not illuminated, make sure the cable properly constructed.
106
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
7.1.4. COM PORT COMMUNICATION MODES
Each of the calibrator’s serial ports can be configured to operate in a number of different modes, listed in Table
7-1. As modes are selected, the calibrator sums the Mode ID numbers and displays this combined number on
the front panel display. For example, if quiet mode (01), computer mode (02) and Multi-Drop-enabled mode (32)
are selected, the Calibrator would display a combined MODE ID of 35.
Table 7-1: COM Port Communication Modes
MODE1
QUIET
ID
1
DESCRIPTION
Quiet mode suppresses any feedback from the calibrator (such as warning messages)
to the remote device and is typically used when the port is communicating with a
computer program where such intermittent messages might cause communication
problems.
Such feedback is still available but a command must be issued to receive them.
Computer mode inhibits echoing of typed characters and is used when the port is
communicating with a computer operated control program.
COMPUTER
SECURITY
2
4
When enabled, the serial port requires a password before it will respond. The only
command that is active is the help screen (? CR).
When turned on this mode switches the COM port settings
from
No parity; 8 data bits; 1 stop bit
to
E, 7, 1
2048
Even parity; 7 data bits; 1 stop bit
Configures the COM2 Port for RS-485 communication. RS-485 mode has precedence
over multidrop mode if both are enabled.
RS-485
1024
32
MULTIDROP
PROTOCOL
Multidrop protocol allows a multi-instrument configuration on a single communications
channel. Multidrop requires the use of instrument IDs.
ENABLE
MODEM
Enables to send a modem initialization string at power-up. Asserts certain lines in the
RS-232 port to enable the modem to communicate.
64
ERROR
Fixes certain types of parity errors at certain Hessen protocol installations.
CHECKING2
128
256
XON/XOFF
Disables XON/XOFF data flow control also known as software handshaking.
HANDSHAKE2
Enables CTS/RTS style hardwired transmission handshaking. This style of data
transmission handshaking is commonly used with modems or terminal emulation
protocols as well as by Teledyne Instrument’s APICOM software.
HARDWARE
HANDSHAKE
8
HARDWARE
FIFO2
Disables the HARDWARE FIFO (First In – First Out), When FIFO is enabled it
improves data transfer rate for that COM port.
512
COMMAND
PROMPT
Enables a command prompt when in terminal mode.
4096
1 Modes are listed in the order in which they appear in the
SETUP MORE COMM COM[1 OR 2] MODE menu
2 The default setting for this feature is ON. Do not disable unless instructed to by Teledyne API’s Customer Service
personnel.
Note
Communication Modes for each COM port must be configured independently.
108
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
Press the following menu buttons to select communication modes for a one of the COM Ports, such as the
following example where RS-485 mode is enabled:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
O3
SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
EXIT
COMM VARS DIAG
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID
COM1 COM2
EXIT
Combined Mode ID
displayed here
SETUP X.X
COM1 MODE:0
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 QUIET MODE:OFF
PREV NEXT OFF
Use the PREV and
NEXT to scroll
between the
available modes
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
SETUP X.X
COM1 RS-485 MODE:OFF
PREV NEXT OFF
ENTR EXIT
ON/OFF activates /
deactivates the
selected mode.
SETUP X.X
COM1 RS-485 MODE:ON
EXIT discards the new
PREV NEXT OFF
ENTR EXIT
setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting
PREV and NEXT scroll to other COM modes you
want to enable or disable
109
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
7.1.5. COM PORT TESTING
The serial ports can be tested for correct connection and output in the COM menu. This test sends a string of
256 ‘w’ characters to the selected COM port. While the test is running, the red LED on the rear panel of the
calibrator should flicker.
To initiate the test press the following key sequence.
110
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
7.1.6. MACHINE ID
Each type of Teledyne API calibrator is configured with a default ID code. The default ID code for all T703
calibrators is 703. The ID number is only important if more than one calibrator is connected to the same
communications channel such as when several calibrators are on the same Ethernet LAN, in a RS-232 multidrop
chain (See Section 7.3) or operating over a RS-485 network (See Section 7.4). If two calibrators of the same
model type are used on one channel, their ID codes must differ; opt to change one or both.
To edit the instrument’s ID code, press:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
O3
SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
EXIT
COMM VARS DIAG
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID INET COM1 COM2
EXIT
SETUP X.X
MACHINE ID:703 ID
EXIT discards the new
0
7
0
0
ENTR EXIT
setting
Toggle to cycle
through the available
character set: 0-9
ENTR accepts the
new setting
The ID number is only important if more than one calibrator is connected to the same communications channel
(e.g., a multi-drop setup). Different models of Teledyne API’s calibrators have different default ID numbers, but if
two calibrators of the same model type are used on one channel (for example, two T703’s), the ID of one
instrument needs to be changed.
The ID can also be used for to identify any one of several calibrators attached to the same network but situated
in different physical locations.
111
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
7.1.7. TERMINAL OPERATING MODES
The T703 can be remotely configured, calibrated or queried for stored data through the serial ports. As
terminals and computers use different communication schemes, the calibrator supports two communicate modes
specifically designed to interface with these two types of devices.
Computer mode is used when the calibrator is connected to a computer with a dedicated interface
program.
Interactive mode is used with a terminal emulation programs such as HyperTerminal or a “dumb”
computer terminal. The commands that are used to operate the calibrator in this mode are listed in Table
7-2.
7.1.7.1. Help Commands in Terminal Mode
Table 7-2: Terminal Mode Software Commands
COMMAND
Control-T
Function
Switches the calibrator to terminal mode
(echo, edit). If mode flags 1 & 2 are OFF,
the interface can be used in interactive
mode with a terminal emulation program.
Control-C
Switches the calibrator to computer mode
(no echo, no edit).
CR
A carriage return is required after each
command line is typed into the
(carriage return)
terminal/computer. The command will not
be sent to the calibrator to be executed until
this is done. On personal computers, this is
achieved by pressing the ENTER key.
BS
Erases one character to the left of the
cursor location.
(backspace)
ESC
Erases the entire command line.
(escape)
? [ID] CR
This command prints a complete list of
available commands along with the
definitions of their functionality to the
display device of the terminal or computer
being used. The ID number of the
calibrator is only necessary if multiple
calibrators are on the same
communications line, such as the multi-
drop setup.
Control-C
Control-P
Pauses the listing of commands.
Restarts the listing of commands.
112
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
7.1.7.2. Command Syntax
Commands are not case-sensitive and all arguments within one command (i.e. ID numbers, keywords, data
values, etc.) must be separated with a space character.
All Commands follow the syntax:
X [ID] COMMAND <CR>
Where
X
is the command type (one letter) that defines the type of command. Allowed designators
are listed in Table 6-27 and Appendix A-6.
[ID]
is the machine identification number (Section 7.1.6). Example: the Command “? 200”
followed by a carriage return would print the list of available commands for the revision of
software currently installed in the instrument assigned ID Number 200.
COMMAND is the command designator: This string is the name of the command being issued (LIST,
ABORT, NAME, EXIT, etc.). Some commands may have additional arguments that define
how the command is to be executed. Press ? <CR> or refer to Appendix A-6 for a list of
available command designators.
<CR>
is a carriage return. All commands must be terminated by a carriage return (usually
achieved by pressing the ENTER key on a computer).
Table 7-3: Teledyne API Serial I/O Command Types
COMMAND
COMMAND TYPE
Calibration
Diagnostic
C
D
L
Logon
T
Test measurement
Variable
V
W
Warning
7.1.7.3. Data Types
Data types consist of integers, hexadecimal integers, floating-point numbers, Boolean expressions and text
strings.
Integer data are used to indicate integral quantities such as a number of records, a filter length, etc.
They consist of an optional plus or minus sign, followed by one or more digits. For example, +1, -12,
123 are all valid integers.
Hexadecimal integer data are used for the same purposes as integers. They consist of the two
characters “0x,” followed by one or more hexadecimal digits (0-9, A-F, a-f), which is the ‘C’ programming
language convention. No plus or minus sign is permitted. For example, 0x1, 0x12, 0x1234abcd are all
valid hexadecimal integers.
113
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Floating-point numbers are used to specify continuously variable values such as temperature set points,
time intervals, warning limits, voltages, etc. They consist of an optional plus or minus sign, followed by
zero or more digits, an optional decimal point and zero or more digits. (At least one digit must appear
before or after the decimal point.) Scientific notation is not permitted. For example, +1.0, 1234.5678, -
0.1, 1 are all valid floating-point numbers.
Boolean expressions are used to specify the value of variables or I/O signals that may assume only two
values. They are denoted by the keywords ON and OFF.
Text strings are used to represent data that cannot be easily represented by other data types, such as
data channel names, which may contain letters and numbers. They consist of a quotation mark,
followed by one or more printable characters, including spaces, letters, numbers, and symbols, and a
final quotation mark. For example, “a”, “1”, “123abc”, and “()[]<>” are all valid text strings. It is not
possible to include a quotation mark character within a text string.
Some commands allow you to access variables, messages, and other items. When using these
commands, you must type the entire name of the item; you cannot abbreviate any names.
7.1.7.4. Status Reporting
Reporting of status messages as an audit trail is one of the three principal uses for the RS-232 interface (the
other two being the command line interface for controlling the instrument and the download of data in electronic
format). You can effectively disable the reporting feature by setting the interface to quiet mode (Section 7.1.4,
Table 7-1).
Status reports include warning messages, calibration and diagnostic status messages. Refer to Appendix A-3
for a list of the possible messages, and this for information on controlling the instrument through the RS-232
interface.
General Message Format
All messages from the instrument (including those in response to a command line request) are in the format:
X DDD:HH:MM [Id] MESSAGE<CRLF>
Where:
X
is a command type designator, a single character indicating the message type, as
shown in the Table 6-27.
DDD:HH:MM is the time stamp, the date and time when the message was issued. It consists of the
Day-of-year (DDD) as a number from 1 to 366, the hour of the day (HH) as a number
from 00 to 23, and the minute (MM) as a number from 00 to 59.
[ID]
is the calibrator ID, a number with 1 to 4 digits.
MESSAGE
is the message content that may contain warning messages, Test Functions, variable
values, etc.
<CRLF>
is a carriage return / line feed pair, which terminates the message.
The uniform nature of the output messages makes it easy for a host computer to parse them into an easy
structure. Keep in mind that the front panel display does not give any information on the time a message was
issued, hence it is useful to log such messages for trouble-shooting and reference purposes. Terminal
emulation programs such as HyperTerminal can capture these messages to text files for later review.
114
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
7.1.7.5. COM Port Password Security
In order to provide security for remote access of the T703, a LOGON feature can be enabled to require a
password before the instrument will accept commands. This is done by turning on the SECURITY MODE (Mode
4, Section 7.1.4). Once the SECURITY MODE is enabled, the following items apply.
A password is required before the port will respond or pass on commands.
If the port is inactive for one hour, it will automatically logoff, which can also be achieved with the
LOGOFF command.
Three unsuccessful attempts to log on with an incorrect password will cause subsequent logins to be
disabled for 1 hour, even if the correct password is used.
If not logged on, the only active command is the '?' request for the help screen.
The following messages will be returned at logon:
LOGON SUCCESSFUL - Correct password given
LOGON FAILED - Password not given or incorrect
LOGOFF SUCCESSFUL - Connection terminated successfully
To log on to the T703 calibrator with SECURITY MODE feature enabled, type:
LOGON 940331
940331 is the default password. To change the default password, use the variable RS232_PASS issued as
follows:
V RS232_PASS=NNNNNN
Where N is any numeral between 0 and 9.
115
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
7.2. REMOTE ACCESS BY MODEM
The T703 can be connected to a modem for remote access. This requires a cable between the calibrator’s COM
port and the modem, typically a DB-9F to DB-25M cable (available from Teledyne API with part number
WR0000024).
Once the cable has been connected, check to make sure:
The DTE-DCE is in the DCE position.
The T703 COM port is set for a baud rate that is compatible with the modem,
The Modem is designed to operate with an 8-bit word length with one stop bit.
The MODEM ENABLE communication mode is turned ON (Mode 64, see Section 7.1.4).
Once this is completed, the appropriate setup command line for your modem can be entered into the calibrator.
The default setting for this feature is
AT Y0 &D0 &H0 &I0 S0=2 &B0 &N6 &M0 E0 Q1 &W0
This string can be altered to match your modem’s initialization and can be up to 100 characters long.
To change this setting press:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
SETUP X.X
COM1 MODE:0
O3
SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE
EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
EXIT
Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...
COMM VARS DIAG
SETUP X.X
COM1 PORT INIT:AT Y0 &DO &H &I0
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
<SET SET> EDIT
ID
COM1 COM2
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 PORT INIT:AT Y0 &DO &H &I0
[A] ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the
<CH CH> INS DEL
The <CH and CH>
keys move the cursor
left and right along the
text string
new setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting
The INS and CH> key
inserts a new
character before the
cursor position
Toggle this key to cycle through the
available character set:
The DEL
deletes
character at
the cursor
position
Alpha: A-Z (Upper and Lower
Case);
Special Characters: space ’ ~ ! # $
% ^ & * ( ) - _ = +[ ] { } < > | ; : , . / ?
Numerals: 0-9
116
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
To Initialize the modem press:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
EXIT
COMM VARS DIAG
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID
COM1 COM2
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 MODE:0
<SET SET> EDIT
Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...
SETUP X.X
COM1: INITIALIZE MODEM
ENTR EXIT
<SET SET> INIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZING MODE
MODEM INITIALIZED
Test Runs
Automatically
PREV NEXT OFF
EXIT
If there is a problem initializing the
modem the message,
“MODEM NOT INITIALIZED”
will appear.
117
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
7.3. MULTIDROP RS-232 SET UP
When the RS-232 Multidrop option is installed, the instrument designated as last in the chain must be
terminated. This requires installing a shunt between two pins on the multidrop printed circuit assembly (PCA)
inside the instrument. Step-by-step instructions follow.
Note that because the RS-232 Multidrop option uses both the RS232 and COM2 DB9 connectors on the
analyzer’s rear panel to connect the chain of instruments, COM2 port is no longer available for separate RS-232
or RS-485 operation.
CAUTION – Risk of Instrument Damage and Warranty Invalidation
Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static discharges too
small to be felt by the human nervous system. Damage resulting from failure to use
ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies will void the instrument
warranty.
See A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge section in this manual for more information on
preventing ESD damage.
To install shunt in the last analyzer:
1. With NO power to the instrument, remove its top cover and lay the rear panel open for access to the
multidrop PCA, which is seated on the CPU.
2. On the multidrop PCAs JP2 connector, use the shunt provided to jumper Pins 21 22 as indicated in
Figure 7-3:
Multidrop/LVDS PCA Seated on CPU
118
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
Note: If you are adding an instrument to the end of a previously configured chain, remove the shunt
between Pins 21 22 of the Multidrop PCA in the instrument that was previously the last instrument in
the chain.
3. Close the instrument.
4. Referring to Figure 7-4, use straight-through DB9 male-DB9 female cables to interconnect the host RS232
port to the first analyzer’s RS232 port; then from the first analyzer’s COM2 port to the second analyzer’s
RS232 port; from the second analyzer’s COM2 port to the third analyzer’s RS232 port, etc., connecting in
this fashion up to eight analyzers, subject to the distance limitations of the RS-232 standard.
5. BEFORE communicating from the host, power on the instruments and check that the Machine ID code
ID is typically the model number; to change the 4-digit identification number, press the button of the digit to
be changed.
NOTE:
Teledyne API recommends setting up the first link, between the Host and the first instrument and
testing it before setting up the rest of the chain.
Female DB9
Host
Male DB9
RS-232 port
Analyzer
Analyzer
Analyzer
Last Analyzer
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
Ensure jumper is
installed between
JP2 pins 21
last instrument of
multidrop chain.
22 in
Figure 7-4:
RS232-Multidrop PCA Host/Calibrator Interconnect Diagram
119
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
7.4. RS-485 CONFIGURATION OF COM2
As delivered from the factory, COM2 is configured for RS-232 communications. This port can be re-configured
for operation as a non-isolated, half-duplex RS-485 port. To configure the instrument for RS-485 communication,
please contact the factory. (Using COM2 for RS-485 communications disables the optional USB com port).
7.5. REMOTE ACCESS VIA THE ETHERNET
The calibrator can be connected to any standard 10Base-T or 100Base-T Ethernet network via low-cost network
hubs, switches or routers. The interface operates as a standard TCP/IP device on port 3000. This allows a
remote computer to connect through the internet to the calibrator using APICOM, terminal emulators or other
programs.
Under the SETUP>MORE>COMM menu the INET submenu is used to manage and configure the Ethernet
interface with your LAN or Internet Server(s). The calibrator is shipped with DHCP enabled by default. This
allows the instrument to be connected to a network or router with a DHCP server, but for a permanent Ethernet
connection, configure the instrument with a static IP address (Section 7.5.1.1).
The Ethernet LEDs located on the connector indicate the Ethernet connection status.
Table 7-4: Ethernet Status Indicators
LED
FUNCTION
amber (link)
On when connection to the LAN is valid.
green (activity) Flickers during any activity on the LAN.
120
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
7.5.1. CONFIGURING THE ETHERNET INTERFACE USING DHCP
The Ethernet feature for your T703 uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) to configure its interface
with your LAN automatically. This requires your network servers also be running DHCP. The calibrator will do
this the first time you turn the instrument on after it has been physically connected to your network. Once the
instrument is connected and turned on, it will appear as an active device on your network without any extra set
up steps or lengthy procedures.
NOTE
It is a good idea to check the INET settings the first time you power up your calibrator after it has been
physically connected to the LAN/Internet to make sure that the DHCP has successfully downloaded the
appropriate information from you network server(s).
The Ethernet configuration properties are viewable via the calibrator’s front panel.
Table 7-5: LAN/Internet Configuration Properties
PROPERTY
DEFAULT
STATE
DESCRIPTION
This displays whether the DHCP is turned ON or OFF.
DHCP STATUS
ON
INSTRUMENT
IP ADDRESS
This string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each (e.g. 192.168.76.55.)
is the address of the calibrator itself.
0.0.0.0
A string of numbers very similar to the Instrument IP address (e.g.
192.168.76.1.) that is the address of the computer used by your LAN to
access the Internet.
GATEWAY IP
ADDRESS
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Also, a string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each (e.g.
255.255.252.0) that defines that identifies the LAN to which the device is
connected.
SUBNET MASK
All addressable devices and computers on a LAN must have the same
subnet mask. Any transmissions sent devices with different subnet
masks are assumed to be outside of the LAN and are routed through a
different gateway computer onto the Internet.
This number defines the terminal control port by which the instrument is
addressed by terminal emulation software, such as Internet or Teledyne
API’s APICOM.
TCP PORT1
3000
T703
The name by which your calibrator will appear when addressed from
other computers on the LAN or via the Internet. While the default setting
for all Teledyne API’s T703 calibrators is “T703”, the host name may be
changed to fit customer needs.
HOST NAME
1 Do not change the setting for this property unless instructed to by Teledyne API’s Customer Service
personnel.
NOTE
If the gateway IP, instrument IP and the subnet mask are all zeroes (e.g. “0.0.0.0”), the DCHP was not
successful in which case you may have to configure the calibrator’s Ethernet properties manually.
See your network administrator.
121
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
To view the above properties listed in Table 7-5, press:
122
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
7.5.1.1. Manually Configuring the Network IP Addresses
here are several circumstances when you may need to manually set the Ethernet configuration:
Your LAN is not running a DHCP software package,
The DHCP software is unable to initialize the calibrator’s interface;
You wish to configure the interface with a specific IP address, such as for a permanent Ethernet
connection..
Manually configuring the Ethernet interface requires that you first turn DHCP to OFF before setting the
INSTRUMENT IP, GATEWAY IP and SUBNET MASK parameters
123
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
STEP 2: Configure the INSTRUMENT IP, GATEWAY IP and SUBNET MASK addresses by pressing:
Internet Configuration Touchscreen Button Functions
From Step 1 above)
BUTTON
[0]
FUNCTION
Press to cycle through the range of numerals and
available characters (“0 – 9” & “ . ”)
<CH CH>
DEL
Moves the cursor one character left or right.
Deletes a character at the cursor location.
SETUP X.X
DHCP: OFF
Accepts the new setting and returns to the previous
menu.
ENTR
EXIT
SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
Ignores the new setting and returns to the previous
menu.
Some buttons only appear when applicable.
SETUP X.X INST IP: 000.000.000.000
<SET SET> EDIT
Cursor
location is
indicated by
brackets
SETUP X.X INST IP: [0] 00.000.000
<CH CH>
DEL [0]
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP: 000.000.000.000
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP: [0] 00.000.000
<CH CH> DEL [?] ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK:255.255.255.0
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK:[2]55.255.255.0
<CH CH> DEL [?] ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X TCP PORT 3000
<SET
EDIT
The PORT number needs to remain at 3000.
Do not change this setting unless instructed to by
Teledyne Instruments Customer Service personnel.
Pressing EXIT from
any of the above
display menus
causes the Ethernet
to reinitialize its
internal interface
firmware
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZING INET 0%
…
INITIALIZING INET 100%
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATION SUCCEEDED
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATION FAILED
Contact your IT
Network Administrator
SETUP X.X
ID INET
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1
EXIT
124
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
7.5.2. CHANGING THE CALIBRATOR’S HOSTNAME
The HOSTNAME is the name by which the calibrator appears on your network. The default name for all
Teledyne API T703 calibrators is T703. To change this name (particularly if you have more than one T703
calibrator on your network), press.
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
SETUP X.X
ENTER PASSWORD:818
ENTR EXIT
O3
SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE
8
1
8
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
SETUP X.X
DHCP:ON
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID INET COM1 COM2
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> until ...
SETUP X.X
HOSTNAME: T703
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
HOSTNAME: T703
<CH CH> INS DEL
[?]
ENTR EXIT
BUTTON
FUNCTION
<CH
CH>
INS
Moves the cursor one character to the left.
Moves the cursor one character to the right.
Inserts a character before the cursor location.
Deletes a character at the cursor location.
DEL
Use these buttons to edit the HOSTNAME
Press this BUTTON to cycle through the range
of numerals and characters available for
insertion. 0-9, A-Z, space ’ ~ ! # $ % ^ & * (
) - _ = +[ ] { } < >\ | ; : , . / ?
[?]
Accepts the new setting and returns to the
previous menu.
SETUP X.X
HOSTNAME: T703
ENTR
EXIT
<CH CH> INS DEL
[?]
ENTR EXIT
Ignores the new setting and returns to the
previous menu.
ENTR accepts
the new setting
EXIT ignores the
new setting
Some buttons only appear when applicable.
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZING INET 0%
INITIALIZATION process proceeds
automatically
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATION SUCCEEDED
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATION FAILED
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
Contact your
IT Network
ID INET COM1 COM2
EXIT
Administrator
125
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
7.6. APICOM REMOTE CONTROL PROGRAM
APICOM is an easy-to-use, yet powerful interface program that allows the user to access and control any of
Teledyne API’s main line of ambient and stack-gas instruments from a remote connection through direct cable,
modem or Ethernet. Running APICOM, a user can:
Establish a link from a remote location to the T703 through direct cable connection via RS-232 modem or
Ethernet.
View the instrument’s front panel and remotely access all functions that could be accessed when
standing in front of the instrument.
Remotely edit system parameters and set points.
Download, view, graph and save data for predictive diagnostics or data analysis.
Retrieve, view, edit, save and upload DAS configurations.
Check on system parameters for trouble-shooting and quality control.
APICOM is very helpful for initial setup, data analysis, maintenance and trouble-shooting. Figure 7-5 shows
examples of APICOM’s main interface, which emulates the look and functionality of the instruments actual front
panel
Figure 7-5:
APICOM Remote Control Program Interface
NOTE
APICOM is included free of cost with the calibrator and the latest versions can also be downloaded for
The T703 calibrator is fully supported by APICOM revision 3.9.4 and later.
Instruments with the LEADS support option must run APICOM revision 4.0 and later
126
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Operating The T703 over the Serial I/O Ports
This page intentionally left blank.
127
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
T703 Calibration and Verification
8. T703 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION
Basic electronic calibration of the T703 Calibrator is performed at the factory. Normally there is no need to
perform this factory calibration in the field however, the performance of several of the instruments key
subsystems should be verified periodically and if necessary adjusted. These subsystems are:
O3 Photometer: The O3 photometer performance should be periodically verified against an external
standard (see Section 8.1).
8.1. VERIFYING AND CALIBRATING THE T703’S O3
PHOTOMETER
The accuracy of calibration gas produced by the T703 depends entirely on the accuracy of the photometer;
therefore, it is very important that the photometer is operating properly and accurately.
The verification procedure can be performed using the instruments internal O3 generator (see Figure 8-1) or an
external source of O3 (see Figure 8-2). In either case, an external source of zero air (such as a Teledyne API’s
Model 701 Zero Air Generator) is required.
8.1.1. SETUP FOR VERIFYING AND CALIBRATING THE O3 PHOTOMETER
Note
This operation requires an external reference photometer.
Figure 8-1:
Set up for Verifying Optional O3 Photometer Using Internal O3 Generator
129
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T703 Calibration and Verification
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Figure 8-2:
Set up for Verifying Optional O3 Photometer Using an External O3 Generator
NOTE
The manifolds as shown in the above drawing are oriented to simplify the drawing.
All unused ports should be capped.
A Minimum of 1.1 LPM is required for the external zero air source
8.1.1.1. Calibration Manifold Exhaust/Vent Line
The manifold’s excess gas should be vented to a suitable vent outside of the room. This vent should be of large
enough internal diameter to avoid any appreciable pressure drop, and it must be located sufficiently downstream
of the output ports to assure that no ambient air enters the manifold due to eddy currents or back diffusion.
NOTE
It is recommended that the calibration manifold’s exhaust vent have a minimum internal diameter of 3/8
inch and a maximum length of 3 meters (or 10 feet)
130
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
T703 Calibration and Verification
8.1.2. VERIFYING O3 PHOTOMETER PERFORMANCE
To verify the performance of the T703’s optional internal photometer perform the following steps:
STANDBY
ACT=STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
STANDBY mode
STANDBY
AUTO
SYSTEM RESET
STANDBY
GENERATE:ZERO
ZERO ENTR SETUP
Toggle to switch
to O3 generation
mode
STANDBY
0
GENERATE:0.0 PPB O3
PPB O3
0
4
0
0
ENTR EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to set the
target
Toggle to set the
units of measure.
concentration.
STANDBY
0
GENERATE:0.0 PPB O3
PPB O3
0
0
ENTR EXIT
GENERATE
ACT = 400 PPB O3
Wait
A MINIMUM
<SET SET> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
OF
10 MINUTES
or until the
ACT reading
settles down
Record O3 concentration readings displayed by the ACT
test function and by the external reference photometer
Repeat this procedure for as many points along the
performance range of the calibrator as required
NOTE
The readings recorded from the T703’s ACT test function and the external reference photometer should
be within 1% of each other.
131
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T703 Calibration and Verification
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
8.1.3. CALIBRATING THE O3 PHOTOMETER
The following procedure sets values held in the calibrator’s memory of for zero point OFFSET and SLOPE.
8.1.3.1. Photometer Zero Calibration
To set the zero point offset for the T703 Photometric Calibrator’s photometer, press:
132
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T703 Calibration and Verification
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
8.1.4. O3 PHOTOMETER DARK CALIBRATION
The Dark Calibration Test turns off the Photometer UV Lamp and records any offset signal level of the UV
Detector-Preamp-Voltage to Frequency Converter circuitry. This allows the instrument to compensate for any
voltage levels inherent in the Photometer detection circuit that might affect the output of the detector circuitry and
therefore the calculation of O3 concentration.
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
O3
SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
O3 GAS CONFIG
MODE ADJ PHOT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
O3 GAS CONFIG
BCAL DARK
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SETUP X.X
CALIBRATING DARK OFFSET
DARK CAL 34% COMPLETE
The DARK CAL procedure progresses automatically
until ...
Yes
DARK CAL
Successful?
No
SETUP X.X INVALID DARK CAL OFFS=XXXX.X MV
134
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
T703 Calibration and Verification
8.1.5. O3 PHOTOMETER BACKPRESSURE CALIBRATION
Any time there is a pneumatic configuration change, there is risk of impacting the internal measure/reference
pressure. To compensate for this, a backpressure compensation calibration is required each time. Set the
calibrator to generate ozone at the flow rate intended for operation. While the instrument is generating ozone, go
to the SETUP>MORE>DIAG>929>…>BACKPRESSURE COMPENSATION menu and press ENTR, shown in
the following illustration, to initiate the calibration; the operation will take a few minutes:
GENERATE
A-CAL=0.000 LPM
Make sure that the T700 is
generating ozone at the
intended operational flow rate.
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM FLOW VARS DIAG
SETUP X.X
ENTER PASSWORD
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons to
enter the correct
PASSWORD - 929
DIAG
SIGNAL I/O
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
DIAG
BACKPRESSURE COMPENSATION
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
135
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T703 Calibration and Verification
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
8.2. CALIBRATING THE O3 GENERATOR
The T703 calibrator’s software includes a routine for automatically calibrating the O3 generator. A calibration
table of drive voltages stored in the T703’s memory is the basis for this calibration. This table is used by the
T703 to set initial O3 generator drive settings.
8.2.1. O3 GENERATOR CALIBRATION TABLE
When the T703 is operated in BENCH mode, this table is used for the initial setting only. After a short delay
time, the bench feedback control will take over and control the O3 generator drive to servo in to the exact
concentration requested.
When the T703 is operated in CONST mode, the initial O3 generator drive setting will be set by the calibration
table and does not change.
When the T703 is operated in REF mode, the calibration table sets the initial drive setting and then the reference
detector feedback takes over to maintain the lamp at a constant intensity as measured by the reference detector.
The target value for the reference detector for a particular target concentration is also stored in this calibration
table.
The instrument software will interpolate between two values in the table when an intermediate concentration is
requested.
For each point included in the table used by the T703 to calibrate the optional O3 generator the user can set a
drive voltage and a dwell time for that point. Each point can also be individually turned off or on.
136
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
T703 Calibration and Verification
8.2.2. VIEWING O3 GENERATOR CALIBRATION POINTS
To view these calibration points, press:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby
mode.
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
O3
SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT
SETUP X.X
ENTER PASSWORD
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
Toggle to enter the correct
PASSWORD
DIAG
SIGNAL I/O
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
Continue pressing NEXT until ...
DIAG
O3 GEN CALIBRATION
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG
O3 GEN CALIBRATION
CAL PNTS
DIAG O3GEN
1) 500 MV, 5.0 MIN, ON
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
Toggle to move between
calibration points
137
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
T703 Calibration and Verification
8.2.6. PERFORMING AN AUTOMATIC CALIBRATION OF THE O3
GENERATOR
To run the automatic O3 generator calibration program, press:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby
mode.
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP X.X
O3
SEQ CFG CLK PASS
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COMM VARS
SETUP X.X
Toggle to enter the correct
DIAG
PREV
ENTR EXIT
Continue pressing
until ...
DIAG
PREV NEXT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG
PNTS
DIAG
aborts
the calibration
Test runs automatically
DIAG
141
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T703 Calibration and Verification
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
8.3. T703 GAS PRESSURE SENSOR CALIBRATION
The T703 Calibrator has two sensors that monitor the pressure of the gases flowing through the instrument. The
data collected by these sensors is used to compensate the final concentration calculations for changes in
atmospheric pressure and is stored in the CPU’s memory as test functions:
Table 8-1: T703 Pressure Sensors
ASSOCIATED
TEST FUNCTION
PRESSURE MONITOR
MEASUREMENT POINT
SENSOR
UNITS
PSIG
Regulator Pressure Sensor
Capped fitting on backside of regulator
REG PRESSURE
Use monitor to measure ambient
atmospheric pressure at the calibrator’s
location.
Photometer Sample Gas
Pressure Sensor
PHOTO SPRESS
IN-HG-A
8.3.1.1. Gas Pressure Sensor Calibration Set Up
The procedures described in this section require an independent, calibrated pressure meter/monitor be attached
at the following location.
Chassis
PHOTOMETER BENCH
Pressure
Monitor
DRY AIR
IN
O3 GAS INPUT
PRESSURE SENSOR
Filter
PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE SENSOR
Pressure
Regulator
On Back Panel
O3 GEN / PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE / FLOW SENSOR PCA
PHOTOMETER
INLET
REF/MEAS
Valve
Flow Control
(800 cm3)
PHOTOMETER
ZERO IN
PUMP
EXHAUST
ZERO AIR
IN
PUMP
PHOTOMETER
ZERO OUT
INTERNAL
VENT
PHOTOMETER
OUTLET
TO ANALYZER
TO ANALYZER
VENT
GAS OUTPUT MANIFOLD
Figure 8-3:
Pressure Calibration Monitor Points
142
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
T703 Calibration and Verification
Attach Pressure
Monitor Here
Outlets to
O3 Generator
Pressure
Regulator
Figure 8-4:
O3 Generator Pressure Monitor Point Physical Location– T703
143
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T703 Calibration and Verification
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
8.3.2. CALIBRATING THE REGULATOR AND PHOTOMETER PRESSURE
SENSORS
1. Turn off the calibrator and open the top cover.
2. Connect a pressure meter to the Regulator Pressure measurement fitting. This fitting is located on the
3. Turn on the calibrator and perform the following steps:
4. Turn OFF the T703, remove the pressure monitor, replace the cap on the pressure measurement fitting.
144
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
T703 Calibration and Verification
8.4. T703 GAS FLOW CALIBRATION
The T703 has two gas flow characteristics that affect its performance: the flow of gas thought the sample
chamber of the instrument’s photometer and the total gas flow being output. While both are stored in the
calibrator’s memory and used to compensate the final concentration calculations for changes in atmospheric
pressure, they are calculated quite differently.
PHOTOMETER SAMPLE GAS FLOW RATE:
This flow rate is measured directly by a flow sensor located pressure / flow sensor PCA. A slope factor, stored
performed, is and applied to the reading from that sensor.
The calculated photometer sample gas flow value is viewable on the instrument’s front panel using the PHOTO
FLOW test function and can be output via the T703’s TEST CHANNEL output using the SAMPLE FLOW
function.
OUTPUT GAS FLOW RATE:
This flow rate is calculated by applying a separate slope factor, also stored in the calibrator’s memory, to an
interpolated valued based on the following table of internal gas pressure as measured by the O3 gas input
pressure sensor. The output-flow slope value is determined by performing an OUPUT FLOW calibration
operation (see Section 8.4.2).
Table 8-2: T703 Gas Pressure to Output Flow conversion Table
T703 REGULATOR PRESSURE TO OUTPUT FLOW
PSIG
0
LPM
0.000
0.676
1.214
1.659
2.071
2.463
2.816
3.178
3.536
3.851
4.166
5.744
7.282
8.755
10.254
11.695
13.146
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
The calculated OUTPUT FLOW value is viewable on the instrument’s front panel using the OUTPUT FLOW test
function and can be output via the T703’s TEST CHANNEL using the OUTPUT FLOW function.
145
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T703 Calibration and Verification
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
8.4.1. CALIBRATING THE PHOTOMETER’S SAMPLE GAS FLOW
NOTE
The procedure described in this section requires an independent, calibrated gas flow meter/monitor be
connected to the EXHAUST fitting on the back of the T703.
During the PHOTO FLOW calibration, the T703 software automatically turns the DC pump downstream from the
photometer ON. PHOTO FLOW calibration is followed by ACTUAL OUTPUT FLOW (output gas flow) calibration
(Section 8.4.2).
To perform a PHOTO FLOW calibration, press:
146
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
T703 Calibration and Verification
8.4.2. CALIBRATING THE OUTPUT GAS FLOW
8.4.2.1. Output Gas Flow Set Up
The procedure described in this section requires an independent, calibrated flow meter/monitor and the following
set up:
Chassis
PHOTOMETER BENCH
DRY AIR
IN
O3 GAS INPUT
PRESSURE SENSOR
Filter
PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE SENSOR
Pressure
Regulator
On Back Panel
O3 GEN / PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE / FLOW SENSOR PCA
PHOTOMETER
INLET
REF/MEAS
Valve
Flow Control
(800 cm3/min)
PHOTOMETER
ZERO IN
PUMP
EXHAUST
ZERO AIR
IN
OFF
PHOTOMETER
ZERO OUT
INTERNAL
VENT
PHOTOMETER
OUTLET
FLOW
METER
TO ANALYZER
TO ANALYZER
VENT
GAS OUTPUT MANIFOLD
Figure 8-5:
Output Flow Calibration Monitor Point
147
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T703 Calibration and Verification
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
8.4.2.2. Performing an Output Gas Flow Calibration
During the PHOTO FLOW calibration, the T703 software automatically turns the DC pump downstream from the
photometer OFF and the AC dry air pump ON. Once the PHOTO FLOW has been calibrated (Section 8.4.1 –
menu sequence included here for continuity), the next step is to adjust the “ACTUAL PHOTO FLOW” values to
match the flow measured by the external flow meter in order to calibrate the output gas flow (ACTUAL OUTPUT
FLOW), as follows:
148
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
150
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Theory of Operation
9. THEORY OF OPERATION
9.1. PNEUMATIC OPERATION
9.1.1. GAS FLOW CONTROL
Gas flow rates are set by various flow control assemblies located in the gas stream(s).
9.1.1.1. Flow Control Assemblies
Chassis
PHOTOMETER BENCH
yel
blk
DRY AIR
IN
O3 GAS INPUT
PRESSURE SENSOR
Filter
PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE SENSOR
On Back Panel
Pressure
Regulator
blu
PHOTOMETER
INLET
O3 GEN / PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE / FLOW SENSOR PCA
pur
REF/MEAS
Valve
pur
grn
blk
yel
Flow Control
(800 cm3/min)
grn
PHOTOMETER
ZERO IN
orn
red
EXHAUST
PUMP
red
PHOTOMETER
ZERO OUT
INTERNAL
VENT
PUMP
PHOTOMETER
OUTLET
orn
orn
orn
TO ANALYZER
TO ANALYZER
VENT
FLOW
CONTROL
ASSEMBLIES
blu
ZERO AIR
IN
GAS OUTPUT MANIFOLD
Figure 9-1:
Location of Gas Flow Control Assemblies
9.1.1.2. Photometer Critical Flow Orifice
Critical flow orifices are a remarkably simple way to regulate stable gas flow rates. They operate without moving
parts by taking advantage of the laws of fluid dynamics. By restricting the flow of gas though the orifice, a
pressure differential is created. This pressure differential combined with the action of the calibrator’s pump
draws the gas through the orifice.
As the pressure on the downstream side of the orifice (the pump side) continues to drop, the speed that the gas
flows though the orifice continues to rise. Once the ratio of upstream pressure to downstream pressure is
greater than 2:1, the velocity of the gas through the orifice reaches the speed of sound. As long as that ratio
151
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Theory of Operation
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
stays at least 2:1 the gas flow rate is unaffected by any fluctuations, surges, or changes in downstream pressure
because such variations only travel at the speed of sound themselves and are therefore cancelled out by the
sonic shockwave at the downstream exit of the critical flow orifice.
The actual flow rate of gas through the orifice (volume of gas per unit of time), depends on the size and shape of
the aperture in the orifice. The larger the hole, the more gas molecules, moving at the speed of sound, pass
through the orifice.
9.1.2. INTERNAL GAS PRESSURE SENSORS
There are two pressure sensors in the T703. See Figure 3-5 for the location of the Pressure/Flow PCA.
A 100 psig pressure sensor on this PCA is used to monitor the downstream regulator pressure. This value is
displayed on the front panel as a test measurement called REG PRESSURE.
A second pressure located on the rear PCA measures the pressure of gas in the photometer’s absorption tube.
This sensor is a 0-15 psia (absolute pressure) range sensor. This data is used by the CPU when calculating the
O3 concentration inside the absorption tube. This value is displayed on the front panel as a test measurement
called PHOTO SPRESS. Note that this value is converted to units of Inches of Mercury (IN-HG-A) when
displayed on the front panel.
152
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Theory of Operation
9.2. ELECTRONIC OPERATION
9.2.1. OVERVIEW
ANALOG
IN
RS232
Male
COM2
Female
USB COM
Ethernet
port
(I2C Bus)
Analog Outputs
TEST
Status Outputs
CHANNEL
OUTPUT
Aout 4
Aout 3
Aout 2
Aout 1
1 - 8
Control Outputs
1 - 12
Control Inputs
1 - 12
Touchscreen
Display
Analog Outputs
(D/A)
External Digital I/O
Power Up
Circuit
O3 Generator Input
Pressure Sensor
PC 104
CPU Card
Disk on
Module
Photometer Sample Gas
Pressure Sensor
Flash
Chip
Box
Temperature
(Optional)
I2C Bus
Thermistor Interface
Photometer
Lamp Heater
O3 Generator
RELAY
PCA
O3 Generator
Reference
Detector
UV
Lamp
O3 Generator
Lamp Heater
O3 Generator
UV Lamp
Temperature
Photometer
UV Lamp
Temperature
O3 Generator
Lamp Supply
Photometer
Pump
Photometer Sample Gas
Temperature
Keyboard
& Display
Absorption tube
Photometer
Lamp Power
Supply
Photometer
Detector
Preamp
Photometer
Detector
Figure 9-2:
T703 Electronic Block Diagram
The core of the calibrator is a microcomputer (referred to as the CPU) that controls various internal processes,
interprets data, makes calculations, and reports results using specialized firmware developed by Teledyne API.
It communicates with the user as well as receives data from and issues commands to a variety of peripheral
devices via a separate printed circuit assembly called the motherboard.
The motherboard is directly mounted to the inside rear panel and collects data, performs signal conditioning
duties and routes incoming and outgoing signals between the CPU and the calibrator’s other major components.
153
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Theory of Operation
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Data are generated by the various sub components of the T703 (e.g. flow data from the MFCs, O3 concentration
from the optional photometer). Analog signals are converted into digital data by a unipolar, analog-to-digital
converter, located on the motherboard.
A variety of sensors report the physical and operational status of the calibrator’s major components, again
through the signal processing capabilities of the motherboard. These status reports are used as data for the
concentration calculations and as trigger events for certain control commands issued by the CPU. They are
stored in memory by the CPU and in most cases can be viewed but the user via the front panel display.
9.2.2. CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU)
The unit’s CPU card (Figure 9-3) is installed on the motherboard located inside the rear panel. It is a low power
(5 VDC, 720mA max), high performance, Vortex 86SX-based microcomputer running Windows CE. Its operation
and assembly conform to the PC-104 specification and features the following:
Figure 9-3:
T703 CPU Board Annotated
The CPU communicates with the user and the outside world in a variety of manners:
Through the calibrator’s front panel LCD touchscreen interface;
RS 232 and RS485 serial I/O channels;
Via Ethernet;
Various digital and analog outputs, and
A set of digital control input channels.
Finally, the CPU issues commands via a series of relays and switches (also over the I2C bus) located on a
separate printed circuit assembly to control the function of key electromechanical devices such as heaters,
motors and valves.
154
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Theory of Operation
9.2.2.1. Disk On Module (DOM)
The DOM is a 44-pin IDE flash chip with a storage capacity up to 256 MB. It is used to store the computer’s
operating system, the Teledyne API firmware, and most of the operational data. The LEDs on the DOM indicate
power and reading/writing to or from the DOM.
9.2.2.2. Flash Chip
This non-volatile memory includes 2MB of space and is used to store calibration data and to store a backup of
the calibrator’s configuration as created during final checkout at the factory. Separating these data onto a less
frequently accessed chip significantly decreases the chance of those key data getting corrupted.
In the unlikely event that the flash chip should fail, the calibrator will continue to operate with just the DOM.
However, all configuration information will be lost, requiring the unit to be recalibrated.
9.2.3. RELAY PCA
The relay board is one of the central switching and power distribution units of the calibrator. It contains power
relays, valve drivers and status LEDs for all heated zones and valves, as well as thermocouple amplifiers, power
distribution connectors and the two switching power supplies of the calibrator. The relay board communicates
with the motherboard over the I2C bus. Its status indicators and components can be used for troubleshooting
power problems and valve or heater functionality.
Generally, the relay PCA is located in the right-rear quadrant of the calibrator and is mounted vertically on the
backside of the same bracket as the instrument’s DC power supplies, however the exact location of the relay
155
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Theory of Operation
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Watchdog
Status LED (D1)
DC Power Supply
Test Points
Status LED’s
(D2 through D16)
I2C Connector
Power
Connections
for DC
DC Valve &
Photometer
Pump
Heaters
Control
AC Pump
Configuration
Plug
DC
Valve Control
Drivers
AC Power
OUT to Dry
Air Pump
DC Valve &
Photometer
Pump Control
Connector
AC Power
IN
DC Power
Distribution
Connectors
Dry Air AC Pump
Control Relay
Figure 9-4:
Relay Board PCA with AC Relay Retainer Removed
This version of the Relay PCA includes one AC relay that controls the AC-powered Dry Air (zero air) pump and
A plastic insulating safety shield covers the remaining empty AC Relay sockets.
CAUTION
NEVER REMOVE THIS SAFETY SHIELD WHILE THE INSTRUMENT IS PLUGGED IN AND
TURNED ON. THE CONTACTS OF THE AC RELAY SOCKETS BENEATH THE SHIELD
CARRY HIGH AC VOLTAGES EVEN WHEN NO RELAYS ARE PRESENT
9.2.3.1. Valve Control
The relay board also hosts two valve driver IC's, each of which can drive up four valves. In the T703, the relay
PCA controls only those valves associated with the O3 generator and photometer options.
156
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Theory of Operation
9.2.3.2. Heater Control
The relay PCA controls the DC heaters for the O3 generator and photometer lamp housing.
Figure 9-5:
Heater Control Loop Block Diagram.
9.2.3.3. Relay PCA Status LEDs and Watch Dog Circuitry
Thirteen LEDs are located on the calibrator’s relay board to indicate the status of the calibrator’s heating zones
and some of its valves as well as a general operating watchdog indicator. Table 11-2 shows the states of these
LEDs and their respective functionality.
D9 (Green) – Photometer Pump Status
D7 (Green) – Photometer Meas/Ref Valve
D6 (Green ) – Ext. Zero Air Valve
D15 (Yellow) - Photometer Lamp Heater
D16 (Yellow) – O3 Generator Lamp Heater
D1 (RED)
Watchdog
Indicator
Figure 9-6:
Status LED Locations – Relay PCA
157
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Theory of Operation
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Table 9-1: Relay Board Status LEDs
LED
COLOR
Red
DESCRIPTION
Watchdog Circuit; I2C bus
operation.
FUNCTION
D1
Blinks when I2C bus is operating properly
D2
Yellow
Dry Air Pump Status
When lit the zero air AC pump is running.
D3-6
SPARE
When lit the valve open to REFERENCE
gas path
D7
D8
Green
Green
Photometer Meas/Ref Valve
SPARE
When lit the External Zero Air valve is
open
D9
Ext. Zero Air valve Status
D10 - 14
D15
SPARE
When lit the photometer UV lamp heater
is on
Yellow
Yellow
Photometer Heater Status
O3 Generator Lamp Heater
When lit the O3 generator UV lamp heater
is on
D16
9.2.3.4. Relay PCA Watchdog Indicator (D1)
The most important of the status LEDs on the relay board is the red I2C Bus watchdog LED. It is controlled
directly by the calibrator’s CPU over the I2C bus. Special circuitry on the relay PCA watches the status of D1.
Should this LED ever stay ON or OFF for 30 seconds (indicating that the CPU or I2C bus has stopped
functioning) this Watchdog Circuit automatically shuts all valves and turns off all heaters and lamps.
158
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Theory of Operation
9.2.4. MOTHERBOARD
This is the largest electronic assembly in the calibrator and is mounted to the rear panel as the base for the CPU
board and all I/O connectors. This printed circuit assembly provides a multitude of functions including A/D
conversion, digital input/output, PC-104 to I2C translation, temperature sensor signal processing and is a pass
through for the RS-232 and RS-485 signals.
9.2.4.1. A to D Conversion
Analog signals, such as the voltages received from the calibrator’s various sensors, are converted into digital
signals that the CPU can understand and manipulate by the analog to digital converter (A/D).Under the control of
the CPU, this functional block selects a particular signal input and then coverts the selected voltage into a digital
word.
The A/D consists of a voltage-to-frequency (V-F) converter, a programmable logic device (PLD), three
multiplexers, several amplifiers and some other associated devices. The V-F converter produces a frequency
proportional to its input voltage. The PLD counts the output of the V-F converter during a specified time period,
and sends the result of that count, in the form of a binary number, to the CPU.
The A/D can be configured for several different input modes and ranges but in the T703 it is used in uni-polar
mode with a +5V full scale. The converter includes a 1% over and under-range. This allows signals from -0.05V
to +5.05V to be fully converted.
For calibration purposes, two reference voltages are supplied to the A/D converter: Reference ground and
+4.096 VDC. During calibration, the device measures these two voltages, outputs their digital equivalent to the
CPU. The CPU uses these values to compute the converter’s offset and slope and also uses these factors for
subsequent conversions.
9.2.4.2. Sensor Inputs
The key analog sensor signals are coupled to the A/D converter through the master multiplexer from two
connectors on the motherboard. Terminating resistors (100 kΩ) on each of the inputs prevent cross talk
between the sensor signals.
9.2.4.3. Thermistor Interface
This circuit provides excitation, termination and signal selection for several negative-coefficient, thermistors
(temperature sensors) located inside the calibrator.
9.2.4.4. Analog Outputs
The T703 calibrator comes equipped with one analog output. It can be set by the user to carry the current signal
level of any one of the parameters (see Table 7-4) and will output an analog VDC signal that rises and falls in
relationship with the value of the parameter.
159
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Theory of Operation
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
9.2.4.5. External Digital I/O
The external digital I/O performs two functions.
The STATUS outputs carry logic-level (5V) signals through an optically isolated 8-pin connector on the rear
panel of the calibrator. These outputs convey on/off information about certain calibrator conditions such as
CONC VALID. They can be used to interface with certain types of programmable devices.
The CONTROL outputs can be used to initiate actions by external peripheral devices in conjunction with
individual steps of a calibration sequence (see Section 6.5.1.6).
The CONTROL inputs can be initiated by applying 5V DC power from an external source such as a PLC or data
logger (Section 6.5.1.5). Zero and span calibrations can be initiated by contact closures on the rear panel.
9.2.4.6. I2C Data Bus
I2C is a two-way, clocked, bi-directional, digital serial I/O bus that is used widely in commercial and consumer
electronic systems. A transceiver on the motherboard converts data and control signals from the PC-104 bus to
I2C. The data is then fed to the relay board, optional analog input board and valve driver board circuitry.
9.2.4.7. Power-up Circuit
This circuit monitors the +5V power supply during calibrator start-up and sets the analog outputs, external digital
I/O ports, and I2C circuitry to specific values until the CPU boots and the instrument software can establish
control.
9.2.5. POWER SUPPLY AND CIRCUIT BREAKER
The T703 calibrator operates in two main AC power ranges: 100-120 VAC and 220-240 VAC (both ± 10%)
between 47 and 63 Hz. A 5 ampere circuit breaker is built into the ON/OFF switch. In case of a wiring fault or
incorrect supply power, the circuit breaker will automatically turn off the calibrator.
NOTE:
The T703 calibrator is equipped with a universal power supply that allows it to accept any AC power
configuration, within the limits specified in Table 2-2.
CAUTION
Should the power circuit breaker trip correct the condition causing this situation before
turning the calibrator back on.
160
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Theory of Operation
SENSOR SUITES
KEY
Sensor Control
& I/O Logic
ANALOG SENSORS
AC POWER
DC POWER
O3 Generator
Reference detector,
LOGIC DEVICES
Pre-Amplifiers
& Amplifiers
Photometer UV
Detector
(e.g. CPU, I2C bus,
Motherboard, etc.)
AC
POWER IN
PS 1
GAS
TEMPERATURE
SENSORS
+5 VDC
ON / OFF
SWITCH
±15 VDC
GAS
PRESSURE
SENSORS
RELAY PCA
AC
Relay
Photometer
UV Lamp P/S
PS 2
(+12 VDC)
Solenoid
Drivers
O3 Generator UV
Lamp Xfromer
O3 Generator UV
Lamp P/S
Cooling
Fan
DRY AIR
Pump
Photometer
Photometer
M/R valve
Pump
Controlled
via I2C
O3 Generator
UV Lamp
Figure 9-7:
T703 Power Distribution Block diagram
9.2.6. AC POWER CONFIGURATION
The E-Series digital electronic systems will operate with any of the specified power regimes. As long as
instrument is connected to 100-120 VAC or 220-240 VAC at either 50 or 60 Hz it will turn on and after about 30
seconds show a front panel display. Internally, the status LEDs located on the Relay PCA, Motherboard and
CPU should turn on as soon as the power is supplied.
On the other hand, some of the calibrator’s the dry air pump must be properly configured for the type of power
being supplied to the instrument. Figure 2-3 shows the location of the Pump AC Configuration jumper.
161
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Theory of Operation
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
JP7
Pump
Configuration
Figure 9-8:
Location of the AC Configuration Jumper for the Dry Air Pump
9.2.6.1. AC configuration – Internal Pump (JP7)
AC power configuration for the internal dry air pump is set using Jumper set JP7.
Table 9-2: AC Power Configuration for Internal Pumps (JP7)
JUMPER
BETWEEN
PINS
LINE
POWER
LINE
FREQUENCY
JUMPER
COLOR
FUNCTION
Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line
Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line
Connects pump pins 2 & 4 to Neutral
2 to 7
3 to 8
4 to 9
60 HZ
WHITE
BLACK
110VAC
115 VAC
Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line
Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line
Connects pump pins 2 & 4 to Neutral
2 to 7
3 to 8
4 to 9
50 HZ1
Connects pump pins 3 and 4 together
Connects pump pin 1 to 220 / 240VAC power line
Connects pump pins 3 and 4 together
1 to 6
3 to 8
1 to 6
3 to 8
60 HZ
BROWN
BLUE
220VAC
240 VAC
50 HZ1
Connects pump pin 1 to 220 / 240VAC power line
1 A jumper between pins 5 and 10 may be present on the jumper plug assembly, but is only functional on the T300 and
has no function on the Models T700 or T703.
162
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Theory of Operation
110 VAC /115 VAC
220 VAC /240 VAC
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
Jumper 5-to-10 not functional in the T703
Figure 9-9: Pump AC Power Jumpers (JP7)
9.3. FRONT PANEL TOUCHSCREEN/DISPLAY INTERFACE
The most commonly used method for communicating with the T703 Dynamic Dilution Calibrator is via the
instrument’s front panel LCD touchscreen display. The LCD display is controlled directly by the CPU board. The
touchscreen is interfaced to the CPU by means of a touchscreen controller that connects to the CPU via the
internal USB bus and emulates a computer mouse.
Figure 9-10:
T703 Front Panel Layout
163
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Theory of Operation
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
The LCD display is controlled directly by the CPU board. The touchscreen is interfaced to the CPU by means of
a touchscreen controller that connects to the CPU via the internal USB bus and emulates a computer mouse.
9.3.1.1. Front Panel Interface PCA
The front panel interface PCA controls the various functions of the display and touchscreen. For driving the
display it provides connection between the CPU video controller and the LCD display module. This PCA also
contains:
•
•
power supply circuitry for the LCD display module
a USB hub that is used for communications with the touchscreen controller and the two front panel USB
device ports
•
the circuitry for powering the display backlight
9.4. SOFTWARE OPERATION
The T703 calibrator’s core module is a high performance, Vortex 86SX-based microcomputer running Windows
CE. Inside Windows CE, special software developed by Teledyne API interprets user commands from the
various interfaces, performs procedures and tasks, stores data in the CPU’s various memory devices, and
calculates the concentration of the gas being sampled.
Windows CE
API FIRMWARE
Calibrator Operations
Memory Handling
Calibration Procedures
PC/104 BUS
Configuration Procedures
Calibration Data
System Status Data
Autonomic Systems
Diagnostic Routines
CALIBRATOR
HARDWARE
Interface Handling
Sensor input Data
Touchscreen
Analog Output Data
RS232 & RS485
External Digital I/O
Measurement
Algorithms for
photometer
PC/104 BUS
Figure 9-11:
Schematic of Basic Software Operation
164
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Theory of Operation
9.5. O3 GENERATOR OPERATION
9.5.1. PRINCIPLE OF PHOTOLYTIC O3 GENERATION
Ozone is a naturally occurring substance that is sometimes called "activated oxygen". It contains three atoms of
oxygen (O3) instead of the usual two found in normal oxygen (O2) that is essential for life. Because of its
relatively short half-life, ozone cannot be bottled and stored for later use and there fore must always be
generated on-site by an ozone generator. The two main principles of ozone generation are UV-light and corona
discharge. While the corona-discharge method is most common because of its ability to generate very high
concentrations (up to 50%), it is inappropriate for calibration needs since the level of fine control over the O3
concentration is poor. Also, the corona discharge method produces a small amount of NO2 as a byproduct,
which also may be undesirable in a calibration application
The UV-light method is most feasible in calibration application where production of low, accurate concentrations
of ozone desired. This method mimics the radiation method that occurs naturally from the sun in the upper
atmosphere producing the ozone layer. An ultra-violet lamp inside the generator emits a precise wavelength of
UV Light (185 nm). Ambient air] is passed over an ultraviolet lamp, which splits some of the molecular oxygen
(O2) in the gas into individual oxygen atoms which attach to other existing oxygen molecules (O2), forming ozone
(O3).
Inlet from
Diluent Source
Valve
2
O
In
U
V
L
a
m
p
Reference
Detector
6O hv
3O
+
=
2
185
3
To
Photometer,
Cal Gas and
Vent Outlets
3
O
Out
Flow
Control
Assembly
Figure 9-12:
O3 Generator Internal Pneumatics
165
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Theory of Operation
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
9.5.2. GENERATOR PNEUMATIC OPERATION
The rate of flow through the O3 generator is controlled by a flow control assembly located on the Regulator Sub-
Assembly in the front of the T703.
O3 Generator
Gas Inlet
O3 Generator
Heater Control PCA
O3 Outlet to
Photometer
and
O3 Outlet
Internal Vent
Measure / Reference
Valve for
Photometer Bench
Figure 9-13:
O3 Generator Valve and Gas Fixture Locations
9.5.3. O3 GENERATOR ELECTRONIC OPERATION
Electronically the O3 generator and its subcomponents act as peripheral devices operated by the CPU via the
motherboard. Sensor signals, such as the UV lamp thermistor are routed to the motherboard, where they are
digitized. Digital data is sent by the motherboard to the calibrator’s CPU and where required stored in either
flash memory or on the CPU’s disk-on-chip. Commands from the CPU are sent to the motherboard and
forwarded to the various devices via the calibrator’s I2C bus.
166
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Theory of Operation
Figure 9-14:
O3 Generator Electronic Block Diagram
UV Lamp
O3 Generator
Heater Control
PCA
UV Lamp Power
Supply
(200 VAC @ 30 kHz)
UV Lamp Power
Supply
Transformer
Reference Detector
Preamp Power
Connector
Reference
Detector
Signal Output
to Motherboard
UV Lamp
Power Connector
UV Lamp
I2C Connector
O3 Generator
Reference Detector
O3 Generator
Reference Detector
PCA
Figure 9-15:
O3 Generator Electronic Components Location
167
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Theory of Operation
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
9.5.3.1. O3 Generator Temperature Control
In order to operate at peak efficiency the UV lamp of the T703’s O3 generator is maintained at a constant 48ºC.
if the lamp temperature falls below 43ºC or rises above 53ºC a warning is issued by the calibrators CPU.
This temperature is controlled as described in the section on the relay PCA (see Section 9.2.3.2). The location
of the thermistor and heater associated with the O3 generator is shown below:
UV Lamp
O3 Generator
Heater Control PCA
(Heater is located beneath
the PCA)
UV Lamp
Thermistor
Figure 9-16:
O3 Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations
168
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Theory of Operation
9.6. PHOTOMETER OPERATION
The Model T703 calibrator’s optional photometer determines the concentration of Ozone (O3) in a sample gas
drawn through it. Sample and calibration gasses must be supplied at ambient atmospheric pressure in order to
establish a stable gas flow through the absorption tube where the gas’ ability to absorb ultraviolet (UV) radiation
of a certain wavelength (in this case 254 nm) is measured.
Gas bearing O3 and zero air are alternately routed through the photometer’s absorption tube. Measurements of
the UV light passing through the sample gas with and without O3 present are made and recorded.
Calibration of the photometer is performed in software and does not require physical adjustments. Two internal
variables, a slope and offset are used to adjust the calibration of the photometer.
The CPU uses these calibration values, the UV absorption measurements made on the sample gas in the
absorption tube along with data regarding the current temperature and pressure of the gas to calculate a final O3
concentration.
9.6.1. MEASUREMENT METHOD
9.6.1.1. Calculating O3 Concentration
The basic principle by which photometer works is called Beer’s Law (also referred to as the Beer-Lambert
equation). It defines the how light of a specific wavelength is absorbed by a particular gas molecule over a
certain distance at a given temperature and pressure. The mathematical relationship between these three
parameters for gasses at Standard Temperature and Pressure (STP) is:
Equation 9-5
I Io e-LC
at STP
Where:
Io
I
is the intensity of the light if there was no absorption.
is the intensity with absorption.
L
C
is the absorption path, or the distance the light travels as it is being absorbed.
is the concentration of the absorbing gas. In the case of the Model T703, Ozone (O3).
is the absorption coefficient that tells how well O3 absorbs light at the specific wavelength of
interest.
To solve this equation for C, the concentration of the absorbing Gas (in this case O3), the application of a little
algebra is required to rearrange the equation as follows:
Equation 9-6
I
1
o
C ln
at STP
I L
169
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Theory of Operation
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Unfortunately, both ambient temperature and pressure influence the density of the sample gas and therefore the
number of ozone molecules present in the absorption tube thus changing the amount of light absorbed.
In order to account for this effect the following addition is made to the equation:
Equation 9-7
I
1
Τ
29.92inHg
o
C ln
I
L
273
Ρ
Where:
T
P
= sample ambient temperature in degrees Kelvin
= ambient pressure in inches of mercury
Finally, to convert the result into Parts per Billion (PPB), the following change is made:
Equation 9-8
9
I
10
29.92inHg
o
C ln
I
L
273
In a nutshell the T703 photometer:
Measures each of the above variables: ambient temperature; ambient gas pressure; the intensity of the
UV light beam with and without O3 present;
Inserts know values for the length of the absorption path and the absorption coefficient, and:
Calculates the concentration of O3 present in the sample gas.
9.6.1.2. The Measurement / Reference Cycle
In order to solve the Beer-Lambert equation it is necessary to know the intensity of the light passing through the
absorption path both when O3 is present and when it is not. A valve called the measure/reference valve,
physically located on front-left corner of the O3 generator assembly (see Figures 3-4 and 9-14) alternates the
gas stream flowing to the photometer between zero air (diluent gas) and the O3 output from the O3 generator.
This cycle takes about 6 seconds.
Table 9-3: T703 Photometer Measurement / Reference Cycle
TIME INDEX
0 sec.
STATUS
Measure/Reference Valve Opens to the Measure Path.
0 – 2 sec.
Wait Period. Ensures that the Absorption tube has been adequately flushed of any
previously present gasses.
2 – 3 Seconds
Analyzer measures the average UV light intensity of O3 bearing Sample Gas (I) during
this period.
3 sec.
Measure/Reference Valve Opens to the Reference Path.
3 – 5 sec.
Wait Period. Ensures that the Absorption tube has been adequately flushed of O3
bearing gas.
170
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Theory of Operation
5 – 6 Seconds
Analyzer measures the average UV light intensity of Non-O3 bearing Sample Gas (I0)
during this period.
CYCLE REPEAT EVERY 6 SECONDS
Chassis
PHOTOMETER BENCH
yel
blk
DRY AIR
IN
O3 GAS INPUT
PRESSURE SENSOR
Filter
PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE SENSOR
On Back Panel
Pressure
Regulator
blu
pur
PHOTOMETER
INLET
O3 GEN / PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE / FLOW SENSOR PCA
pur
grn
REF/MEAS
Valve
Flow Control
(800 cm3/min)
blk
yel
grn
PHOTOMETER
ZERO IN
orn
red
EXHAUST
PUMP
red
PHOTOMETER
ZERO OUT
INTERNAL
VENT
PUMP
orn
PHOTOMETER
OUTLET
orn
orn
TO ANALYZER
blu
ZERO AIR
IN
TO ANALYZER
VENT
GAS OUTPUT MANIFOLD
Figure 9-17:
O3 Photometer Gas Flow – Measure Cycle
171
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Theory of Operation
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Chassis
PHOTOMETER BENCH
yel
blk
O3 GAS INPUT
PRESSURE SENSOR
DRY AIR
IN
On Back Panel
Filter
PHOTOMETER
PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE SENSOR
Pressure
Regulator
INLET
pur
blu
O3 GEN / PHOTOMETER
PRESSURE / FLOW SENSOR PCA
REF/MEAS pur
Valve
yel
blk
Flow Control
(800 cm3/min)
grn
grn
PHOTOMETER
ZERO IN
orn
EXHAUST
PUMP
red
PHOTOMETER
ZERO OUT
INTERNAL
VENT
PUMP
orn
PHOTOMETER
OUTLET
orn
orn
TO ANALYZER
blu
ZERO AIR
IN
TO ANALYZER
VENT
GAS OUTPUT MANIFOLD
Figure 9-18:
O3 Photometer Gas Flow – Reference Cycle
9.6.1.3. The Absorption Path
In the most basic terms, the T703 photometer uses a high energy, mercury vapor lamp to generate a beam of
UV light. This beam passes through a window of material specifically chosen to be both non-reactive to O3 and
transparent to UV radiation at 254nm and into an absorption tube filled with sample gas.
Because ozone is a very efficient absorber of UV radiation the absorption path length required to create a
measurable decrease in UV intensity is short enough (approximately 42 cm) that the light beam is only required
to make one pass through the Absorption Tube. Therefore, no complex mirror system is needed to lengthen the
effective path by bouncing the beam back and forth.
Finally, the UV passes through a similar window at the other end of the absorption tube and is detected by a
specially designed vacuum diode that only detects radiation at or very near a wavelength of 254nm. The
specificity of the detector is high enough that no extra optical filtering of the UV light is needed.
The detector reacts to the UV light and outputs a current signal that varies in direct relationship with the intensity
of the light shining on it. This current signal is amplified and converted to a 0 to 5 VDC voltage analog signal
voltage sent to the instrument’s motherboard where it is digitized. The CPU to be uses this digital data in
computing the concentration of O3 in the absorption tube.
172
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Theory of Operation
Window
Window
UV Detector
ABSORPTION TUBE
Analog current
signal is output by
Detector
Sample Gas OUT
Sample Gas IN
UV
Source
Absorption Path Length = 42 cm
O-5 VDC
Photometer
Pre amp
PCA
analog signal
to
Motherboard
Figure 9-19:
O3 Photometer Absorption Path
9.6.1.4. Interferent Rejection
It should be noted that the UV absorption method for detecting ozone is subject to interference from a number of
sources. The has T703’s photometer been successfully tested for its ability to reject interference from sulfur
dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, nitric oxide, water, and meta-xylene.
While the photometer rejects interference from the aromatic hydrocarbon meta-xylene, it should be noted that
there are a very large number of other volatile aromatic hydrocarbons that could potentially interfere with ozone
detection. If the T703 calibrator is installed in an environment where high aromatic hydrocarbon concentrations
are suspected, specific tests should be conducted to reveal the amount of interference these compounds may
be causing.
173
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Theory of Operation
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
9.6.2. PHOTOMETER LAYOUT
The Photometer is where the absorption of UV light by ozone is measured and converted into a voltage. It
consists of several sub-assemblies:
A mercury-vapor UV lamp. This lamp is coated in a material that optically screens the UV radiation
output to remove the O3 producing 185nm radiation. Only light at 254nm is emitted.
An AC power supply that supplies the current for starting and maintaining the plasma arc of the mercury
vapor lamp.
A thermistor and DC heater attached to the UV Lamp to maintain the Lamp at an optimum operating
temperature.
42 cm long quartz absorption tube.
A thermistor attached to the quartz tube for measuring sample gas temperature.
Gas inlet and outlet mounting blocks that rout sample gas into and out of the photometer.
The vacuum diode, UV detector that converts UV light to a DC current.
A preamplifier assembly, which convert the Detector’s current output into a DC Voltage then amplifies it
to a level readable by the A to D converter circuitry of the instrument’s motherboard
Sample Gas
Thermistor
UV Lamp Thermistor
(UV Lamp Heater Behind Thermistor)
UV Lamp Power
Transformer
Absorption Tube
UV Detector
Power Connector
from
+15 VDC power supply
Sample Gas
Outlet
UV Detector
Preamp PCA
Sample Gas Inlet
UV Lamp Power
UV Lamp Heater
Control PCA
Supply
(200 VAC @ 30 kHz)
UV Lamp
Figure 9-20:
O3 Photometer Layout – Top Cover Removed
9.6.3. PHOTOMETER PNEUMATIC OPERATION
The flow of gas through the photometer is created by a small internal pump that pulls air though the instrument.
There are several advantages to this “pull through” configuration. Placing the pump down stream from the
absorption tube avoids problems caused by the pumping process heating and compressing the sample.
In order to measure accurately the presences of low concentrations of O3 in the sample air it is necessary to
establish and maintain a relatively constant and stable volumetric flow of sample gas through the photometer.
The simplest way to accomplish this is by placing a flow control assembly containing a critical flow orifice directly
upstream of the pump but down stream from the absorption tube.
The critical flow orifice installed in the pump supply line is tuned to create a gas flow of 800 cm3/min. A pressure
sensor and a flow sensor, located on the O3 generator / photometer pressure flow sensor PCA, monitor the
pressure and flow rate of the gas passing through the photometers absorption tube.
See Figures 9-18 and 9-19 for depictions of the gas flow related to the photometer.
174
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
9.6.4. PHOTOMETER ELECTRONIC OPERATION
Motherboard
Theory of Operation
PC 104
CPU Card
A/D
Converter
s
04 Bu
PC 1
Disk on
Module
Flash
Chip
I2C Bus
Photometer
Sample Gas
Pressure
Sensor
Thermistor Interface
RELAY PCA
Photometer M/R
Valve
(Located on O3
I2C
y
Photometer
Status
LED
Generator Assembly)
Detector
Preamp
Photometer
UV Lamp
Temperature
Photometer
Sample Gas
Temperature
Absorption tube
Photometer
Lamp Power
Supply
Photometer
Pump
Photometer
Detector
Photometer
Lamp Heater
Photometer
Figure 9-21:
O3 Photometer Electronic Block Diagram
Like the O3 generator, the O3 photometer and its subcomponents act as peripheral devices operated by the CPU
via the motherboard. Communications to and from the CPU are handled by the motherboard.
Outgoing commands for the various devices such as the photometer pump, the UV lamp power supply the U\V
Lamp heater are issued via the I2C bus to circuitry on the relay PCA which turns them ON/OFF. The CPU also
issues commands over the I2C bus that cause the relay PCA to cycle the measure/reference valve back and
forth.
Incoming date the UV light detector is amplified locally then converted to digital information by the motherboard.
Output from the photometers temperature sensors is also amplified and converted to digital data by the
motherboard. The O3 concentration of the sample gas is computed by the CPU using this data (along with gas
pressure and flow data received from the T703’s pressure sensors.
9.6.4.1. O3 Photometer Temperature Control
In order to operate at peak efficiency the UV lamp of the T703’s O3 photometer is maintained at a constant
58ºC. This is intentionally set at a temperature higher than the ambient temperature of the T703’s operating
environment to make sure that local changes in temperature do not affect the UV Lamp. If the lamp temperature
falls below 56ºC or rises above 61ºC a warning is issued by the calibrators CPU.
This temperature is controlled as described in the section on the relay PCA (Section 9.3.3.2).
The following TEST functions report these temperatures and are viewable from the instrument’s front panel:
PHOTO LAMP TEMP - The temperature of the UV Lamp reported in ºC.
PHOTO STEMP - The temperature of the Sample gas in the absorption tube reported in ºC.
175
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Theory of Operation
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
9.6.4.2. Pneumatic Sensors for the O3 Photometer
The several sensors located on the pneumatic sensor just to the left rear of the O3 generator assembly measure
the absolute pressure and the flow rate of gas inside the photometer’s absorption tube. This information is used
by the CPU to calculate the O3 concentration of the sample gas (See Equation 9-7). Both of these
measurements are made downstream from the absorption tube but upstream of the pump. A critical flow orifice
located between the flow sensor and the pump maintains the gas flow through the photometer at 800 cm3/min.
The following TEST functions are viewable from the instrument’s front panel:
PHOTO FLOW - The flow rate of gas through the photometer measured in LPM.
PHOTO SPRESS – the pressure of the gas inside the absorption tube. This pressure is reported in
inches of mercury-absolute (in-Hg-A), i.e. referenced to a vacuum (zero absolute pressure). This is not
the same as PSIG.
176
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Maintenance Schedule & Procedures
10. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE & PROCEDURES
Predictive diagnostic functions including failure warnings and alarms built into the calibrator’s firmware allow the
user to determine when repairs are necessary without performing painstaking preventative maintenance
procedures.
For the most part, the T703 calibrator is maintenance free, there are, however, a minimal number of simple
procedures that when performed regularly will ensure that the T703 photometer continues to operate accurately
and reliably over its the lifetime.
Repairs and troubleshooting are covered in Section 11 of this manual.
10.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
Table 10-1 below shows the recommended maintenance schedule for the T703. Please note that in certain
environments (i.e. dusty, very high ambient pollutant levels) some maintenance procedures may need to be
performed more often than shown.
NOTE
following certain of the maintenance procedure listed below.
CAUTION
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK. DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE PERFORMING ANY OF
THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS THAT REQUIRE ENTRY INTO THE INTERIOR OF THE
ANALYZER.
NOTE
THE OPERATIONS OUTLINED IN THIS CHAPTER ARE TO BE PERFORMED BY
QUALIFIED MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL ONLY.
177
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance Schedule & Procedures
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
178
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Maintenance Schedule & Procedures
Table 10-1: T703 Maintenance Schedule
Manual
Date Performed
Cal
Check
Req’d.
Item
Action
Freq
Section
Weekly or after
any Maintenance
or Repair
Verify Test
Functions
Record and
analyze
No
3.4.4
Photometer
Pump
Diaphragm
No Replacement Required. Under Normal Circumstances the Pumps Will Last the Lifetime of the Instrument.
Dry Air
Pump
Diaphragm
Replace
Annually
Yes
10.4
10.3
Cleaning of the Photometer Absorption Tube Should Not Be Required
as long as
Inspect
- - -
Clean
Absorption
Tube
Yes after
cleaning
As Needed
ONLY CLEAN, DRY, PARTICULATE FREE
Zero Air (Diluent Gas)
is used with the T703 Calibrator
Error!
Reference
source not
found.
Annually or after
any Maintenance
or Repair
Perform
Leak Check
Verify Leak
Tight
N0
Pneumatic
lines
Examine
and clean
Yes if
cleaned
As needed
- - -
179
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance Schedule & Procedures
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
180
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Maintenance Schedule & Procedures
10.2. PERFORMING LEAK CHECKS
Leaks are the most common cause of analyzer malfunction; Section 10.2.1 describes a procedure for performing
a leak check.
10.2.1. PRESSURE LEAK CHECK
Obtain a leak checker similar to the Teledyne API’s part number 01960, which contains a small pump, shut-off
valve and pressure gauge. Alternatively, a tank of pressurized gas, with the two-stage regulator adjusted to ≤ 15
psi, a shutoff valve and pressure gauge may be used.
CAUTION
Once the fittings have been wetted with soap solution, do not apply a vacuum as this will
cause soap solution to be drawn into the instrument, contaminating it.
DO NOT EXCEED 15 PSI PRESSURE.
1. Turn OFF power to the calibrator.
2. Remove the instrument cover
3. Install a leak checker or tank of gas as described above on the “dry air in” port at the rear panel.
4. Install caps on the following fittings on the rear panel.
Exhaust
Vent
Internal Vent
Zero
Air Inlet
Both CALGAS OUT fittings
NOTE
The T703 calibrator cannot be leak checked with the pump in line due to internal leakage that normally
occurs in the pump.
5. Locate the dry air pump.
6. Disconnect the two fittings on the dry air pump and install a union fitting in place of the pump.
7. Locate the photometer pump.
8. Disconnect the two fittings on the photometer pump and install a union fitting in place of the pump.
9. Pressurize the calibrator with the leak checker, allowing enough time to pressurize the instrument fully.
10. Check each fitting with soap bubble solution, looking for bubbles.
Once the fittings have been wetted with soap solution.
181
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance Schedule & Procedures
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Do not re-apply vacuum as it will draw soap solution into the instrument and contaminate it.
Do not exceed 15 psi pressure.
11. Once the leak has been located and repaired, the leak-down rate should be < 1 in-Hg (0.4 psi) in 5
minutes after the pressure is shut off.
Figure 10-1:
Pneumatic setup for performing Pressure Leak Checks
NOTE
The T703 calibrator cannot be leak checked with the pump in line due to internal leakage that normally
occurs in the pump.
1. Remove the instrument cover
2. Locate the photometer pump.
3. Disconnect the two fittings on the photometer pump and install a union fitting in place of the pump.
4. Locate the dry air pump.
5. Disconnect the two fittings on the dry air pump and install a union fitting in place of the pump.
6. Locate the photometer pump.
7. Disconnect the two fittings on the photometer pump and install a union fitting in place of the pump.
8. Pressurize the instrument with the leak checker, allowing enough time to pressurize the instrument fully.
9. Check each fitting with soap bubble solution, looking for bubbles.
Once the fittings have been wetted with soap solution.
Do not re-apply vacuum as it will draw soap solution into the instrument and contaminate it.
182
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Maintenance Schedule & Procedures
Do not exceed 15 psi pressure.
10. Once the leak has been located and repaired, the leak-down rate should be < 1 in-Hg (0.4 psi) in 5
minutes after the pressure is shut off.
Figure 10-2:
Pneumatic Setup for Performing Pressure Leak Checks
183
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance Schedule & Procedures
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
10.3. CLEANING OR REPLACING THE ABSORPTION TUBE
NOTE:
Although this procedure should never be needed as long as the user is careful only to supply the
photometer with clean, dry and particulate free zero air, it is included here for those rare occasions
when cleaning or replacing the absorption tube may be required.
1. Remove the center cover from the optical bench.
2. Unclip the sample thermistor from the tube.
3. Loosen the two screws on the round tube retainers at either end of the tube.
4. Using both hands, carefully rotate the tube to free it.
5. Slide the tube towards the lamp housing.
The front of the tube can now be slid past the detector block and out of the instrument.
CAUTION
DO NOT CAUSE THE TUBE TO BIND AGAINST THE METAL HOUSINGS.
THE TUBE MAY BREAK AND CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY.
6. Clean the tube with Distilled or de-ionized water by running a swab from end-to-end.
7. Air-dry the tube.
8. Check the cleaning job by looking down the bore of the tube.
It should be free from dirt and lint.
9. Inspect the o-rings that seal the ends of the optical tube (these o-rings may stay seated in the manifolds
when the tube is removed.)
If there is any noticeable damage to these o-rings, they should be replaced.
10. Re-assemble the tube into the lamp housing and perform an AUTO LEAK CHECK on the instrument.
NOTE:
It is important for proper optical alignment that the tube be pushed all the way towards the front of the
optical bench when it is re-assembled.
This will ensure that the tube is assembled with the forward end against the stop inside the detector
manifold.
10.4. REBUILDING THE DRY AIR PUMP
The diaphragm in the sample pump will periodically wear out and require replacement. A sample rebuild kit is
available. See Appendix B of this manual for the part number of the pump rebuild kit. Instructions and diagrams
are included with the kit.
Always perform a Flow and Leak Check after rebuilding the Sample Pump.
184
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Maintenance Schedule & Procedures
10.5. PHOTOMETER UV SOURCE LAMP ADJUSTMENT
This procedure details the steps for adjustment of the UV source lamp in the optical bench assembly. This
procedure should be done whenever the PHOTO REFERENCE test function value drops below 3000 mV.
1. Make sure the analyzer is warmed-up and has been running for at least 15 minutes before proceeding.
2. Remove the cover from the analyzer.
5. Perform the following procedure:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the T700 is
in standby mode.
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP X.X
O3
SEQ CFG CLK PASS
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COMM VARS
EXIT
SETUP X.X
EXIT
EXIT
Toggle these buttons to
enter the correct
DIAG
PREV NEXT
DIAG I/O
1) CONTROL_IN_2=OFF
PREV NEXT
PRNT EXIT
DIAG I/O
EXIT
Toggle these buttons to
show the ID number for
the desired signal
(see Appendix A)
DIAG
PREV NEXT
PRNT EXIT
Additional adjustment can be made by physically
rotating the lamp in it’s housing.
· To do this, slightly loosen the UV lamp
setscrew.
· Next, slowly rotate the lamp up to ¼ turn in
either direction while watching the
signal.
Using an insulated pot adjustment tool, Turn the UV
until the value of
is as close as possible to
· Once the optimum lamp position is
determined, re-tighten the lamp
setscrew
If a minimum reading of
can not be reached,
the lamp must be replaced.
6. Replace the cover on the analyzer.
185
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance Schedule & Procedures
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Figure 10-3:
Photometer – Location of UV Detector Gain Adjustment & UV Lamp Set Screw
10.6. PHOTOMETER UV SOURCE LAMP REPLACEMENT
This procedure details the steps for replacement of the UV source lamp in the optical bench assembly. This
procedure should be done whenever the lamp can no longer be adjusted as described in Section 10.2.3.
1. Turn the analyzer off.
2. Remove the cover from the analyzer.
5. Unplug the lamp cable from the power supply connector on the side of the optical bench.
6. Slightly loosen (do not remove) the UV lamp setscrew and pull the lamp from its housing.
7. Install the new lamp in the housing, pushing it all the way in. Leave the UV lamp setscrew loose for
now.
8. Turn the analyzer back on and allow it to warm up for at least 15 minutes.
9. Turn the UV detector gain adjustment pot (See Figure 10-3) clockwise to its minimum value. The pot
should click softly when the limit is reached.
10. Perform the UV Lamp Adjustment procedure described in Section 10.5, with the following exceptions:
Slowly rotate the lamp in its housing (up to ¼ turn in either direction) until a MAXIMUM value (or 4600
mVDC) is observed.
Make sure the lamp is pushed all the way into the housing while performing this rotation.
If the PHOTO_DET will not drop below 5000 mV while performing this rotation, contact T-API
Customer Service for assistance.
Once a lamp position is found that corresponds to a maximum observed value for PHOTO_DET, tighten
the lamp setscrew at the approximate maximum value observed.
If the value of PHOTO_DET is not within the range of 4400 – 4600 mV, adjust it accordingly.
11. Replace the cover on the analyzer.
NOTE
The UV lamp contains mercury (Hg), which is considered hazardous waste. The lamp should be
disposed of in accordance with local regulations regarding waste containing mercury.
186
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Maintenance Schedule & Procedures
10.7. ADJUSTMENT OR REPLACEMENT OF OZONE
GENERATOR UV LAMP
This procedure details the steps for replacement and initial adjustment of the ozone generator lamp. If you are
adjusting an existing lamp, skip to Step 8.
1. Turn off the analyzer.
2. Remove the cover from the analyzer.
UV Lamp
Set Screws
Lamp
O-ring
O3 Generator
Body
Figure 10-4:
O3 Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations
4. Remove the two setscrews on the top of the O3 generator and gently pull out the old lamp.
5. Inspect the o-ring beneath the nut and replace if damaged.
6. Install the new lamp in O3 generator housing.
Do not fully tighten the setscrews.
The lamp should be able to be rotated in the assembly by grasping the lamp cable.
7. Turn on analyzer and allow it to stabilize for at least 20 minutes.
8. Locate the O3 generator reference detector adjustment potentiometer.
O3 Generator
Body
Adjustment
Pot
O3
Generator
Reference
Detector
PCA
Figure 10-5:
Location of O3 Generator Reference Detector Adjustment Pot
187
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Maintenance Schedule & Procedures
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
9. Perform the following procedure:
10. Tighten the two set -screws.
11. Replace the calibrator’s cover
12. Perform an auto-leak check (See Section 10.2.1).
13. Calibrate the Ozone Generator. (see Section 8.2)
188
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
General Troubleshooting & Repair
11. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
This section contains a variety of methods for identifying and solving performance problems with the calibrator.
NOTE
The operations outlined in this chapter must be performed by qualified maintenance
personnel only.
WARNING
Risk of electrical shock. Some operations need to be carried out with the
instrument open and running.
Exercise caution to avoid electrical shocks and electrostatic or mechanical
damage to the calibrator.
Do not drop tools into the calibrator or leave those after your procedures.
Do not shorten or touch electric connections with metallic tools while
operating inside the calibrator.
Use common sense when operating inside a running calibrator.
11.1. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING
The T703 Photometric Calibrator has been designed so that problems can be rapidly detected, evaluated and
repaired. During operation, it continuously performs diagnostic tests and provides the ability to evaluate its key
operating parameters without disturbing monitoring operations.
A systematic approach to troubleshooting will generally consist of the following five steps:
1. Note any warning messages and take corrective action as necessary.
2. Examine the values of all TEST functions and compare them to factory values. Note any major
deviations from the factory values and take corrective action.
3. Use the internal electronic status LEDs to determine whether the electronic communication channels are
operating properly.
Verify that the DC power supplies are operating properly by checking the voltage test points on the
relay PCA.
Note that the calibrator’s DC power wiring is color-coded and these colors match the color of the
corresponding test points on the relay PCA.
4. Suspect a leak first!
Customer service data indicate that the majority of all problems are eventually traced to leaks in the
internal pneumatics of the calibrator or the diluent gas and source gases delivery systems.
Check for gas flow problems such as clogged or blocked internal/external gas lines, damaged seals,
punctured gas lines, a damaged / malfunctioning pumps, etc.
189
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
5. Follow the procedures defined in Section 3.4.4 to confirm that the calibrator’s vital functions are working
(power supplies, CPU, relay PCA, keyboard, PMT cooler, etc.).
See the wiring interconnect diagram and interconnect list in Appendix D.
11.1.1. FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH WARNING MESSAGES
The most common and/or serious instrument failures will result in a warning message being displayed on the
front panel. Table 11-1 lists warning messages, along with their meaning and recommended corrective action.
It should be noted that more than two or three warning messages occurring at the same time is often an
indication that some fundamental sub-system (power supply, relay PCA, motherboard) has failed rather than an
indication of the specific failures referenced by the warnings. In this case, it is recommended that proper
operation of power supplies (See Section 11.4.3), the relay PCA (See Section 11.4.7), and the motherboard
The T703 will alert the user that a Warning Message is active by flashing the FAULT LED, displaying the
Warning message in the Param field along with the CLR button (press to clear Warning message). The MSG
button displays if there is more than one warning in queue or if you are in the TEST menu and have not yet
cleared the message. The following display/touchscreen examples provide an illustration of each:
The calibrator will also alert the user via the Serial I/O COM port(s) and cause the FAULT LED on the front panel
to blink.
190
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
General Troubleshooting & Repair
To view or clear the various warning messages press:
STANDBY
TEST
SYSTEM RESET
Suppresses the
warning messages
GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP
STANDBY
SYSTEM RESET
MSG returns the active
warnings to the message
field.
TEST
GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP
STANDBY
SYSTEM RESET
Press CLR to clear the current
TEST
GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP
message.
If more than one warning is
active, the next message will take
its place.
SYSTEM
TEST
ANALOG CAL WARNING
CLR SETUP
Once the last warning has
been cleared, the MESSAGE
FIELD will return to displaying
the currently selected TEST
FUNCTION and value.
NOTE:
If a warning message persists after
several attempts to clear it, the message
may indicate a real problem and not an
artifact of the warm-up period
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
191
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Table 11-1: Front Panel Warning Messages
WARNING
FAULT CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Configuration and Calibration
data reset to original Factory
state.
- Failed Disk on Chip
- User has erased configuration data
CONFIG INITIALIZED
- Failed Disk-on-Chip.
- User cleared data.
- I2C has failed
Data Storage in DAS was
erased.
DATA INITIALIZED
The CPU is unable to
communicate with either the
O3 generator or photometer
lamp I2C driver chip.
LAMP DRIVER WARN
- No IZS option installed, instrument improperly configured
- O3 generator heater
IZS Ozone Generator Temp is
outside of control range of
48C 3C.
- O3 generator temperature sensor
- Relay controlling the O3 generator heater
- Entire Relay PCA
O3 GEN LAMP TEMP
WARNING
- I2C Bus
Possible failure of:
- O3 generator UV Lamp
The O3 generator’s reference
detector output has dropped
below 50 mV.1
O3 GEN REFERENCE
WARNING1
- O3 generator reference detector
- O3 generator lamp power supply
- I2C bus
The photometer pump failed to
turn on within the specified
timeout period (default = 30
sec.).
- Failed Pump
- Problem with Relay PCA
- 12 VDC power supply problem
O3 PUMP WARNING1
Possible failure of:
- Bench lamp heater
- Bench lamp temperature sensor
- Relay controlling the bench heater
- Entire Relay PCA
The photometer lamp temp is
PHOTO LAMP TEMP
WARNING
< 51C or >61C.
- I2C Bus
- Hot Lamp
Value output during the
Photometer’s reference cycle
changes from measurement to
measurement more than 25%
of the time.
- Faulty UV source lamp
- Noisy UV detector
- Faulty UV lamp power supply
- Faulty ± 15 VDC power supply
PHOTO LAMP
STABILITY WARNING
Possible failure of:
- UV Lamp
- UV Photo-Detector Preamp
Occurs when Ref is
<2500 mVDC
or >4950 mVDC.
PHOTO REFERENCE
WARNING
- THIS WARNING only appears on Serial I/O COM Port(s)
Front Panel Display will be frozen, blank or will not
respond.
Motherboard not detected on
power up.
REAR BOARD NOT DET
RELAY BOARD WARN
- Failure of Motherboard
- I2C Bus failure
The CPU cannot communicate
with the Relay PCA.
- Failed relay PCA
- Loose connectors/wiring
- This message occurs at power on.
- If it is confirmed that power has not been interrupted:
- Failed +5 VDC power
SYSTEM RESET
The computer has rebooted.
- Fatal error caused software to restart
- Loose connector/wiring
192
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
General Troubleshooting & Repair
11.1.2. FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH TEST FUNCTIONS
In addition to being useful predictive diagnostic tools, the test functions viewable from the calibrator’s front panel
can be used to isolate and identify many operational problems when combined with a thorough understanding of
the calibrator’s Theory of Operation (see Section 9).
The acceptable ranges for these test functions are listed in the “Nominal Range” column of the calibrator Final
Test and Validation Data Sheet shipped with the instrument. Values outside these acceptable ranges indicate a
failure of one or more of the calibrator’s subsystems. Functions whose values are still within the acceptable
range but have significantly changed from the measurement recorded on the factory data sheet may also
indicate a failure.
A worksheet has been provided in Appendix C to assist in recording the value of these Test Functions.
Table 11-2 contains some of the more common causes for these values to be out of range.
Table 11-2: Test Functions - Indicated Failures
TEST FUNCTION
DIAGNOSTIC RELEVANCE AND CAUSES OF FAULT CONDITIONS.
O3 GEN REF1
Gas flow problems directly affect the concentration accuracy of the T703’s O3 calibration
gases. This number is computed using data from the calibrator’s
OUTPUT FLOW
O3 GEN DRIVE
- Check for Gas Flow problems.
- Check the pressure regulator
Check the O3 generator heater and temperature sensors
Incorrect Lamp temperature can affect the efficiency and durability of the O3 generators UV
lamp.
O3 LAMP TEMP
REG PRESSURE
If the Box Temperature is out of range, make sure that the:
Box Temperature typically runs ~7C warmer than ambient temperature.
- The Exhaust-Fan is running
BOX TEMP
- The there is sufficient open space to the side and rear of instrument to allow adequate
ventilation.
(table continued)
193
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Troubleshooting & Repair
Table 11-2:
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
Test Functions - Indicated Failures
TEST FUNCTION
DIAGNOSTIC RELEVANCE AND CAUSES OF FAULT CONDITIONS.
If the value displayed is too high the UV Source has become brighter. Adjust the variable
gain potentiometer on the UV Preamp Board in the optical bench.
If the value displayed is too low:
- < 100mV – Bad UV lamp or UV lamp power supply.
- < 2000mV – Lamp output has dropped, adjust UV Preamp Board or replace lamp.
PHOTO MEASURE
&
If the value displayed is constantly changing:
- Bad UV lamp.
PHOTO REFERENCE
- Defective UV lamp power supply.
- Failed I2C Bus.
If the PHOTO REFERENCE value changes by more than 10mV between zero and
span gas:
- Defective/leaking switching valve.
Gas flow problems directly affect the accuracy of the photometer measurements and
therefore the concentration accuracy of cal gas mixtures involving O3 and GPT mixtures.
PHOTO FLOW
- Check for Gas Flow problems.
Poor photometer temp control can cause instrument noise, stability and drift. Temperatures
outside of the specified range or oscillating temperatures are cause for concern.
PHOTO LAMP TEMP
The pressure of the gas in the photometer’s sample chamber is used to calculate the
concentration of O3 in the gas stream. Incorrect sample pressure can cause inaccurate
readings.
PHOTO SPRESS
The temperature of the gas in the photometer’s sample chamber is used to calculate the
concentration of O3 in the gas stream. Incorrect sample temperature can cause inaccurate
readings.
Possible causes of faults are:
- Bad bench lamp heater
PHOTO STEMP
- Failed sample temperature sensor
- Failed relay controlling the bench heater
- Failed Relay PCA
- I2C Bus malfunction
- Hot Lamp
Values outside range indicate:
Contamination of the Zero Air or Span Gas supply.
Instrument is miss-calibrated.
Blocked Gas Flow.
PHOTO SLOPE
Faulty Sample Pressure Sensor or circuitry.
Bad/incorrect Span Gas concentration.
Values outside range indicate:
Contamination of the Zero Air supply.
Time of Day clock is too fast or slow.
To adjust see Section 6.7.2.
Battery in clock chip on CPU board may be dead.
PHOTO OFFSET
TIME
194
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
General Troubleshooting & Repair
11.1.3. USING THE DIAGNOSTIC SIGNAL I/O FUNCTION
The Signal I/O parameters found under the DIAG Menu combined with a thorough understanding of the
The technician can view the raw, unprocessed signal level of the calibrator’s critical inputs and outputs.
Many of the components and functions that are normally under algorithmic control of the CPU can be
manually exercised.
The technician can directly control the signal level Analog and Digital Output signals.
This allows the technician to observe systematically the effect of directly controlling these signals on the
operation of the calibrator. Figure 11-1 is an example of how to use the Signal I/O menu to view the raw voltage
of an input signal or to control the state of an output voltage or control signal. The specific parameter will vary
depending on the situation.
Figure 11-1:
Example of Signal I/O Function
195
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
11.2. USING THE ANALOG OUTPUT TEST CHANNEL
The signals available for output over the T703’s analog output channel can also be used as diagnostic tools.
Table 11-3: Test Channel Outputs as Diagnostic Tools
TEST
CHANNEL
FULL
SCALE
CAUSES OF EXTREMELY
HIGH / LOW READINGS
DESCRIPTION
ZERO
NONE
TEST CHANNEL IS TURNED OFF
If the value displayed is:
-
>5000 mV: The UV source has become brighter. Adjust the
UV Detector Gain potentiometer.
The raw output of the
photometer during its
measure cycle
-
-
< 100mV – Bad UV lamp or UV lamp power supply.
O3 PHOTO
MEAS
0 mV
5000 mV*
< 2000mV – Lamp output has dropped, adjust UV Preamp
Board or replace lamp.
If the value displayed is constantly changing:
-
-
-
Bad UV lamp.
Defective UV lamp power supply.
Failed I2C Bus.
The raw output of the
photometer during its
reference cycle
O3 PHOTO
REF
0 mV
5000 mV
If the PHOTO REFERENCE value changes by more than
10mV between zero and span gas:
-
Defective/leaking M/R switching valve.
The raw output of the
O3 generator’s
reference detector
O3 GEN
REF
Possible causes of faults are the same as OUTPUT FLOW from
0 mV
5000 mV
Output flow rate
(computed from
regulator pressure).
OUTPUT
FLOW
Possible causes of faults are the same as O3 GEN REFERENCE
0 LPM
6.000 LPM
The pressure of gas in
the photometer
absorption tube
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
0 In-Hg-A
0 cm3/min
0 C
40 In-Hg-A
1000 cc/m
70 C
Check for Gas Flow problems.
Check for Gas Flow problems.
SAMPLE
FLOW
The gas flow rate
through the photometer
The temperature of gas
in the photometer
absorption tube
SAMPLE
TEMP
Possible causes of faults are the same as PHOTO STEMP from
Possible failure of:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Bench lamp heater
Bench lamp temperature sensor
Relay controlling the bench heater
Entire Relay PCA
PHOTO
LAMP
TEMP
The temperature of the
photometer UV lamp
0 CC
70 C
I2C Bus
Hot” Lamp
The temperature of the
O3 generator’s UV
lamp
O3 LAMP
TEMP
0 mV
5000 mV
The temperature inside
the T703’s chassis
(same as BOX TEMP)
CHASSIS
TEMP
0 C
70 C
-
-
-
-
I2C Bus malfunction
Gas flow problem through the photometer.
Electronic failure of the photometer subsystems
The current
Failure or pressure / temperature sensors associated with the
photometer
O3 PHOTO
CONC
concentration of O3
being measured by the
photometer.
- - -
-
-
-
-
Bad/incorrect Span Gas concentration
Contamination of the Zero Air supply.
Malfunction of the O3 generator.
Internal A/D converter problem
196
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
General Troubleshooting & Repair
11.3. USING THE INTERNAL ELECTRONIC STATUS LEDS
Several LEDs are located inside the instrument to assist in determining if the calibrators CPU, I2C bus and Relay
PCA are functioning properly.
11.3.1. CPU STATUS INDICATOR
DS5, a red LED, that is located on upper portion of the motherboard, just to the right of the CPU board, flashes
when the CPU is running the main program loop. After power-up, approximately 30 – 60 seconds, DS5 should
flash on and off. If characters are written to the front panel display but DS5 does not flash then the program files
have become corrupted, contact customer service because it may be possible to recover operation of the
calibrator. If after 30 – 60 seconds neither DS5 is flashing and no characters have been written to the front
panel display then the CPU is bad and must be replaced.
Motherboard
CPU Status LED
Figure 11-2:
CPU Status Indicator
11.3.2. RELAY PCA STATUS LEDS
There are seven LEDs located on the Relay PCA. Some are not used on this model.
11.3.2.1. I2C Bus Watchdog Status LEDs
The most important is D1 (see, which indicates the health of the I2C bus.
Table 11-4: Relay PCA Watchdog LED Failure Indications
LED
Function
I2C bus Health
Fault Status
Indicated Failure(s)
Failed/Halted CPU
D1
Continuously ON
(Red)
(Watchdog Circuit) or
Continuously OFF
Faulty Motherboard or Relay PCA
Faulty Connectors/Wiring between Motherboard or Relay
PCA
Failed/Faulty +5 VDC Power Supply (PS1)
If D1 is blinking, then the other LEDs can be used in conjunction with DIAG Menu Signal I/O to identify hardware
failures of the relays and switches on the Relay.
197
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
11.3.2.2. O3 Status LEDs
D9 (Green) – External Zero Air Valve Status
D7 (Green) Photometer Meas/Ref Valve Status
D2 (Yellow) – Dry (zero) Air Pump Status
D15 (Green) - Photometer Lamp Heater
D16 (Yellow) – O3 Generator Lamp Heater
D1 (RED)
Watchdog
Indicator
Figure 11-3:
Relay PCA Status LEDS Used for Troubleshooting
Table 11-5: Relay PCA Status LED Failure Indications
SIGNAL I/O PARAMETER
LED
FUNCTION
DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUE
Pump should start /stop
ACTIVATED BY
VIEW RESULT
Failed pump
Failed AC Relay on Relay PCA
Failed Relay PCA
Faulty AC Power Supply (PS2)
Faulty Connectors/Wiring
Valve should audibly change states.
If not:
Failed Valve
Failed Relay Drive IC on Relay PCA
Failed Relay PCA
Faulty +12 VDC Supply (PS2)
Faulty Connectors/Wiring
Pump should start /stop
Failed pump
Failed Drive IC on Relay PCA
Failed Relay PCA
Status of AC
powered Dry
Air Pump
D2
Yellow
ZERO_AIR_PUMP
PHOTO_REF_VALVE
O3-PUMP-ON
N/A
Photometer
Meas/Ref
Valve
D7
Green
N/A
N/A
Status of DC
powered
Photometer
Pump
D9
Green
Faulty AC Power Supply (PS2)
Faulty Connectors/Wiring
Voltage displayed should change.
If not:
D15
Green
Photometer
Heater Status
PHOTO_LAMP_HEATER PHOTO_LAMP_TEMP
Failed Heater
Faulty Temperature Sensor
Failed AC Relay
Faulty Connectors/Wiring
D16
Green
O3 Generator
Heater Status
O3_GEN_HEATER
O3_GEN_TEMP
198
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
General Troubleshooting & Repair
11.4. SUBSYSTEM CHECKOUT
The preceding sections of this manual discussed a variety of methods for identifying possible sources of failures
or performance problems within the T703 calibrator. In most cases, this includes a list of possible components
or subsystems that might be the source of the problem. This section describes how to check individual
components or subsystems to determine if which is actually the cause of the problem being investigated.
11.4.1. VERIFY SUBSYSTEM CALIBRATION
A good first step when troubleshooting the operation of the T703 calibrator is to verify that its major subsystems
are properly calibrated. These are:
When optional O3 components are installed, you should also check:
11.4.2. AC MAIN POWER
The T703 calibrator’s electronic systems will operate with any of the specified power regimes. As long as
system is connected to 100-120 VAC or 220-240 VAC at either 50 or 60 Hz it will turn on and after about 30
seconds show a front panel display.
Internally, the status LEDs located on the Relay PCA, motherboard and CPU should turn on as soon as
the power is supplied.
If they do not, check the circuit breaker built into the ON/OFF switch on the instruments front panel
CAUTION
SHOULD THE AC POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP, INVESTIGATE AND CORRECT
THE CONDITION CAUSING THIS SITUATION BEFORE TURNING THE
CALIBRATOR BACK ON.
199
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
11.4.3. DC POWER SUPPLY
If you have determined that the calibrator’s AC mains power is working, but the unit is still not operating properly,
there may be a problem with one of the instrument’s switching power supplies. The supplies can have two
faults, namely no DC output, and noisy output.
To assist tracing DC Power Supply problems, the wiring used to connect the various printed circuit assemblies
and DC Powered components and the associated test points on the relay PCA follow a standard color-coding
scheme as defined in the following table.
TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7
DGND +5V AGND +15V -15V +12R 12V
Figure 11-4:
Location of DC Power Test Points on Relay PCA
Table 11-6: DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Codes
NAME
Dgnd
+5V
TEST POINT#
TP AND WIRE COLOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Black
Red
Agnd
+15V
-15V
Green
Blue
Yellow
Purple
Orange
+12R
+12V
200
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
General Troubleshooting & Repair
A voltmeter should be used to verify that the DC voltages are correct per the values in the table below, and an
oscilloscope, in AC mode, with band limiting turned on, can be used to evaluate if the supplies are producing
excessive noise (> 100 mV p-p).
Table 11-7: DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels
CHECK RELAY PCA TEST POINTS
POWER
VOLTAGE
SUPPLY
ASSY
MIN V
MAX V
FROM TEST POINT
TO TEST POINT
NAME
Dgnd
#
1
3
3
3
1
6
6
NAME
+5
#
2
PS1
PS1
PS1
PS1
PS1
PS2
PS2
+5
+15
4.8
5.25
16V
Agnd
+15
4
13.5
-15
Agnd
-15V
5
-14V
-0.05
-0.05
11.75
-0.05
-16V
0.05
0.05
12.5
0.05
Agnd
Chassis
+12
Agnd
Dgnd
Chassis
+12V
Dgnd
1
Dgnd
N/A
7
+12V Ret
+12V Ret
+12 V ret
1
11.4.4. I2C BUS
Operation of the I2C bus can be verified by observing the behavior of D1 on the relay PCA & D2 on the Valve
Driver PCA. Assuming that the DC power supplies are operating properly, the I2C bus is operating properly if D1
on the relay PCA and D2 of the Valve Driver PCA are flashing
There is a problem with the I2C bus if both D1 on the relay PCA and D2 of the Valve Driver PCA are ON/OFF
constantly.
11.4.5. TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACE
Verify the functioning of the touch screen by observing the display when pressing a touch-screen control button.
Assuming that there are no wiring problems and that the DC power supplies are operating properly, but pressing
a control button on the touch screen does not change the display, any of the following may be the problem:
The touch-screen controller may be malfunctioning.
The internal USB bus may be malfunctioning.
You can verify this failure by logging on to the instrument using APICOM or a terminal program. If the analyzer
responds to remote commands and the display changes accordingly, the touch-screen interface may be faulty.
11.4.6. LCD DISPLAY MODULE
Verify the functioning of the front panel display by observing it when power is applied to the instrument.
Assuming that there are no wiring problems and that the DC power supplies are operating properly, the display
screen should light and show the splash screen and other indications of its state as the CPU goes through its
initialization process.
201
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
11.4.7. RELAY PCA
The Relay PCA can be most easily checked by observing the condition of the status LEDs located along its
upper edge (see Section 11.3.2 and Figure 11-3:Relay PCA Status LEDS Used for Troubleshooting), and using
If D1 on the Relay PCA is flashing and the status indicator for the output in question (Pump power, Heater
power, Valve Drive, etc.) toggles properly using the Signal I/O function, then the associated control device on the
Relay PCA is bad. Several of the control devices are in sockets and can be easily replaced. The table below
lists the control device associated with a particular function.
Table 11-8: Relay PCA Control Devices
CONTROL
DEVICE
Q2
FUNCTION
IN SOCKET
UV Lamp Heater
O3 Gen Heater
No
No
Q3
All Valves
U5
Yes
No
AC Dry air Pump
DC Photometer Pump
K1
U1
No
11.4.8. PHOTOMETER O3 GENERATOR PRESSURE /FLOW SENSOR
ASSEMBLY
This assembly is only present in calibrators with O3 generator and/or photometer options installed. The
pressure/flow sensor PCA, located at the rear of the instrument between the O3 generator and the photometer
pump (see Figure 3-5) can be checked with a Voltmeter. The following procedure assumes that the wiring is
intact and that the motherboard as well as the power supplies are operating properly:
BASIC PCA OPERATION:
Measure the voltage across C1 it should be 5 VDC ± 0.25 VDC. If not then the board is bad
Measure the voltage between TP2 and TP1 C1 it should be 1o VDC ± 0.25 VDC. If not then the board is
bad.
202
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
General Troubleshooting & Repair
PHOTOMETER PRESSURE SENSOR:
1. Measure the pressure on the inlet side of S1 with an external pressure meter.
2. Measure the voltage across TP4 and TP1.
The expected value for this signal should be:
EXAMPLE: If the measured pressure is 20 Hg-in-A, the expected voltage level between TP4 and
TP1 would be between 2870 mVDC and 3510 mVDC.
EXAMPLE: If the measured pressure is 25 Hg-in-A, the expected voltage level between TP4 and
TP1 would be between 3533 mVDC and 4318 mVDC.
If this voltage is out of range, then either pressure transducer S1 is bad, the board is bad or there is a
pneumatic failure preventing the pressure transducer from sensing the absorption cell pressure
properly.
O3 GENERATOR PRESSURE SENSOR
1. Measure the pressure on the inlet side of S2 with an external pressure meter.
2. Measure the voltage across TP5 and TP1.
The expected value for this signal should be:
EXAMPLE: If the measured pressure is 25 psig, the expected voltage level between TP4 and TP1
would be between 3470 mVDC and 4245 mVDC.
EXAMPLE: If the measured pressure is 30 psig, the expected voltage level between TP4 and TP1
would be between 4030 mVDC and 4930 mVDC.
If this voltage is out of range, then either pressure transducer S1 is bad, the board is bad or there is a
pneumatic failure preventing the pressure transducer from sensing the absorption cell pressure
properly.
PHOTOMETER FLOW SENSOR
Measure the voltage across TP3 and TP1.
With proper flow (800 cc3/min through the photometer), this should be approximately 4.5V (this
voltage will vary with altitude).
With flow stopped (photometer inlet disconnected or pump turned OFF) the voltage should be
approximately 1V.
If the voltage is incorrect, the flow sensor S3 is bad, the board is bad or there is a leak upstream of
the sensor.
203
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Troubleshooting & Repair
11.4.9. MOTHERBOARD
11.4.9.1. A/D Functions
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
The simplest method to check the operation of the A-to-D converter on the motherboard is to use the Signal I/O
function under the DIAG menu to check the two A/D reference voltages and input signals that can be easily
measured with a voltmeter.
and REF_GND. If both are within 3 mV of nominal (4096 and 0), and are stable, ±0.5 mV then the basic
A/D is functioning properly. If not then the motherboard is bad.
2. Choose a parameter in the Signal I/O function such as PHOTO_LAMP_DRIVE, O3_GEN_TEMP or
PHOTO_FLOW.
Compare these voltages at their origin (see the interconnect drawing and interconnect list in
Appendix D) with the voltage displayed through the signal I/O function.
If the wiring is intact but there is a large difference between the measured and displayed voltage (±10
mV) then the motherboard is bad.
11.4.9.2. Test Channel / Analog Outputs Voltage
To verify that the analog output is working properly, connect a voltmeter to the output in question and perform an
analog output step test as follows:
STANDBY
ACT =STANDBY
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ
SETUP
Make sure that
the calibrator
is in standby
mode.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
O3
SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
EXIT
COMM VARS DIAG
SETUP X.X
ENTER PASSWORD
0
0
0
ENTR EXIT
Toggle to enter
the correct
PASSWORD
DIAG
SIGNAL I/O
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
DIAG AOUT
ANALOG OUTPUT
ANALOG OUTPUT
Performs analog
output step test
0% to 100%
20%
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AOUT
[20%]
Pressing the button under “0%” pause
the test. Brackets will appear around the
value: EXAMPLE: [20%]
Pressing the same button again will
resume the test.
204
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
General Troubleshooting & Repair
For each of the steps the output should be within 1% of the nominal value listed in the table below except for the
0% step, which should be within 0mV ±2 to 3 mV. Make sure you take into account any offset that may have
been programmed into channel (See Section 6.9.1.5).
Table 11-9: Analog Output Test Function - Nominal Values Voltage Outputs
FULL SCALE OUTPUT OF VOLTAGE RANGE
(see Section 6.9.1.3)
100mV
1V
5V
10V
STEP
%
0
NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
2
20
40
60
80
100
20 mV
40 mV
60 mV
80 mV
100 mV
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
4
6
8
10
If one or more of the steps fails to be within these ranges, it is likely that there has been a failure of the either or
both of the DACs and their associated circuitry on the motherboard.
11.4.9.3. Status Outputs
To test the status output electronics:
1. Connect a jumper between the “D“ pin and the “” pin on the status output connector.
2. Connect a 1000 ohm resistor between the “+” pin and the pin for the status output that is being tested.
3. Connect a voltmeter between the “” pin and the pin of the output being tested (see table below).
you get to the output in question.
5. Alternately, turn on and off the output noting the voltage on the voltmeter.
It should vary between 0 volts for ON and 5 volts for OFF.
Table 11-10: Status Outputs Check
PIN
STATUS
(LEFT TO RIGHT)
1
ST_SYSTEM_OK
SPARE
2
3
ST_CAL_ACTIVE
ST_DIAG_MODE
ST_TEMP_ALARM
ST_PRESS_ALARM
SPARE
4
5
6
7 and 8
205
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
11.4.9.4. Control Inputs
Table 11-11: T703 Control Input Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I/O Functions
CONNECTOR
Top
INPUT
CORRESPONDING I/O SIGNAL
CONTROL_IN_1
CONTROL_IN_2
CONTROL_IN_3
CONTROL_IN_4
CONTROL_IN_5
CONTROL_IN_6
CONTROL_IN_7
CONTROL_IN_8
CONTROL_IN_9
CONTROL_IN_10
CONTROL_IN_11
CONTROL_IN_12
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
Top
Top
Top
Top
Top
Bottom
Bottom
Bottom
Bottom
Bottom
Bottom
J
K
L
The control input bits can be tested by applying a trigger voltage to an input and watching changes in the status
of the associated function under the SIGNAL I/O submenu:
EXAMPLE: to test the “A” control input:
you get to the output named 0) CONTROL_IN_1.
2. Connect a jumper from the “+” pin on the appropriate connector to the “U” on the same connector.
3. Connect a second jumper from the “” pin on the connector to the “A” pin.
4. The status of 0) CONTROL_IN_1 should change to read “ON”.
206
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
General Troubleshooting & Repair
11.4.9.5. Control Outputs
Table 11-12: Control Outputs Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I/O Functions Check
PIN (LEFT TO RIGHT)
STATUS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CONTROL_OUT_1
CONTROL_OUT_2
CONTROL_OUT_3
CONTROL_OUT_4
CONTROL_OUT_5
CONTROL_OUT_6
CONTROL_OUT_7
CONTROL_OUT_8
8
9
CONTROL_OUT_9
CONTROL_OUT_10
CONTROL_OUT_11
CONTROL_OUT_12
10
11
12
To test the Control Output electronics:
1. Connect a jumper between the “E“ pin and the “” pin on the status output connector.
2. Connect a 1000 ohm resistor between the “+” pin and the pin for the status output that is being tested.
3. Connect a voltmeter between the “” pin and the pin of the output being tested (see Table 11-12).
you get to the output in question.
5. Alternately, turn on and off the output noting the voltage on the voltmeter.
It should vary between 0 volts for ON and 5 volts for OFF.
11.4.10. CPU
There are two major types of CPU board failures, a complete failure and a failure associated with the Disk On
Module (DOM). If either of these failures occurs, contact the factory.
For complete failures, assuming that the power supplies are operating properly and the wiring is intact, the CPU
is faulty if on power-on, the watchdog LED on the motherboard is not flashing.
In some rare circumstances, this failure may be caused by a bad IC on the motherboard, specifically U57, the
large, 44 pin device on the lower right hand side of the board. If this is true, removing U57 from its socket will
allow the instrument to start up but the measurements will be invalid.
If the analyzer stops during initialization (the front panel display shows a fault or warning message), it is likely
that the DOM, the firmware or the configuration and data files have been corrupted.
207
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
11.4.11. RS-232 COMMUNICATIONS
11.4.11.1. General RS-232 Troubleshooting
Teledyne API calibrators use the RS-232 communications protocol to allow the instrument to be connected to a
variety of computer-based equipment. RS-232 has been used for many years and as equipment has become
more advanced, connections between various types of hardware have become increasingly difficult. Generally,
every manufacturer observes the signal and timing requirements of the protocol very carefully.
Problems with RS-232 connections usually center around four general areas:
If a modem is being used, additional configuration and wiring rules must be observed. See Section 7.2
Verify that cable (03596) that connects the serial COM ports of the CPU to J12 of the motherboard is
properly seated
11.4.11.2. Troubleshooting Calibrator/Modem or Terminal Operation
These are the general steps for troubleshooting problems with a modem connected to a Teledyne API calibrator.
Check cables for proper connection to the modem, terminal or computer.
Verify that the Ready to Send (RTS) signal is at logic high. The T703 sets pin 7 (RTS) to greater than 3
volts to enable modem transmission.
Make sure the BAUD rate, word length, and stop bit settings between modem and calibrator match, See
Section 7.1.3.
Use the RS-232 test function to send “w” characters to the modem, terminal or computer; See Section
Get your terminal, modem or computer to transmit data to the calibrator (holding down the space bar is
one way); the green LED should flicker as the instrument is receiving data.
Make sure that the communications software or terminal emulation software is functioning properly.
NOTE
Further help with serial communications is available in a separate manual “RS-232 Programming Notes”
Teledyne API part number 013500000.
208
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
General Troubleshooting & Repair
11.4.12. TEMPERATURE PROBLEMS
Individual control loops are used to maintain the set point of the UV lamp and ozone generator. If any of these
temperatures are out of range or are poorly controlled, the T703 will perform poorly.
11.4.12.1. Box / Chassis Temperature
The box temperature sensor is mounted to the motherboard and cannot be disconnected to check its resistance.
Rather check the BOX TEMP signal using the SIGNAL I/O function under the DIAG Menu (see Section 11.1.3).
This parameter will vary with ambient temperature, but at ~30oC (6-7 above room temperature) the signal
should be ~1450 mV.
11.4.12.2. Photometer Sample Chamber Temperature
The temperature of the gas in the photometer sample chamber should read approximately 5.0C higher than the
box temperature.
11.4.12.3. UV Lamp Temperature
There are three possible causes for the UV Lamp temperature to have failed.
The UV Lamp heater has failed. Check the resistance between pins 5 and 6 on the six-pin connector
adjacent to the UV Lamp on the Optical Bench.
It should be approximately 30 Ohms.
Assuming that the I2C bus is working and that there is no other failure with the Relay board, the FET
Driver on the Relay Board may have failed.
Using the PHOTO_LAMP HEATER parameter under the SIGNAL I/O function of the DIAG menu, as
described above, turn on and off the UV Lamp Heater (D15 on the relay board should illuminate as
the heater is turned on).
Check the DC voltage present between pin 1 and 2 on J13 of the Relay Board.
If the FET Driver has failed, there will be no change in the voltage across pins 1 and 2.
If the FET Driver Q2 checks out OK, the thermistor temperature sensor in the lamp assembly may have
failed.
Unplug the connector to the UV Lamp Heater/Thermistor PCB, and measure the resistance of the
thermistor between pins 5 and 6 of the 6-pin connector.
The resistance near the 58oC set point is ~8.1k ohms.
209
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
11.4.12.4. Ozone Generator Temperature
There are three possible causes for the Ozone Generator temperature to have failed.
The O3 generator heater has failed. Check the resistance between pins 5 and 6 on the 6-pin connector
adjacent to the UV Lamp on the O3 Generator. It should be approximately 5 Ohms.
Assuming that the I2C bus is working and that there is no other failure with the Relay board, the FET
Driver on the Relay Board may have failed. Using the O3_GEN_HEATER parameter under the SIGNAL
I/O function of the DIAG menu, as described above, turn on and off the UV Lamp Heater. Check the DC
voltage present between pin 1 and 2 on J14 of the Relay Board.
If the FET Driver has failed, there should be no change in the voltage across pins 1 and 2.
If the FET Driver checks out OK, the thermistor temperature sensor in the lamp assembly may have
failed. Unplug the connector to the Ozone Generator Heater/Thermistor PCB, and measure the
resistance of the thermistor between pins 5 and 6 of the 6-pin connector.
11.5. TROUBLESHOOTING THE O3 PHOTOMETER
11.5.1. DYNAMIC PROBLEMS WITH THE O3 PHOTOMETER
Dynamic problems are problems, which only manifest themselves when the photometer is measuring O3
concentration gas mixtures. These can be the most difficult and time consuming to isolate and resolve.
Since many photometer behaviors that appear to be a dynamic in nature are often a symptom of a seemingly
unrelated static problems, it is recommended that dynamic problems not be addressed until all static problems,
warning conditions and subsystems have been checked and any problems found are resolved.
Once this has been accomplished, the following most common dynamic problems should be checked.
11.5.1.1. Noisy or Unstable O3 Readings at Zero
Confirm that the Zero gas is free of Ozone.
Confirm that the Source Lamp is fully inserted and that the lamp hold-down thumb- screw is tight.
Check for a dirty Absorption Cell and/or pneumatic lines. Clean as necessary as described in Section
Disconnect the exhaust line from the optical bench (the pneumatic line at the lamp end of the bench) and
plug the port in the bench. If readings remain noisy, the problem is in one of the electronic sections of the
instrument. If readings become quiet, the problem is in the instrument's pneumatics.
210
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
General Troubleshooting & Repair
11.5.1.2. Noisy, Unstable, or Non-Linear Span O3 Readings
Confirm the Sample Temperature, Sample Pressure and Sample Flow readings are correct. Check and
adjust as required.
11.5.1.3. Slow Response to Changes in Concentration
Check for improper materials in the inlet manifold.
The photometer needs 800 cc3/min of gas flow. Make sure that this is accounted for when calculating total
required output flow for the calibrator (see Section 3.4.7).
11.5.1.4. The Analog Output Signal Level Does Not Agree With Front Panel Readings
Perform an AOUTS calibration (see Section 6.9.2) and photometer dark calibration (see Section 8.1.4).
11.5.1.5. Cannot Zero
Confirm that the Zero gas is free of Ozone.
The photometer needs 800 cc3/min of gas flow. Make sure that this is accounted for when calculating total
required output flow for the calibrator (see Section 3.4.7).
11.5.1.6. Cannot Span
Confirm the Sample Temperature, Sample Pressure and Sample Flow readings are correct. Check and
adjust as required.
The photometer needs 800 cc3/min of gas flow. Make sure that this is accounted for when calculating
211
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
11.5.2. CHECKING MEASURE / REFERENCE VALVE
To check the function of the photometer’s measure / reference valve:
1. Set the calibrator’s front panel display to show the PHOTO REFERENCE test function (see Section 6.1).
2. Follow the instruction in Sections 8.1.1 and 8.1.3.1 for performing a zero point calibration of the
photometer.
Press XZRO and allow the calibrator to stabilize.
3. Before completing the calibration by pressing the ZERO key, note of the displayed value.
4. Press the final Zero key, then press “NO” when asked, “ARE YOU SURE”.
5. Follow the instruction in Section 8.1.3.2 for performing a span point calibration of the photometer.
Press XSPN and allow the calibrator to stabilize.
6. Before completing the calibration by pressing the SPAN key, note of the displayed value of PHOTO
REF.
If the O3 REF value has decreased by more than 2 mV from its value with Zero-gas, then there is a
"cross-port" leak in the m/r valve.
7. Press the final Zero key then press “NO” when asked, “ARE YOU SURE”.
212
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
General Troubleshooting & Repair
11.6. TROUBLESHOOTING THE O3 GENERATOR
11.6.1. CHECKING THE UV LAMP POWER SUPPLY
NOTE
A schematic and physical diagram of the Lamp Power Supply can be found in Appendix D.
WARNING
Hazardous voltage present - use caution.
It is not always possible to determine with certainty whether a problem is the result of the UV Lamp or the Lamp
Power Supply, however, the following steps will provide a reasonable confidence test of the Lamp Power
Supply.
1. Unplug the cable connector at P1 on the Lamp Power Supply and confirm that +15VDC is present
between Pins 1 and 2 on the cable connector.
2. If this voltage is incorrect, check the DC test points on the relay PCA as described in Section 11.4.3.
3. Remove the cover of the photometer and check for the presence of the following voltages on the UV
+4500 mVDC ± 10 mVDC between TP1 and TP4 (grnd)
If this voltage is incorrect, either the UV lamp power supply PCA is faulty or the I2C bus is not
communicating with the UV lamp power supply PCA.
+5VDC between TP3 and TP4 (grnd)
If this voltages is les than 4.8 or greater than 5.25 either the 5 VDC power supply or the UV lamp
power supply PCA are faulty...
If the above voltages check out, it is more likely that a problem is due to the UV Lamp than due to the
Lamp Power Supply.
Replace the Lamp and if the problem persists, replace the Lamp Power Supply.
213
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
11.7. TROUBLE SHOOTING THE OPTIONAL O3 GENERATOR
The only significant components of the O3 generator that might reasonable malfunction is the power supply
assembly for the UV source lamp and the lamp itself.
11.7.1. CHECKING THE UV SOURCE LAMP POWER SUPPLY
NOTE
A schematic and physical diagram of the Lamp Power Supply can be found in Appendix D.
WARNING
Hazardous voltage present - use caution.
It is not always possible to determine with certainty whether a problem is the result of the UV Lamp or the Lamp
Power Supply, however, the following steps will provide a reasonable confidence test of the Lamp Power
Supply.
1. Make sure the calibrator is in STANDBY mode.
2. Unplug the cable connector at P1 on the Lamp Power Supply and confirm that +15VDC is present
between Pins 1 and 2 on the cable connector.
3. If this voltage is incorrect, check the DC test points on the relay PCA as described in Section 11.4.3.
4. Remove the cover of the photometer and check for the presence of the following voltages on the UV
+800 mVDC ± 10 mVDC between TP1 and TP4 (grnd)
If this voltage is incorrect, either the UV lamp power supply PCA is faulty or the I2C bus is not
communicating with the UV lamp power supply PCA.
+5VDC between TP3 and TP4 (grnd)
If this voltages is less than 4.8 or greater than 5.25 either the 5 VDC power supply or the UV lamp
power supply PCA are faulty.
If the above voltages check out, it is more likely that a problem is due to the UV Lamp than due to the
Lamp Power Supply.
Replace the Lamp and if the problem persists, replace the Lamp Power Supply.
214
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
General Troubleshooting & Repair
11.8. REPAIR PROCEDURES
11.8.1. REPAIRING SAMPLE FLOW CONTROL ASSEMBLY
The critical flow orifice is housed in the flow control assembly (Teledyne API part number: 001760400) located
on the top of the optical bench. A sintered filter protects the jewel orifice so it is unusual for the orifice to need
replacing, but if it does, or the filter needs replacement please use the following procedure (see the Spare Parts
list in Appendix B for part numbers and kits):
1. Turn off power to the calibrator.
2. Locate the assembly to be repaired, see Figure, 3–3.
3. Disconnect the pneumatic connection from the flow assembly.
4. Remove the fitting and the components as shown in the exploded view in Figure 11.6.
5. Replace the o-rings (p/n OR000001) and the sintered filter (p/n FL000001).
6. If replacing the critical flow orifice itself (P/N 000941000), make sure that the side with the colored
window (usually red) is facing downstream to the gas flow.
7. Apply new Teflon® tape to the male connector threads
8. Re-assemble in reverse order.
Pneumatic Connector, Male 1/8”
(P/N FT_70
Spring
(P/N HW_20)
Sintered Filter
(P/N FL_01)
Critical Flow Orifice
(P/N 000941000)
Make sure it is placed with the
jewel down)
O-Ring
(P/N OR_01)
Purge Housing
(P/N 000850000)
Figure 11-5:
Critical Flow Restrictor Assembly Disassembly
215
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Troubleshooting & Repair
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
11.8.2. DISK-ON-MODULE REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
NOTE
Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static discharges too small to be felt by the
human nervous system. Failure to use ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies will
void the instrument warranty.
See Section 12 for more information on preventing ESD damage.
Replacing the Disk-on-Module (DOM) will cause loss of all DAS data; it also may cause loss of some
instrument configuration parameters unless the replacement DOM carries the exact same firmware version.
Whenever changing the version of installed software, the memory must be reset. Failure to ensure that
memory is reset can cause the analyzer to malfunction, and invalidate measurements.
After the memory is reset, the A/D converter must be re-calibrated, and all information collected in Step 1
below must be re-entered before the instrument will function correctly. Also, zero and span calibration should
be performed.
1. Document all analyzer parameters that may have been changed, such as range, auto-cal, analog
output, serial port and other settings before replacing the DOM
2. Turn off power to the instrument, fold down the rear panel by loosening the mounting screws.
3. When looking at the electronic circuits from the back of the analyzer, locate the Disk-on-Module in the
right most socket of the CPU board.
4. The DOM should carry a label with firmware revision, date and initials of the programmer.
5. Remove the nylon fastener that mounts the DOM over the CPU board, and lift the DOM off the CPU. Do
not bend the connector pins.
6. Install the new Disk-on-Module, making sure the notch at the end of the chip matches the notch in the
socket.
7. It may be necessary to straighten the pins somewhat to fit them into the socket. Press the DOM all the
way in and reinsert the offset clip.
8. Close the rear panel and turn on power to the machine.
9. If the replacement DOM carries a firmware revision, re-enter all of the setup information.
11.9. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
If this manual and its trouble-shooting / repair sections do not solve your problems, technical assistance may be
obtained from
TELEDYNE-API, CUSTOMER SERVICE,
9480 CARROLL PARK DRIVE
SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92121-5201
USA
Toll-free Phone: 800-324-5190
Phone: 858-657-9800
Fax: 858-657-9816
Email: [email protected]
Website: http://www.teledyne-api.com/
Before you contact customer service, fill out the problem report form in Appendix C, which is also available
online for electronic submission at http://www.teledyne-api.com/forms/.
216
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
12. A PRIMER ON ELECTRO-STATIC DISCHARGE
Teledyne API considers the prevention of damage caused by the discharge of static electricity to be extremely
important part of making sure that your analyzer continues to provide reliable service for a long time. This
section describes how static electricity occurs, why it is so dangerous to electronic components and assemblies
as well as how to prevent that damage from occurring.
12.1. HOW STATIC CHARGES ARE CREATED
Modern electronic devices such as the types used in the various electronic assemblies of your analyzer, are very
small, require very little power and operate very quickly. Unfortunately, the same characteristics that allow them
to do these things also make them very susceptible to damage from the discharge of static electricity.
Controlling electrostatic discharge begins with understanding how electro-static charges occur in the first place.
Static electricity is the result of something called triboelectric charging which happens whenever the atoms of the
surface layers of two materials rub against each other. As the atoms of the two surfaces move together and
separate, some electrons from one surface are retained by the other.
Materials
Makes
Contact
Materials
Separate
+
+
+
+
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 2
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 4
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 3
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 3
NET CHARGE = -1
NET CHARGE = +1
NET CHARGE = 0
NET CHARGE = 0
Figure 12-1:
Triboelectric Charging
If one of the surfaces is a poor conductor or even a good conductor that is not grounded, the resulting positive or
negative charge cannot bleed off and becomes trapped in place, or static. The most common example of
triboelectric charging happens when someone wearing leather or rubber soled shoes walks across a nylon
carpet or linoleum tiled floor. With each step, electrons change places and the resulting electro-static charge
builds up, quickly reaching significant levels. Pushing an epoxy printed circuit board across a workbench, using
a plastic handled screwdriver or even the constant jostling of StyrofoamTM pellets during shipment can also build
hefty static charges
Table 12-1: Static Generation Voltages for Typical Activities
MEANS OF GENERATION
Walking across nylon carpet
Walking across vinyl tile
Worker at bench
65-90% RH
1,500V
250V
10-25% RH
35,000V
12,000V
6,000V
100V
Poly bag picked up from bench
1,200V
20,000V
Moving around in a chair padded
with urethane foam
1,500V
18,000V
217
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on lectro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
12.2. HOW ELECTRO-STATIC CHARGES CAUSE DAMAGE
Damage to components occurs when these static charges come into contact with an electronic device. Current
flows as the charge moves along the conductive circuitry of the device and the typically very high voltage levels
of the charge overheat the delicate traces of the integrated circuits, melting them or even vaporizing parts of
them. When examined by microscope the damage caused by electro-static discharge looks a lot like tiny bomb
craters littered across the landscape of the component’s circuitry.
A quick comparison of the values in Table 12-1 with the those shown in the Table 12-2, listing device
susceptibility levels, shows why Semiconductor Reliability News estimates that approximately 60% of device
failures are the result of damage due to electro-static discharge.
Table 12-2: Sensitivity of Electronic Devices to Damage by ESD
DAMAGE SUSCEPTIBILITY VOLTAGE
RANGE
DEVICE
DAMAGE BEGINS
OCCURRING AT
CATASTROPHIC
DAMAGE AT
MOSFET
VMOS
10
100
30
1800
100
NMOS
60
GaAsFET
EPROM
60
2000
100
100
140
150
190
200
300
300
300
500
500
500
JFET
7000
500
SAW
Op-AMP
CMOS
2500
3000
2500
3000
7000
500
Schottky Diodes
Film Resistors
This Film Resistors
ECL
SCR
1000
2500
Schottky TTL
Potentially damaging electro-static discharges can occur:
Any time a charged surface (including the human body) discharges to a device. Even simple contact of a
finger to the leads of a sensitive device or assembly can allow enough discharge to cause damage. A
similar discharge can occur from a charged conductive object, such as a metallic tool or fixture.
When static charges accumulated on a sensitive device discharges from the device to another surface
such as packaging materials, work surfaces, machine surfaces or other device. In some cases, charged
device discharges can be the most destructive.
A typical example of this is the simple act of installing an electronic assembly into the connector or wiring
harness of the equipment in which it is to function. If the assembly is carrying a static charge, as it is
connected to ground a discharge will occur.
Whenever a sensitive device is moved into the field of an existing electro-static field, a charge may be
induced on the device in effect discharging the field onto the device. If the device is then momentarily
grounded while within the electrostatic field or removed from the region of the electrostatic field and
grounded somewhere else, a second discharge will occur as the charge is transferred from the device to
ground.
218
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
12.3. COMMON MYTHS ABOUT ESD DAMAGE
I didn’t feel a shock so there was no electro-static discharge: The human nervous system is not able
to feel a static discharge of less than 3500 volts. Most devices are damaged by discharge levels much
lower than that.
I didn’t touch it so there was no electro-static discharge: Electro Static charges are fields whose
lines of force can extend several inches or sometimes even feet away from the surface bearing the
charge.
It still works so there was no damage: Sometimes the damaged caused by electro-static discharge can
completely sever a circuit trace causing the device to fail immediately. More likely, the trace will be only
partially occluded by the damage causing degraded performance of the device or worse, weakening the
trace. This weakened circuit may seem to function fine for a short time, but even the very low voltage
and current levels of the device’s normal operating levels will eat away at the defect over time causing
the device to fail well before its designed lifetime is reached.
These latent failures are often the most costly since the failure of the equipment in which the damaged
device is installed causes down time, lost data, lost productivity, as well as possible failure and damage
to other pieces of equipment or property.
Static Charges can’t build up on a conductive surface: There are two errors in this statement.
Conductive devices can build static charges if they are not grounded. The charge will be equalized
across the entire device, but without access to earth ground, they are still trapped and can still build to
high enough levels to cause damage when discharged.
A charge can be induced onto the conductive surface and/or discharge triggered in the presence of a
charged field such as a large static charge clinging to the surface of a nylon jacket of someone walking
up to a workbench.
As long as my analyzer is properly installed, it is safe from damage caused by static discharges:
It is true that when properly installed the chassis ground of your analyzer is tied to earth ground and its
electronic components are prevented from building static electric charges themselves. This does not
prevent discharges from static fields built up on other things, like you and your clothing, from discharging
through the instrument and damaging it.
12.4. BASIC PRINCIPLES OF STATIC CONTROL
It is impossible to stop the creation of instantaneous static electric charges. It is not, however difficult to prevent
those charges from building to dangerous levels or prevent damage due to electro-static discharge from
occurring.
12.4.1. GENERAL RULES
Only handle or work on all electronic assemblies at a properly set up ESD station. Setting up an ESD safe
workstation need not be complicated. A protective mat properly tied to ground and a wrist strap are all that is
needed to create a basic anti-ESD workstation.
Protective Mat
Wrist Stra
Ground Point
Figure 12-2:
Basic anti-ESD Work Station
219
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on lectro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
For technicians that work in the field, special lightweight and portable anti-ESD kits are available from most
suppliers of ESD protection gear. These include everything needed to create a temporary anti-ESD work area
anywhere.
Always wear an Anti-ESD wrist strap when working on the electronic assemblies of your analyzer.
An anti-ESD wrist strap keeps the person wearing it at or near the same potential as other grounded
objects in the work area and allows static charges to dissipate before they can build to dangerous levels.
Anti-ESD wrist straps terminated with alligator clips are available for use in work areas where there is no
available grounded plug.
Also, anti-ESD wrist straps include a current limiting resistor (usually around one meg-ohm) that protects
you should you accidentally short yourself to the instrument’s power supply.
Simply touching a grounded piece of metal is insufficient. While this may temporarily bleed off static
charges present at the time, once you stop touching the grounded metal new static charges will
immediately begin to re-build. In some conditions, a charge large enough to damage a component can
rebuild in just a few seconds.
Always store sensitive components and assemblies in anti-ESD storage bags or bins: Even when
you are not working on them, store all devices and assemblies in a closed anti-Static bag or bin. This will
prevent induced charges from building up on the device or assembly and nearby static fields from
discharging through it.
Use metallic anti-ESD bags for storing and shipping ESD sensitive components and assemblies
rather than pink-poly bags. The famous, pink-poly bags are made of a plastic that is impregnated with
a liquid (similar to liquid laundry detergent) which very slowly sweats onto the surface of the plastic
creating a slightly conductive layer over the surface of the bag.
While this layer may equalizes any charges that occur across the whole bag, it does not prevent the build
up of static charges. If laying on a conductive, grounded surface, these bags will allow charges to bleed
away but the very charges that build up on the surface of the bag itself can be transferred through the
bag by induction onto the circuits of your ESD sensitive device. Also, the liquid impregnating the plastic
is eventually used up after which the bag is as useless for preventing damage from ESD as any ordinary
plastic bag.
Anti-Static bags made of plastic impregnated with metal (usually silvery in color) provide all of the charge
equalizing abilities of the pink-poly bags but also, when properly sealed, create a Faraday cage that
completely isolates the contents from discharges and the inductive transfer of static charges.
Storage bins made of plastic impregnated with carbon (usually black in color) are also excellent at
dissipating static charges and isolating their contents from field effects and discharges.
Never use ordinary plastic adhesive tape near an ESD sensitive device or to close an anti-ESD
bag. The act of pulling a piece of standard plastic adhesive tape, such as Scotch® tape, from its roll will
generate a static charge of several thousand or even tens of thousands of volts on the tape itself and an
associated field effect that can discharge through or be induced upon items up to a foot away.
220
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
12.4.2. BASIC ANTI-ESD PROCEDURES FOR ANALYZER REPAIR AND
MAINTENANCE
12.4.2.1. Working at the Instrument Rack
When working on the analyzer while it is in the instrument rack and plugged into a properly grounded power
supply
1. Attach you anti-ESD wrist strap to ground before doing anything else.
Use a wrist strap terminated with an alligator clip and attach it to any bare metal portion of the
instrument chassis.
This will safely connect you to the same ground level to which the instrument and all of its
components are connected.
2. Pause for a second or two to allow any static charges to bleed away.
3. Open the casing of the analyzer and begin work. Up to this point, the closed metal casing of your
analyzer has isolated the components and assemblies inside from any conducted or induced static
charges.
4. If you must remove a component from the instrument, do not lay it down on a non-ESD preventative
surface where static charges may lie in wait.
5. Only disconnect your wrist strap after you have finished work and closed the case of the analyzer.
12.4.2.2. Working at an Anti-ESD Work Bench.
When working on an instrument of an electronic assembly while it is resting on a anti-ESD work bench
1. Plug you anti-ESD wrist strap into the grounded receptacle of the work station before touching any items
on the work station and while standing at least a foot or so away. This will allow any charges you are
carrying to bleed away through the ground connection of the workstation and prevent discharges due to
field effects and induction from occurring.
2. Pause for a second or two to allow any static charges to bleed away.
3. Only open any anti-ESD storage bins or bags containing sensitive devices or assemblies after you have
plugged your wrist strap into the workstation.
Lay the bag or bin on the workbench surface.
Before opening the container, wait several seconds for any static charges on the outside surface of
the container to be bled away by the workstation’s grounded protective mat.
4. Do not pick up tools that may be carrying static charges while also touching or holding an ESD Sensitive
Device.
Only lay tools or ESD-sensitive devices and assemblies on the conductive surface of your
workstation. Never lay them down on any non-ESD preventative surface.
5. Place any static sensitive devices or assemblies in anti-static storage bags or bins and close the bag or
bin before unplugging your wrist strap.
6. Disconnecting your wrist strap is always the last action taken before leaving the workbench.
221
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on lectro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
12.4.2.3. Transferring Components from Rack to Bench and Back
When transferring a sensitive device from an installed Teledyne API analyzer to an Anti-ESD workbench or
back:
1. Follow the instructions listed above for working at the instrument rack and workstation.
2. Never carry the component or assembly without placing it in an anti-ESD bag or bin.
3. Before using the bag or container allow any surface charges on it to dissipate:
If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap is connected to a
ground point.
If you are at an anti-ESD workbench, lay the container down on the conductive work surface.
In either case wait several seconds.
4. Place the item in the container.
5. Seal the container. If using a bag, fold the end over and fastening it with anti-ESD tape.
Folding the open end over isolates the component(s) inside from the effects of static fields.
Leaving the bag open or simply stapling it shut without folding it closed prevents the bag from forming
a complete protective envelope around the device.
6. Once you have arrived at your destination, allow any surface charges that may have built up on the bag
or bin during travel to dissipate:
Connect your wrist strap to ground.
If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap is connected to a
ground point.
If you are at a anti-ESD work bench, lay the container down on the conductive work surface
In either case wait several seconds
7. Open the container.
12.4.2.4. Opening Shipments from Teledyne API Customer Service.
Packing materials such as bubble pack and Styrofoam pellets are extremely efficient generators of static electric
charges. To prevent damage from ESD, Teledyne API ships all electronic components and assemblies in
properly sealed ant-ESD containers.
Static charges will build up on the outer surface of the anti-ESD container during shipping as the packing
materials vibrate and rub against each other. To prevent these static charges from damaging the components or
assemblies being shipped make sure that you:
Always unpack shipments from Teledyne API Customer Service by:
1. Opening the outer shipping box away from the anti-ESD work area
2. Carry the still sealed ant-ESD bag, tube or bin to the anti-ESD work area
3. Follow steps 6 and 7 of Section 12.4.2.3 above when opening the anti-ESD container at the work station
4. Reserve the anti-ESD container or bag to use when packing electronic components or assemblies to be
returned to Teledyne API
222
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
12.4.2.5. Packing Components for Return to Teledyne API Customer Service.
Always pack electronic components and assemblies to be sent to Teledyne API Customer Service in anti-ESD
bins, tubes or bags.
WARNING
DO NOT use pink-poly bags.
NEVER allow any standard plastic packaging materials to touch the electronic
component/assembly directly
This includes, but is not limited to, plastic bubble-pack, Styrofoam peanuts,
open cell foam, closed cell foam, and adhesive tape
DO NOT use standard adhesive tape as a sealer. Use ONLY anti-ESD tape
1. Never carry the component or assembly without placing it in an anti-ESD bag or bin.
2. Before using the bag or container allow any surface charges on it to dissipate:
If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap is connected to a
ground point.
If you are at an anti-ESD workbench, lay the container down on the conductive work surface.
In either case wait several seconds.
3. Place the item in the container.
4. Seal the container. If using a bag, fold the end over and fastening it with anti-ESD tape.
Folding the open end over isolates the component(s) inside from the effects of static fields.
Leaving the bag open or simply stapling it shut without folding it closed prevents the bag from forming
a complete protective envelope around the device.
NOTE
If you do not already have an adequate supply of anti-ESD bags or containers available, Teledyne API’s
Follow the instructions listed above for working at the instrument rack and workstation.
223
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
A Primer on lectro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API T703 Calibrator Operation Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
224
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
APPENDIX A – Version Specific Software Documentation
APPENDIX A – Version Specific Software Documentation
APPENDIX A-1: Models T703, 703E Software Menu Trees, Software Version C.0
APPENDIX A-2: Models T703, 703E Setup Variables Available Via Serial I/O, Software Version C.0
APPENDIX A-3: Models T703, 703E Warnings, Test Functions Via Serial I/O, Software Version C.0
APPENDIX A-4: Models T703, 703E Signal I/O Definitions, Software Version C.0
APPENDIX A-5: Models T703, 703E Terminal Command Designators, Software Version C.0
A-1
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A – Version Specific Software Documentation
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
A-2
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Software Version C.0
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Software Version C.0
Press to
clear an
active
warning
Press to cause calibrator to
Press to
cycle
through the
active
warning
messages.
enter
mode
messages.
Cycles
through
existing
calibration
sequences.
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
Toggles to switch
to O3 generation
=
·
1 Only appears when warning messages are active.
2 Only appears when an one or more calibration
sequences are programmed into the calibrator’s
memory.
=
Toggle these buttons to set
the target concentration of
the calibrator output for this
gas
Figure A-1:
Main Menu
A-3
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Software Version C.0
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
MAIN MENU
CFG
SETUP
SEQ1
O3
CLK
PASS
MORE
See PRIMARY SETUP
ON
Menu
See SECONDARY
SETUP Menu
SEQUENCE Submenu
OFF
PREV NEXT
TIME
DATE
MODE
REF
ADJ
PHOT
MODEL TYPE AND NUMBER
PART NUMBER
SERIAL NUMBER
SOFTWARE REVISION
LIBRARY REVISION
iCHIP SOFTWARE REVISION
(Only appears if INET option is
installed)
SETUP X.X
TIME :21:29M
MON
CNST
BNCH
Causes the drive
voltage of the optional
O3 generator to 2500
mV. This is used to
manually adjust the
position of the
D
D
Y
Y
ENTR EXIT
Press one of these to select
mode for O3 generator.
CPU TYPE & OS REVISION
DATE FACTORY
CONFIGURATION SAVED
Toggle to set the
month
Toggle to set the 2-
digit year
Toggle to set the
day of the month
generators UV Lamp.
ENTR
EXIT
Accepts selected
O3 generator
mode
BCAL
DARK
Leaves O3
generator mode
unchanged and
returns to
SETUP X.X
TIME :21:29M
:M
H
H
M
ENTR EXIT
Requires Password
authorization
Initiates
automatic
Dark
Calibration
procedure
previous menu
Toggle to set the
minutes
1 Only appears when the calibrator is
NOT running a programmed sequence
Allows calibration of the O3
photometer bench.
Toggle to set the
hour
(24-hr clock)
(See Chapter 8 for more
information)
Figure A-2:
PRIMARY SETUP MENU - Basics
A-4
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Software Version C.0
Figure A-3:
PRIMARY SETUP Menu - SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION Submenu
A-5
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Software Version C.0
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
MAIN MENU
SETUP
MORE
DIAG5
VARS
COMM
ENTER PASSWORD: 818
ID
INET1
COM21
COM1
PREV
NEXT
JUMP
PRNT
EDIT
ENTER PASSWORD: 818
<SET
SET>
EDIT
0) PHOTO_LAMP=[Value]DegC
1) O3_GEN_LAMP=[Value]DegC
2) O3_CONC_RANGE=[Value]PPB
3) O3_PHOTO_BENCH_ONLY=[ON/OFF]
4) ZA_PUMP_ENAB=ON/OFF]
5) STD_TEMP=[Value] DegC
<SET
SET>
EDIT MODE
BAUD RATE
TEST PORT
TEST
ENTER PASSWORD: 818
6) STD_PRESS=[Value] In-Hg
DHCP
300
1200
2400
7) CLOCK_ADJ[HH:MM:SS]
ON
OFF
See SECONDARY SETUP Menu
DIAG Submenu
4800
9600
19200
38400
57600
115200
EDIT
EDIT
INSTRUMENT IP2
GATEWAY IP2
QUIET
COMPUTER
SECURITY
E, 8, 1
E, 7, 1
RS-485
SECURITY
MULTIDROP PROTOCOL
ENABLE MODEM
ERROR CHECKING
XON/XOFF HANDSHAKE
HARDWARE HANDSHAKE
HARDWARE FIFO
COMMAND PROMPT
SUBNET MASK2
1
Model 703E: only appears if optional Ethernet PCA is
installed. NOTE: When Ethernet PCA is present COM2
submenu disappears.
IP, GATEWAY IP & SUBNET MASK are only editable when DHCP is
OFF.
Although TCP PORT is editable regardless of the DHCP state, do not
change the setting for this property.
HOST NAME is only editable when DHCP is ON.
DIAG Menu is inactive while instrument is in GENERATE mode.
TCP PORT3
HOSTNAME4
2
3
SETUP X.X
MACHINE ID:703 ID
4
5
0
7
0
3
ENTR EXIT
Toggle to set the ID code.
ON
OFF
Figure A-4:
SECONDARY SETUP Menu - Basic)
A-6
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Software Version C.0
Press
to start test
Initiates auto-calibration of all
Initiates auto-calibraof the analog inputs’
zero and span points
analog outputs
Sets a voltage
offset for the
output
to
1
2
Initiates auto-calibration
of the selected analog input
1 Only occurs if oe of the oltage nges is cted.
2 Manual adjustment menu only appears if either the
feature is
mode
3
Menu is inactive while instrument is in
Figure A-5:
SECONDARY SETUP Menu; DIAG Submenu – Basics
A-7
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Software Version C.0
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
Figure A-6:
SECONDARY SETUP Menu; DIAG Submenu – GAS CONFIGURATION
A-8
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees, Software Version C.0
Figure A-7:
PRIMARY SETUP Menu; LVL Submenu – programming LEADS LEVELS (optional)
A-9
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
Table A-1: MODELS T703, 703E Setup Variables, Software Version C.0
MODELS T703, 703E SETUP VARIABLES FOR LATEST REVISION
NUMERI
C UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
SETUP VARIABLE
VALUE RANGE
DESCRIPTION
Low Access Level Setup Variables (818 password)
58
Photometer lamp temperature set point and warning
limits.
ºC
ºC
0–100
0–100
PHOTO_LAMP
O3_GEN_LAMP
Warnings:
56–61
48
O3 generator lamp temperature set point and
warning limits.
Warnings:
43–53
O3 concentration range for test channel analog
output.
PPB
—
500
OFF
ON
0.1–20000
OFF, ON
OFF, ON
O3_CONC_RANGE
O3 bench control flag. ON turns on pump and
switches measure/reference valve only in bench
generation mode.
O3_PHOTO_BENCH_ONLY
Zero air pump control. ON turns on zero air
pump when generating ozone.
ZA_PUMP_ENAB
—
ºC
“Hg
25
29.92
0
0–100
15–50
-60–60
Standard temperature for unit conversions.
Standard pressure for unit conversions.
Time-of-day clock speed adjustment.
STD_TEMP
STD_PRESS
CLOCK_ADJ
Sec./Day
Medium Access Level Setup Variables (929 password)
ENGL,
Selects the language to use for the user interface.
—
ENGL
SECD,
EXTN
Enclose value in double quotes (") when setting from
the RS-232 interface.
LANGUAGE_SELECT
MAINT_TIMEOUT
Time until automatically switching out of software-
controlled maintenance mode.
Hours
2
0.1–100
Seconds
Samples
2.5
1
0.1–30
1–30
Dwell time after switching measure/reference valve.
Number of O3 detector readings to sample.
O3_DWELL
O3_SAMPLE
Photometer dark offset for measure and reference
readings.
mV
0
-1000–1000
DARK_OFFSET
Samples
Samples
32
6
1–100
1–100
Moving average filter size.
FILT_SIZE
Moving average filter size in adaptive mode.
FILT_ASIZE
Absolute concentration difference to trigger adaptive
filter.
PPB
20
5
1–1000
1–100
FILT_DELTA
FILT_PCT
Percent concentration difference to trigger adaptive
filter.
Percent
Seconds
—
60
ON
0
0–60
Delay before leaving adaptive filter mode.
ON enables adaptive filter; OFF disables it.
FILT_DELAY
FILT_ADAPT
PDELTA_GAIN 2
OFF, ON
-200–200
PPB/dIn-
Hg
Multiplied by difference between measure and
reference pressure and added to concentration.
PDELTA_CAL_DUR 2
Minutes
5
0.1–20
Duration of pressure compensation calibration
procedure.
—
—
1.0
1
0.1–10
Constant factor to keep visible slope near 1.
O3 photometer slope.
O3_SLOPE_CONST
O3_SLOPE
0.850–1.150
-1000–1000
PPB
0
O3 photometer offset.
O3_OFFSET
Target O3 concentration during bench span
calibration.
PPB
400
0.1–10000
O3_BCAL_SET
A-11
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
MODELS T703, 703E SETUP VARIABLES FOR LATEST REVISION
NUMERI
C UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
SETUP VARIABLE
O3_PUMP_STARTUP
O3_PUMP_MIN_FLOW
VALUE RANGE
OFF, ON
DESCRIPTION
O3 pump startup enable. ON enables startup
procedure.
—
ON
0.2
Minimum flow rate that indicates O3 pump is
on.
LPM
0–1
Seconds
Seconds
Seconds
30
0.5
10
1–180
0.1–10
0.5–30
O3 pump startup timeout.
O3_PUMP_TIMEOUT
O3_PUMP_PULSE
PHOTO_CYCLE
O3 pump power off pulse duration.
Photometer lamp temperature control cycle period.
Photometer lamp temperature PID proportional
coefficient.
—
—
—
0.5
0.05
0.2
0–10
0–10
0–10
PHOTO_PROP
PHOTO_INTEG
PHOTO_DERIV
Photometer lamp temperature PID integral
coefficient.
Photometer lamp temperature PID derivative
coefficient.
—
1
0
0.001–100
0–5000
Slope term to correct photometer sample flow rate.
O3 generator default drive setting.
PHOTO_FLOW_SLOPE
O3_DEF_DRIVE
mV
CNST,
REF,
O3 generator control mode. Enclose value in double
quotes (") when setting from the RS-232 interface.
—
BENCH
O3_GEN_MODE
BNCH
O3 generator minimum reliable concentration. Less
than this is treated as zero.
PPB
25
0–100
O3_MIN_CONC
Seconds
Seconds
Samples
—
60
1
1–300
1–60
1–10
0–10
0–10
1–300
1–60
1–10
0–10
0–10
O3 generator reference feedback control delay.
O3 generator reference adjustment frequency.
O3 generator reference filter size.
REF_DELAY
REF_FREQ
4
REF_FSIZE
0.1
0.2
120
10
3
O3 generator reference PID integral coefficient.
O3 generator reference PID derivative coefficient.
O3 generator bench feedback control delay.
O3 generator bench adjustment frequency.
O3 generator bench filter size.
REF_INTEG
—
REF_DERIV
Seconds
Seconds
Samples
—
BENCH_DELAY
BENCH_FREQ
BENCH_FSIZE
BENCH_INTEG
BENCH_DERIV
0.2
0.5
O3 generator bench PID integral coefficient.
O3 generator bench PID derivative coefficient.
—
O3 generator drive stability limit to update
concentration cache.
mV
10
0.1–100
DRIVE_STABIL
O3 generator cache un-normalized concentration
resolution.
PPB
2
2
0.1–20
0.5–30
0–10
CACHE_RESOL
O3_LAMP_CYCLE
O3_LAMP_PROP
Seconds
1/DegC
O3 generator lamp temperature control cycle period.
O3 generator lamp temperature PID proportional
coefficient.
0.2
O3 generator lamp temperature PID integral
coefficient.
Gain
0.01
0–10
O3_LAMP_INTEG
O3 generator lamp temperature PID derivative
coefficient.
Gain
—
0.2
1
0–10
O3_LAMP_DERIV
OUTPUT_FLOW_SLOPE
0.001–100
Slope term to correct output flow rate.
A-12
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
MODELS T703, 703E SETUP VARIABLES FOR LATEST REVISION
NUMERI
C UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
SETUP VARIABLE
RS232_MODE
VALUE RANGE
DESCRIPTION
BitFlag
0
0–65535
RS-232 COM1 mode flags. Add values to combine
flags.
1 = quiet mode
2 = computer mode
4 = enable security
8 = enable hardware handshaking
32 = enable multi-drop
64 = enable modem
128 = ignore RS-232 line errors
256 = disable XON / XOFF support
512 = disable hardware FIFOs
1024 = enable RS-485 mode
2048 = even parity, 7 data bits, 1 stop bit
4096 = enable command prompt
8192 = even parity, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit
300,
1200,
2400,
4800,
RS-232 COM1 baud rate. Enclose value in double
quotes (") when setting from the RS-232 interface.
—
19200
9600,
BAUD_RATE
19200,
38400,
57600,
115200
“AT Y0 &D0
&H0 &I0
S0=2 &B0
&N6 &M0
Any character in
the allowed
character set. Up
to 100 characters
long.
RS-232 COM1 modem initialization string. Sent
verbatim plus carriage return to modem on power up
or manually.
—
—
MODEM_INIT
E0 Q1 &W0”
0
RS-232 COM2 mode flags.
0
0–65535
RS232_MODE2
(Same settings as RS232_MODE.)
300,
1200,
2400,
4800,
—
19200
9600,
RS-232 COM2 baud rate.
BAUD_RATE2
19200,
38400,
57600,
115200
“AT Y0 &D0
&H0 &I0
S0=2 &B0
&N6 &M0
Any character in
the allowed
character set. Up
to 100 characters
long.
RS-232 COM2 modem initialization string. Sent
verbatim plus carriage return to modem on power up
or manually.
—
MODEM_INIT2
E0 Q1 &W0”
0
Password
ms.
940331
0
0–999999
0–1000
RS-232 log on password.
RS232_PASS
LINE_DELAY 1
MACHINE_ID
RS-232 inter-line transmit delay (0=disabled).
Unique ID number for instrument.
ID
700
0–9999
A-13
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
MODELS T703, 703E SETUP VARIABLES FOR LATEST REVISION
NUMERI
C UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
SETUP VARIABLE
VALUE RANGE
DESCRIPTION
Any character in
the allowed
character set. Up
to 100 characters
long.
RS-232 interface command prompt. Displayed only if
enabled with RS232_MODE variable. Enclose value
in double quotes (") when setting from the RS-232
interface.
—
“Cmd> ”
COMMAND_PROMPT
NONE,
O3 PHOTO
MEAS,
O3 PHOTO REF,
O3 GEN REF,
OUTPUT FLOW,
REGULATOR
PRESSURE,
Diagnostic analog output ID. Enclose value in
double quotes (") when setting from the RS-232
interface.
—
NONE
SAMPLE
PRESSURE,
TEST_CHAN_ID
SAMPLE FLOW,
SAMPLE TEMP,
PHOTO LAMP
TEMP,
O3 LAMP TEMP,
CHASSIS TEMP,
O3 PHOTO CONC
ON enables passwords.
OFF disables them.
—
—
ON
OFF, ON
PASS_ENABLE
Any string of
exactly 12
characters
Default contact closure output pattern when not
executing a sequence. Enclose value in double
quotes (") when setting from the RS-232 interface.
“000000000
000”
DEF_CC_OUTPUT
consisting of the
digits 0 and 1 only.
mV
—
4500
ON
0–5000
Photometer lamp power setting.
PHOTO_LAMP_POWER
LAMP_PWR_ENABLE
ON enables photometer lamp power cycling.
OFF disables it.
OFF, ON
Hours
24
0.1
20
0.01–1000
0.02–5
Photometer lamp power cycling period.
Length of time photometer lamp is turned off.
Delay until valid concentration is computed.
LAMP_PWR_PERIOD
LAMP_OFF_DELAY
DET_VALID_DELAY
Seconds
Seconds
1–300
Photometer reference standard deviation must be
below this limit to switch out of startup mode.
mV
cm
3
0.1–100
REF_SDEV_LIMIT
PATH_LENGTH
41.96
30
0.01–99.999
Photometer detector path length.
Internal box temperature set point and warning
limits.
ºC
0–100
BOX_SET
Warnings:
5–45
Molar mass of sample gas for computing
concentrations by weight instead of volume.
MolWt
32
1–99.999
GAS_MOL_WEIGHT
Any character in
the allowed
—
—
“00000000 ”
character set. Up
to 100 characters
long.
Unique serial number for instrument.
SERIAL_NUMBER
DISP_INTENSITY
HIGH,
MED,
LOW,
DIM
Front panel display intensity. Enclose value in
double quotes (") when setting from the RS-232
interface.
HIGH
A-14
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
MODELS T703, 703E SETUP VARIABLES FOR LATEST REVISION
NUMERI
C UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
SETUP VARIABLE
VALUE RANGE
DESCRIPTION
—
ON
OFF, ON
I2C bus automatic reset enable.
I2C_RESET_ENABLE
Time-of-day clock format flags. Enclose value in
double quotes (“) when setting from the RS-232
interface.
“%a” = Abbreviated weekday name.
“%b” = Abbreviated month name.
“%d” = Day of month as decimal number (01 – 31).
“%H” = Hour in 24-hour format (00 – 23).
“%I” = Hour in 12-hour format (01 – 12).
“%j” = Day of year as decimal number (001 – 366).
“%m” = Month as decimal number (01 – 12).
“%M” = Minute as decimal number (00 – 59).
“%p” = A.M./P.M. indicator for 12-hour clock.
“%S” = Second as decimal number (00 – 59).
Any character in
the allowed
character set. Up
to 100 characters
long.
“TIME=%H:
%M:%S”
—
CLOCK_FORMAT
“%w” = Weekday as decimal number (0 – 6; Sunday
is 0).
“%y” = Year without century, as decimal number (00
– 99).
“%Y” = Year with century, as decimal number.
“%%” = Percent sign.
Factory option flags. Add values to combine options.
1024 = enable software-controlled maintenance
mode
2048 = enable Internet option 3
—
0
0–65535
FACTORY_OPT
4096 = enable switch-controlled maintenance mode
1
2
3
Dasibi emulation version only.
Experimental.
M703E iChip option.
A-15
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions
Table A-2: MODELS T703, 703E Warning Messages, Software Version C.0
NAME 1
WSYSRES
MESSAGE TEXT
SYSTEM RESET
DESCRIPTION
Instrument was power-cycled or the CPU was reset.
Data storage was erased.
WDATAINIT
WCONFIGINIT
DATA INITIALIZED
CONFIG INITIALIZED
Configuration storage was reset to factory configuration or
erased.
WPHOTOLTEMP
WO3GENTEMP
WPHOTOREF
WLAMPSTABIL
WO3GENREF
WO3PUMP
PHOTO LAMP TEMP
WARNING
Photometer lamp temperature outside of warning limits specified
by PHOTO_LAMP variable.
O3 GEN LAMP TEMP
WARNING
O3 generator lamp temperature outside of warning limits
specified by O3_GEN_LAMP variable.
PHOTO REFERENCE
WARNING
Photometer reference reading less than 2500 mV or greater than
4999 mV.
PHOTO LAMP STABILITY
WARNING
Photometer lamp reference step changes occur more than 25%
of the time.
O3 GEN REFERENCE
WARNING
O3 reference detector drops below 50 mV during reference
feedback O3 generator control.
O3 PUMP WARNING
O3 pump failed to turn on within timeout period specified by
O3_PUMP_TIMEOUT variable.
WBOXTEMP
BOX TEMP WARNING
Chassis temperature outside of warning limits specified by
BOX_SET variable.
WREARBOARD
WRELAYBOARD
WLAMPDRIVER
REAR BOARD NOT DET
RELAY BOARD WARN
LAMP DRIVER WARN
Rear board was not detected during power up.
Firmware is unable to communicate with the relay board.
Firmware is unable to communicate with either the O3 generator
or photometer lamp I2C driver chip.
WFRONTPANEL
WANALOGCAL
FRONT PANEL WARN
Firmware is unable to communicate with the front panel.
The A/D or at least one D/A channel has not been calibrated.
ANALOG CAL WARNING
1
The name is used to request a message via the RS-232 interface, as in “T BOXTEMP”.
A-16
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions
Table A-3: MODELS T703, 703E Test Functions
TEST FUNCTION NAME 1
ACTCONC
MESSAGE TEXT
DESCRIPTION
ACT=GENERATE 37 PPB O3
Actual concentration being generated, computed from real-
time inputs.
TARGCONC
OUTPUTFLOW
REGPRESS
BOXTEMP
TARG=GENERATE 100 PPB O3 Target concentration to generate.
OUTPUT FLOW=7.3 LPM
REG PRESSURE=20.1 PSIG
BOX TEMP=31.2 C
Output flow rate (computed from regulator pressure).
Regulator pressure.
Internal chassis temperature.
O3GENREF
O3GENDRIVE
O3GENTEMP
PHOTOMEAS
PHOTOREF
O3 GEN REF=1000.0 MV
O3 GEN DRIVE=800.0 MV
O3 LAMP TEMP=49.7 C
PHOTO MEASURE=2998.8 MV
O3 generator reference detector reading.
O3 generator lamp drive output.
O3 generator lamp temperature.
Photometer detector measure reading.
Photometer detector reference reading.
PHOTO REFERENCE=3000.0
MV
PHOTOFLOW
PHOTOLTEMP
PHOTOSPRESS
PHOTOSTEMP
PHOTOSLOPE
PHOTO FLOW=0.2978 LPM
PHOTO LAMP TEMP=52.6 C
PHOTO SPRESS=29.9 IN-HG-A
PHOTO STEMP=31.8 C
Photometer sample flow rate.
Photometer lamp temperature.
Photometer sample pressure.
Photometer sample temperature.
PHOTO SLOPE=1.000
Photometer slope computed during zero/span bench
calibration.
PHOTOOFFSET
PHOTOSTABIL 2
TESTCHAN
PHOTO OFFSET=0.0 PPB
PHOTO STABIL=0.1 PPB
TEST=2753.9 MV
Photometer offset computed during zero/span bench
calibration.
Photometer concentration stability (standard deviation of 25
bench concentration samples taken 10 seconds apart).
Value output to TEST_OUTPUT analog output, selected
with TEST_CHAN_ID variable.
CLOCKTIME
TIME=14:48:01
Current instrument time of day clock.
1
The name is used to request a message via the RS-232 interface, as in “T BOXTEMP”.
O3 photometer stability measurement option.
2
A-17
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
A-18
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions
APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions
Table A-4: Signal I/O Definitions, Software Version C.0
MODELS T703, 703E I/O Signal List for Latest Revision
Signal Name
Bit or
Description
Channel
Number
U11, J1004, control inputs, pins 1-6 = bits 0-5, read, default I/O address 321 hex
CONTROL_IN_1 –
CONTROL_IN_6
0–5
0 = input asserted
1 = de-asserted
Always 1
6–7
U14, J1006, control inputs, pins 1-6 = bits 0-5, read, default I/O address 325 hex
CONTROL_IN_7 –
CONTROL_IN_12
0–5
0 = input asserted
1 = de-asserted
Always 1
6–7
U17, J1008, control outputs, pins 1-8 = bits 0-7, write, default I/O address 321 hex
CONTROL_OUT_1 –
CONTROL_OUT_8
0–7
0 = output asserted
1 = de-asserted
U21, J1008, control outputs, pins 9-12 = bits 0-3, write, default I/O address 325 hex
CONTROL_OUT_9 –
CONTROL_OUT_12
0–3
0 = output asserted
1 = de-asserted
U7, J108, internal inputs, pins 9-16 = bits 0-7, read, default I/O address 322 hex
0–7 Spare
U8, J108, internal outputs, pins 1-8 = bits 0-7, write, default I/O address 322 hex
0–7 Spare
U24, J1017, A status outputs, pins 1-8 = bits 0-7, write, default I/O address 323 hex
ST_SYSTEM_OK
0
0 = system OK
1 = any alarm condition or in diagnostics mode
Spare
1
2
ST_CAL_ACTIVE
0 = executing sequence
1 = not executing sequence
ST_DIAG_MODE
3
4
0 = in diagnostic mode
1 = not in diagnostic mode
ST_TEMP_ALARM
0 = any temperature alarm
1 = all temperatures OK
0 = any pressure alarm
1 = all pressures OK
Spare
ST_PRESS_ALARM
5
6-7
U27, J1018, B status outputs, pins 1-8 = bits 0-7, write, default I/O address 324 hex
0-7 Spare
Relay board digital output (PCF8575), write, default I2C address 44 hex
RELAY_WATCHDOG
ZERO_AIR_PUMP
0
1
Alternate between 0 and 1 at least every 5 seconds to keep relay board active
0 = pump on for zero air
1 = off
Spare
2–5
A-19
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
MODELS T703, 703E I/O Signal List for Latest Revision
Signal Name
Bit or
Description
Channel
Number
PHOTO_REF_VALVE
ZA_SHUTOFF_VALVE
6
0 = photometer valve in reference position
1 = measure position
7
0 = open zero air shutoff valve
1 = close
O3_PUMP_ON
8
0 = pump on for photometer to measure O3
1 = off
9–13
14
Spare
PHOTO_LAMP_HEATER
O3_GEN_HEATER
0 = O3 photometer lamp heater on
1 = off
15
0 = O3 generator lamp heater on
1 = off
Front panel I2C keyboard, default I2C address 4E hex
MAINT_MODE
LANG2_SELECT
SEQUENCE_LED
AUTO_TIMER_LED
FAULT_LED
5 (input)
0 = maintenance mode
1 = normal mode
6 (input)
0 = select second language
1 = select first language (English)
8 (output)
9 (output)
0 = sequence LED on (executing sequence)
1 = off
0 = automatic timer LED on (automatic sequence timer enabled)
1 = off
10 (output) 0 = fault LED on
1 = off
AUDIBLE_BEEPER
14 (output) 0 = beeper on (for diagnostic testing only)
1 = off
Rear board primary MUX analog inputs
PHOTO_DET
0
1
Photometer detector reading
O3 generator reference detector reading
Spare
O3_GEN_REF_DET
2
PHOTO_SAMP_PRES
3
Photometer sample pressure
Temperature MUX
Regulator pressure
Photometer flow
4
REGULATOR_PRESS
PHOTO_FLOW
5
6
7–8
9
Spare
REF_4096_MV
4.096V reference from MAX6241
Spare
10-11
12
13
14
15
OUTPUT_FLOW
Output flow
Spare
DAC loopback MUX
Ground reference
REF_GND
Rear board temperature MUX analog inputs
Internal box temperature
BOX_TEMP
0
1
PHOTO_SAMP_TEMP
Photometer sample temperature
A-20
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions
MODELS T703, 703E I/O Signal List for Latest Revision
Signal Name
Bit or
Description
Channel
Number
PHOTO_LAMP_TEMP
O3_GEN_TEMP
2
3
Photometer lamp temperature
O3 generator lamp temperature
Spare
4–7
Rear board DAC MUX analog inputs
DAC channel 0 loopback
DAC channel 1 loopback
DAC channel 2 loopback
DAC channel 3 loopback
Rear board analog outputs
Concentration output #1
Concentration output #2
Spare
DAC_CHAN_1
DAC_CHAN_2
DAC_CHAN_3
DAC_CHAN_4
0
1
2
3
CONC_OUT_1
CONC_OUT_2
0
1
2
3
TEST_OUTPUT
PHOTO_LAMP_DRIVE
O3_GEN_DRIVE
Test measurement output
I2C analog output (AD5321), default I2C address 18 hex
O3 photometer lamp drive (0–5V)
I2C analog output (AD5321), default I2C address 1A hex
O3 generator lamp drive (0–5V)
0
0
A-21
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX A-5: Terminal Command Designators
Teledyne API - Models T703, 703E Series (05745D DCN5906)
APPENDIX A-5: Terminal Command Designators
Table A-5: Terminal Command Designators, Software Version C.0
COMMAND
? [ID]
ADDITIONAL COMMAND SYNTAX
DESCRIPTION
Display help screen and commands list
Establish connection to instrument
Terminate connection to instrument
Display test(s)
LOGON [ID]
LOGOFF [ID]
password
SET ALL|name|hexmask
LIST [ALL|name|hexmask] [NAMES|HEX]
Print test(s) to screen
T [ID]
name
Print single test
CLEAR ALL|name|hexmask
Disable test(s)
SET ALL|name|hexmask
Display warning(s)
LIST [ALL|name|hexmask] [NAMES|HEX]
Print warning(s)
W [ID]
name
Clear single warning
CLEAR ALL|name|hexmask
Clear warning(s)
ZERO|LOWSPAN|SPAN [1|2]
Enter calibration mode
Execute automatic sequence
Compute new slope/offset
Exit calibration mode
ASEQ number
C [ID]
COMPUTE ZERO|SPAN
EXIT
ABORT
Abort calibration sequence
Print all I/O signals
LIST
name[=value]
Examine or set I/O signal
Print names of all diagnostic tests
Execute diagnostic test
Exit diagnostic test
LIST NAMES
D [ID]
ENTER name
EXIT
RESET [DATA] [CONFIG] [exitcode]
Reset instrument
LIST
Print setup variables
name[=value [warn_low [warn_high]]]
Modify variable
name="value"
CONFIG
Modify enumerated variable
Print instrument configuration
Enter/exit maintenance mode
Print current instrument mode
V [ID]
MAINT ON|OFF
MODE
The command syntax follows the command type, separated by a space character. Strings in [brackets] are optional
designators. The following key assignments also apply.
Table A-6: Terminal Key Assignments
TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENTS
ESC
Abort line
CR (ENTER)
Ctrl-C
Execute command
Switch to computer mode
COMPUTER MODE KEY ASSIGNMENTS
LF (line feed)
Ctrl-T
Execute command
Switch to terminal mode
A-22
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX B - Spare Parts
Use of replacement parts other than those supplied by Teledyne Advanced
Note
Note
Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI) may result in non-compliance with European
standard EN 61010-1.
Due to the dynamic nature of part numbers, please refer to the TAPI Website at
http://www.teledyne-api.com or call Customer Service at 800-324-5190 for more
recent updates to part numbers.
07223B DCN6378
B-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
This page intentionally left blank.
B-2
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T703 Spare Parts List
(Reference: 07224 11/12/2010 2:01:02 PM)
PARTNUMBER
000940100
006120100
022710000
040010000
040030700
040300110
040300210
041200000
041200200
041440000
042010000
045230100
046740000
049290000
050700500
052400000
052910100
055220000
055730000
056420000
056430000
057360000
057660000
057670000
058021400
058110000
058330000
058330100
064130000
066970000
067240000
067300000
067300100
067300200
067900000
068810000
069500000
072150000
072230000
072250100
CN0000073
FL0000001
FL0000003
FL0000020
FM0000004
FM0000005
FM0000006
HW0000005
HW0000020
DESCRIPTION
CD, ORIFICE, .003 GREEN
ASSY,OZ.GEN LAMP (BIR) (OP5)
ABSORPTION TUBE, QUARTZ, (KB)
ASSY, FAN REAR PANEL
PCA, PRESS SENSORS (2X), PHOTO OPT
ASSY, CONFIG PLUG, 100-115V
ASSY, CONFIG PLUG, 220-240V
PCA, DET PREAMP w/OP20
PCA, DET PREAMP w/OP20
PCA, DC HTR/TEMP, BENCH
ASSY, SAMPLE THERMISTOR
PCA, RELAY CARD
ASSY, PUMP, 12VDC (OP63)
CLIP, THERMISTOR HOLDER
KIT, RELAY BD, O3 CAL
ASSY, BENCH UV LAMP, (BIR), CR *
ASSY, OPTICAL BENCH, OZONE
ASSY, VALVE W/CONN, VA 59
ASSY, REGULATOR, FILTERS, 20LPM
ASSY, FLOW CNTRL,5LPM, DILUTION
ASSY, FLOW CONTROL, PHOTO REF
ASSY, 3/8" VENT ADAPTER
ASSY, DFU FILTER
ASSY, CARBON SCRUBBER
PCA, MTHRBRD, CAL, GEN 5-I
ASSY, EXPENDABLES w/AKIT,*
ASSY, INT PUMP, 115V
ASSY, INT PUMP, 230V
ASSY, DC HEATER/THERM PCA, O3 GEN
PCA, INTRF. LCD TOUCH SCRN, F/P
CPU, PC-104, VSX-6154E, ICOP *
PCA, AUX-I/O BD, ETHERNET, ANALOG & USB
PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET
PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET & USB
LCD MODULE, W/TOUCHSCREEN
PCA, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD
PCA, SERIAL & VIDEO INTERFACE BOARD
ASSY. TOUCHSCREEN CONTROL MODULE
MANUAL, OPERATORS, T703
DOM, w/SOFTWARE, STD, T703 *
POWER ENTRY, 120/60 (KB)
FILTER, SS (KB)
FILTER, DFU (KB)
CARBON FILTER, DAU, 000 GRADE *(KB)
FLOWMETER (KB)
FLOW RESTRICTOR, 5000-1/4-10000CCM
FLOW RESTRICTOR, 5000-1/4-5000CCM
FOOT
SPRING
07223B DCN6378
B-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T703 Spare Parts List
(Reference: 07224 11/12/2010 2:01:02 PM)
PARTNUMBER
HW0000380
HW0000453
HW0000685
KIT000253
DESCRIPTION
HANDLE, CARRYING, 9.25", BLK *
SUPPORT, CIRCUIT BD, 3/16" ICOP
LATCH, MAGNETIC, FRONT PANEL
ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS37
ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS38
AKIT, UV LAMP P/S PCA, 041660100
QUARTZ DISC .75 DIAX1/16",(KB)
WINDOW, QUARTZ, 1/2"DIA, .063" THICK (KB
ORING, 2-006VT *(KB)
ORING, 2-120V
ORING, 2-110 S604-70
ORING, 2-011V FT10
ORING, 2-012V
ORING, 2-112S
ORING, 2-018V
ORING, 2-016V
RELAY, DPDT, (KB)
SWITCH, POWER, CIRC BREAK, VDE/CE *(KB)
PRESSURE SENSOR, 0-15 PSIA, ALL SEN
PRESSURE SENSOR, 0-100 PSIG, ALL SEN
REGULATOR
CHECK VALVE, B, 1/4" TUBE FITTINGS
POWER CORD, 10A(KB)
KIT000254
KIT000289
OP0000014
OP0000031
OR0000001
OR0000016
OR0000026
OR0000034
OR0000039
OR0000048
OR0000077
OR0000089
RL0000015
SW0000025
SW0000059
SW0000060
VA0000014
VA0000060
WR0000008
B-4
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Recommended Spare Parts Stocking Level: Standard
Description
Units
6-10
Part Number
1
2-5
11-20 21-30
006120100
022710000
058330000
058330100
040010000
040030700
041200000
041200200
041440000
041660100
041660500
062870000
042010000
042580000
045230100
046740000
052400000
056420000
056430000
058021400
ASSY, OZONE GEN LAMP
1
2
2
4
4
8
1
1
8
8
2
2
8
2
2
2
8
2
4
1
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
ABSORPTION TUBE, QUARTZ
ASSY, INT PUMP, 115V/60Hz
ASSY, INT PUMP, 230V/50Hz
ASSY, FAN, REAR PANEL
PCA, PRESS SENSORS PHOTO OPT
PCA, DET. PREAMP w/OP20, BENCH
PCA, DET. PREAMP w/OP20, O3 GEN
PCA, DC HEATER/TEMP SENSOR
PCA, UV POWER SUPPLY, O3 GEN,
PCA, UV POWER SUPPLY, OPT BENCH
CPU, PC-104, VSX-6150E, ICOP *(KB)
THERMISTOR ASSEMBLY
KEYBOARD
PCA, RELAY CARD
ASSY, PUMP, 12 VDC
ASSY, UV LAMP BENCH
ASSY, FLOW CONTROL, DILUTION
ASSY, FLOW CONTROL, PHOTO REF
PCA, E-SERIES MOTHERBOARD, GEN 5-I
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
4
1
1
4
1
1
1
4
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
DS0000025 DISPLAY
KIT000253
KIT000254
KIT, SPARE, PS37, PWR SUPPLY,+5V,+15V,-15V
KIT, SPARE, PS38, POWER SUPPLY, 12V
07223B DCN6378
B-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
This page intentionally left blank.
B-6
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C
Warranty/Repair Questionnaire
T703, M703E
(05747C DCN5798)
CUSTOMER:_______________________________
CONTACT NAME: __________________________
PHONE: _____________________________________
FAX NO. _____________________________________
SITE ADDRESS:____________________________________________________________________________
MODEL TYPE: ______________ SERIAL NO.:_________________ FIRMWARE REVISION:_____________
Are there any failure messages? _______________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________ (Continue on back if necessary)
PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING TABLE:
PARAMETER
ACCEPTABLE
Name in T-Series and
RECORDED VALUE
Name in E-Series software
versions prior to v.C.1
in E-Series w/software
VALUE
v. C.1 and higher.
1% OF TARG
50 – 1000 PPB
2 – 5 LPM
ACT
ACT
PPB
PPB
LPM
PSIG
ºC
TARG
TAR
OUTPUT FLOW
REG PRESSURE
BOX TEMP
O3 GEN REF 1
O3 GEN DRIVE 1
O3 LAMP TEMP 1
PHOTO MEASURE 2
OUT FLW
REG PRES
BOX TMP
O3GEN REF 1
O3GENDRV 1
O3LAMPTMP1
PH MEAS 2
15 ± 2 PSIG @ 5 LPM
20 – 35 ºC
0 – 5000 mV
0 – 5000mV
mV
mV
48 ± 1 ºC
ºC
2500 – 4700 mV
2500 – 4700 mV
0.720 – 0.880 LPM
58 ± 1 ºC
mV
PHOTO REFERENCE 2 PH REF 2
PHOTO FLOW 2
mV
PH FLW 2
LPM
ºC
PHOTO LAMP TEMP 2
PHOTO SPRESS 2
PHOTO STEMP 2
PHOTO SLOPE 2
PHOTO OFFSET 2
PH LTEMP 2
PH SPRES 2
PH STEMP 2
PH SLOPE 2
PH OFFST 2
-1” AMBIENT IN-HG-A
25 – 48ºC
IN-HG-A
ºC
1 ± 0.15
0 ± 10 PPB
PPB
Depending on options installed, not all test parameters shown will be available in your calibrator.
1
If ozone generator option installed.
If photometer option installed.
2
What is measured photometer flow rate ____________________________________________________ cc3/min
What is measured O3 generator flow rate? _________________________________________________ cc3/min
TELEDYNE API CUSTOMER SERVICE
Email: [email protected]
PHONE: (858) 657-9800
TOLL FREE: (800) 324-5190
FAX: (858) 657-9816
07223B DCN6378
C-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C
Warranty/Repair Questionnaire
T703, M703E
(05747C DCN5798)
What is the photo reference value while generating SPAN: __________________ ZERO: __________________
What are the failure symptoms? ________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
What tests have you done trying to solve the problem? ______________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
Thank you for providing this information. Your assistance enables Teledyne Instruments to respond faster to the
problem that you are encountering.
OTHER NOTES: ____________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
TELEDYNE API CUSTOMER SERVICE
Email: [email protected]
PHONE: (858) 657-9800
TOLL FREE: (800) 324-5190
FAX: (858) 657-9816
C-2
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
APPENDIX D – Wire List and Electronic Schematics
07223B DCN6378
D-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
This page intentionally left blank.
D-2
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T703 Interconnect List
(Reference: 073600100A DCN5882)
CONNECTION FROM
CONNECTION TO
PN
Cable Part
#
Signal
Assembly
PN
J/P Pin
Assembly
J/P Pin
0364901 CBL, AC Power, E-series
AC Line
Power Entry
CN0000073
CN0000073
CN0000073
CN0000073
SW0000025
SW0000025
CN0000073
SW0000025
SW0000025
CN0000073
SW0000025
SW0000025
CN0000073
L
N
Power Switch
Power Switch
Shield
Chassis
PS2 (+12)
SW0000025
SW0000025
SW0000025
052590000
068020000
068020000
068020000
068010000
068010000
068010000
045230100
045230100
045230100
L
N
AC Neutral
Power Grnd
Power Grnd
Power Entry
Power Entry
Power Entry
Power Switch
Power Switch
Power Entry
Power Switch
Power Switch
Power Entry
Power Switch
Power Switch
Power Entry
AC Line Switched
AC Neutral Switched
Power Grnd
AC Line Switched
AC Neutral Switched
Power Grnd
AC Line Switched
AC Neutral Switched
Power Grnd
L
N
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
PS2 (+12)
PS2 (+12)
L
N
PS1 (+5, ±15)
PS1 (+5, ±15)
PS1 (+5, ±15)
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
L
N
03829
CBL, DC Power to Motherboard
DGND
+5V
AGND
+15V
AGND
-15V
+12V RET
+12V
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
J7
J7
J7
J7
J7
J7
J7
J7
J7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Chassis Gnd
10 Motherboard
04105
CBL, Keyboard to Motherboard
Kbd Interupt
DGND
SDA
SCL
Shld
LCD Interface PCA
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
7
2
5
6
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
J106
J106
J106
J106
J106
1
8
2
6
5
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
10 Motherboard
041760000 CBL, DC Power, EOS
DGND
+5V
+15V
AGND
-15V
+12V RET
+12V
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
J8
J8
J8
J8
J8
J8
J8
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
PS1 (+5, ±15)
PS1 (+5, ±15)
PS1 (+5, ±15)
PS1 (+5, ±15)
PS1 (+5, ±15)
PS2 (+12)
068010000
068010000
068010000
068010000
068010000
068020000
068020000
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
3
1
6
4
5
3
1
PS2 (+12)
042790100 CBL, Heater/Thermistor
+12V RET
Relay Board
Relay Board
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Relay Board
Relay Board
045230100
045230100
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
045230100
045230100
J19
J19
J27
J27
J27
J27
J27
J27
J14
J14
1
2
6
Lamp HTR/Thrm
Lamp HTR/Thrm
Lamp HTR/Thrm
041440000
041440000
041440000
041440000
042010000
042010000
041440100
041440100
041440100
041440100
1
2
3
4
1
2
6
5
2
1
+12V
+5VANA
THERMISTOR 3
+5VANA
THERMISTOR 2
THERMISTOR 4
+5VANA
13 Lamp HTR/Thrm
Sample Therm
14 Sample Therm
12 O3 Gen HTR/Therm
7
5
2
1
O3 Gen HTR/Therm
O3 Gen HTR/Therm
O3 Gen HTR/Therm
+12V RET
+12V
07223B DCN6378
D-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T703 Interconnect List
(Reference: 073600100A DCN5882)
CONNECTION FROM
CONNECTION TO
PN
Cable Part
#
Signal
Assembly
PN
J/P Pin
Assembly
J/P Pin
042800100 CBL, Power & Signal Distribution
CH1
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021400
058021400
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
058021400
058021400
058021400
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
058021400
058021400
J109
6
UV Det - Bench
041200000
041200000
P3
P3
P3
P3
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
J14
J14
J14
J14
P3
P3
P3
P3
1
4
2
3
1
2
4
2
5
3
6
8
1
2
3
2
3
1
4
AGND
+15V
-15V
+12V RET
+12V
CH6
J109 12 UV Det - Bench
J5
J5
J5
J5
J109
J109
J109
J9
J9
J9
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Motherboard
Motherboard
4
6
7
8
2
3
1
3
4
1
2
1
2
4
6
5
Bench Lamp Supply
Bench Lamp Supply
Fan
041200000
041200000
040010000
040010000
040030700
040030700
040030700
040030700
040030700
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
041200000
041200000
041200000
041200000
Fan
Photo Press/Flo
Photo Press/Flo
Photo Press/Flo
Photo Press/Flo
Photo Press/Flo
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
IZ Det
CH4
CH7
AGND
+15V
DGND
VCC
DGND
VCC
+15V
-15V
CH2
J9
J12
J12
J12
J12
J109
IZ Det
IZ Det
AGND
J109 11 IZ Det
04671
CBL, Motherboard to Transmitter Board (Multidrop Option)
GND
RX0
RTS0
TX0
CTS0
RS-GND0
RTS1
CTS1/485-
RX1
TX1/485+
RS-GND1
RX1
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
P12 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
2
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
2
14
13
12
11
10
8
6
9
7
5
P12 14 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
P12 13 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
P12 12 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
P12 11 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
P12 10 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
8
6
9
7
5
9
7
5
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
9
7
5
TX1/485+
RS-GND1
054840000 CBL, Valve Driver & Pump Power
+12V
+12V RET
+12V
+12V RET
+12V
+12V RET
Relay Board
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
1
2
3
4
5
6
Photo Ref Valve
Photo Ref Valve
O3 Valve
O3 Valve
Pump
055220000
055220000
055220000
055220000
047020000
047020000
1
2
1
2
1
2
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Pump
056310100 CBL, I2C Signal
+15V
AGND
SCL
SDA
Shield
SCL
SDA
SCL
SDA
+15V
AGND
IZS Lamp Supply
IZS Lamp Supply
IZS Lamp Supply
IZS Lamp Supply
Motherboard
IZS Lamp Supply
IZS Lamp Supply
Motherboard
041660100
041660100
041660100
041660100
058021400
041660100
041660100
058021400
058021400
045230100
045230100
P1
P1
P1
P1
J107
P1
1
2
3
4
6
3
4
3
5
4
3
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
041660500
041660500
041660500
041660500
041660500
041660500
J5
J5
J3
J3
J3
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
4
3
1
2
5
3
4
3
4
1
2
Relay Board
Bench Lamp Supply
Bench Lamp Supply
Bench Lamp Supply
Bench Lamp Supply
Bench Lamp Supply
Bench Lamp Supply
P1
J107
J107
J10
J10
Motherboard
Relay Board
Relay Board
05673
06737
CBL, Pump Adapter
115VAC
230VAC
Neutral
Jumper
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
Relay Board
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
J2
J2
J2
J2
1
5
2
3
Pump
Pump
Pump
Relay Board
037070000
037070000
037070000
045230100
1
2
3
4
J2
CBL, I2C to AUX I/O (Analog In Option)
ATX-
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
J106
J106
J106
J106
J106
J106
J106
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
ATX+
LED0
ARX+
ARX-
LED0+
LED1+
D-4
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
T703 Interconnect List
(Reference: 073600100A DCN5882)
CONNECTION FROM
CONNECTION TO
PN
Cable Part
#
Signal
Assembly
PN
J/P Pin
Assembly
J/P Pin
06738
CBL, CPU COM to AUX I/O (USB Option)
RXD
DCD
DTR
TXD
DSR
GND
CTS
RTS
RI
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Aux I/O PCA
0673000 or -02
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
COM1 10 Aux I/O PCA
06738
CBL, CPU COM to AUX I/O (Multidrop Option)
RXD
DCD
DTR
TXD
DSR
GND
CTS
RTS
RI
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
069500000
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
COM1 10 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop
06739
CBL, CPU Ethernet to AUX I/O
ATX-
CPU PCA
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
067300100
067300100
067300100
067300100
067300100
067300100
067300100
067300100
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ATX+
LED0
ARX+
ARX-
LED0+
LED1
LED1+
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
06741
06746
CBL, CPU USB to Front Panel
GND
CPU PCA
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
USB
USB
USB
USB
8
6
4
2
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
JP9
JP9
JP9
JP9
LUSBD3+
LUSBD3-
VCC
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CBL, MB TO 06154 CPU
GND
RX0
RTS0
TX0
CTS0
RS-GND0
RTS1
CTS1/485-
RX1
TX1/485+
RS-GND1
RX1
TX1/485+
RS-GND1
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
058021400
P12
2
Shield
P12 14 CPU PCA
P12 13 CPU PCA
P12 12 CPU PCA
P12 11 CPU PCA
P12 10 CPU PCA
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
P12
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
485
1
8
4
7
6
8
7
1
4
6
1
2
3
8
6
9
7
5
9
7
5
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
485
485
WR256
CBL, Transmitter to Interface
LCD Interface PCA
066970000
J15
Transmitter PCA
068810000
J1
07223B DCN6378
D-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
This page intentionally left blank.
D-6
07223B DCN6378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
07223B DCN6378
D-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
+15V
R2
1.1K
S1
D
C
B
A
VR2
D
C
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
ASCX PRESSURE SENSOR
2
3
C2
1.0UF
1
LM4040CIZ
TP4 TP5
S1/S4_OUT S2_OUT
TP3
S3_OUT
TP2
10V_REF
TP1
GND
+15V
J1
3
2
1
6
5
4
S2
1
2
3
4
5
6
ASCX PRESSURE SENSOR
MINIFIT6
+15V
R1
499
S3
VR1
1
2
3
FLOW SENSOR
FM_4
2
3
C1
1.0UF
CN_647 X 3
1
+15V
LM4040CIZ
S4
C3
1.0
1
2
3
4
CON4
SCH, PCA 04003, PRESS/FLOW, 'E' SERIES
The information herein is the
property of API and is
APPROVALS
DATE
submitted in strictest con-
fidence for reference only.
Unauthorized use by anyone
for any other purposes is
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
in it may not be duplicated
without proper authorization.
DRAWN
A
CHECKED
APPROVED
SIZE DRAWING NO.
REVISION
B
04354
D
LAST MOD.
3-Dec-2007
SHEET
1
1
of
1
2
3
4
07223B DCN6378
D-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
R
1
S
E
E
T
A
B
L
E
C
1
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
1
V
0
0
p
f
-
1
5
R
6
0
1
.
K
C
4
1
0
.
u
f
V
R
1
P
D
H
1
O
T
O
C
E
L
L
R
4
T
T
P
_
1
P
5
K
-
1
5
V
5
K
T
E
S
L
U
U
1
R
5
0
R
2
2
3
1
1
0
R
3
0
6
PHOTO_OUT
1
.
0
K
1
1
.
K
2
3
4
5
6
O
P
A
1
2
4
C
3
0
+
C
N
1
.
u
1
5
V
.
P
.
-
1
5
V
1
5
V
V
C
C
C
5
0
.
1
u
f
C
1
2
I
C
R
O
I
T
+
1
5
V
.
0
u
f
V
C
C
U
2
1
5
V
V
R
1
2
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
6
N
C
D
N
N
D
D
0
K
O
S
D
D
L
T
6
0
S
3
-
2
.
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
5
4
3
2
1
0
V
C
1
2
REF_2.5V
PHOTO_OUT
I
N
O
U
T
R
R
E
E
-
S
S
C
D
C
N
C
0
6
1
I
I
N
N
N
N
.
u
f
-
D
D
V
C
C
N
L
T
C
2
4
1
3
C
0
.
1
P
C
A
V
E
R
S
I
O
N
T
A
B
L
E
P
4
C
1
A
2
R
4
2
1
0
0
0
-
-
0
0
0
0
0
0
.
9
9
4
1
2
0
0
2
.
0
PCA, UV DETECTOR PREAMP
The information herein is the
property of API and is
A
P
P
R
O
V
A
L
S
D
A
T
E
submitted in strictest con-
fidence for reference only.
Unauthorized use by anyone
for any other purposes is
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
in it may not be duplicated
without proper authorization.
D
R
A
W
N
U
S
A
C
H
E
C
K
E
D
S
I
E
D
R
A
W
I
N
N
O
.
R
E
V
I
S
I
O
N
A
04420
B
A
P
P
R
O
V
E
D
L
A
3
S
T
u
O
D
0
.
S
H
E
E
1
T
-
A
g
-
2
0
4
1
o
f
1
2
3
4
07223B DCN6378
D-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
P2
LAMP OUTPUT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
T1
PE-6196
TP2
TEST_PLUG
R5
TIP126
Q1
P1
D
C
B
D
C
B
A
4.7K, 2W
+15V
1
2
3
4
C4
.01
D3
D4
R4
100
RP2D
4.7K
TP4
TEST_PLUG
C3
220
C2
0.1
+
1N4148
D6
1N4148
D5
HEADER 4
D1
1N4148
IRF520
Q2
IRF520
Q3
1N4148
1N4148
R2
R3
D2
1N4148
5.1K
5.1K
R6
330
VCC
VCC
RP2C
4.7K
R7
3.9K
U3
Vdd GND
C6
.033
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
A0
A1
Vout
SDA
SCL
PD
TP1
TEST_PLUG
+15V
JP1
JUMPER2
U1B
LM358
RP2A
4.7K
AD5321-RM8
1
2
6
5
R14
10
7
+15V
RP2B
4.7K
3
4
C5
.01
3
16
2
VREF
SYNC
VREF
+15V
R12
22
11
14
8
OUTPUT A
NONINV. INPUT
CT
R13
22
5
R1
2.21K
OUPUT B
TP3
TEST_PLUG
R15
150
7
SOFT START
INV. INPUT
SHUTDOWN
OSC. OUTPUT
DISCHARGE
RT
VR2
+15V
1
6
VCC
3
2
C9
0.1
C11
.0047
C12
0.1
10
4
12
9
R16
3.9K
1
GROUND
COMP
+15V
C7
1.0UF
U1A
2
3
C8
0.1
1
U2
SG3525
LM4040CIM3
LM358
+15V
C13
0.1
C1
470
+
C10
0.1
NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC APPLIES TO THE FOLLOWING PCA'S:
CHANGE NOTES
PCA#
04166-0000
NOTE
M400E BENCH AND IZS LAMP SUPPLY
SHUNT INSTALLED IN J1 FOR BENCH SUPPLY
SHUNT NOT INSTALLED IN J1 FOR IZS SUPPLY
SCH, UV LAMP DRIVER, M450
REV. DATE
8/1/02
CHANGE DESCRIPTION
INITIAL
KL
The information herein is the
property of API and is
APPROVALS
DATE
A
A
INITIAL RELEASE
submitted in strictest con-
fidence for reference only.
Unauthorized use by anyone
for any other purposes is
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
in it may not be duplicated
without proper authorization.
DRAWN
KL
3/4/97
CHECKED
SIZE DRAWING NO.
REVISION
B
04421
A
APPROVED
LAST MOD.
1-Aug-2002
SHEET
1
1
of
1
2
3
4
5
6
07223B DCN6378
D-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
R1
J1
30R, 50W
1
2
3
4
5
6
TH1
HEADER 6
THERMISTOR
Rev
A
Date
8/1/02
Change Description
Eng
KL
Initial release for PCA schematic
SCH, DC HEATER/THERMISTOR
The information herein is the
property of API and is
APPROVALS
DRAWN
DATE
submitted in strictest con-
fidence for reference only.
Unauthorized use by anyone
for any other purposes is
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
in it may not be duplicated
without proper authorization.
CHECKED
SIZE DRAWING NO.
REVISION
B
04422
A
APPROVED
LAST MOD.
SHEET
1-Aug-2002
1
1
of
1
2
3
4
07223B DCN6378
D-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l
T
r
a
c
e
W
i
d
t
h
R
e
q
u
i
r
e
m
e
n
t
s
1
2
3
4
.
.
.
.
V
c
c
(
+
5
V
)
a
n
d
I
2
C
V
C
C
s
h
o
u
l
d
b
e
1
5
m
i
l
D
i
g
i
t
i
a
l
a
g
r
o
u
n
d
s
V
s
r
h
o
u
u
l
d
b
s
e
a
t
l
e
a
s
t
2
0
m
i
l
s
A
C
_
L
i
n
e
+
1
2
V
n
d
+
1
2
e
t
r
n
h
o
u
l
d
b
e
3
0
R
m
E
i
l
s
J
1
A
C
_
L
i
n
e
A
l
l
A
C
l
i
n
e
s
(
A
C
L
i
n
e
,
A
a
C
N
e
u
t
r
a
l
,
L
A
Y
0
-
4
,
A
l
l
s
i
g
n
a
l
s
o
n
J
P
2
)
s
h
o
u
l
d
b
e
3
0
m
i
l
s
w
i
d
e
,
w
i
t
h
1
2
0
m
i
l
1
i
s
o
l
a
t
i
o
n
/
c
r
e
e
p
a
g
e
d
i
s
t
a
n
c
e
r
o
u
n
d
l
t
h
e
m
2
3
4
A
C
_
N
e
u
t
r
a
l
5
.
.
T
r
a
a
c
e
s
b
e
t
w
e
e
n
J
7
-
J
1
2
s
h
o
u
d
b
e
s
t
m
o
p
a
n
d
s
b
o
t
t
o
m
a
n
d
a
t
l
e
a
s
t
1
4
0
m
i
l
s
.
A
C
_
N
e
u
t
r
a
l
6
T
r
c
e
s
t
o
t
h
e
t
e
s
t
p
o
i
n
t
s
c
a
n
b
e
a
s
a
l
l
a
1
0
m
i
l
s
.
4
P
I
N
R
E
L
A
Y
0
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
V
C
C
R
E
L
A
Y
1
R
N
1
R
1
R
2
3
3
0
2
.
2
K
2
.
2
K
R
E
L
A
Y
0
R
E
L
A
Y
1
R
E
L
A
Y
2
J
P
2
H
e
a
t
e
r
C
o
n
f
i
g
J
u
m
p
e
r
J
2
1
6
P
I
N
K
1
K
2
K
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
4
R
E
L
A
Y
2
C
O
M
M
O
N
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
L
O
A
D
0
J
P
1
I
2
C
_
V
c
c
T
S
0
R
E
E
E
L
A
Y
0
I
2
C
_
V
c
c
3
4
3
4
3
R
C
E
L
A
Y
0
1
2
+
-
+
-
+
-
3
5
7
4
6
8
T
T
T
S
0
O
M
M
O
N
1
S
1
2
L
O
A
D
1
S
L
D
-
R
L
Y
S
L
D
-
R
L
Y
S
L
D
-
R
L
Y
S
T
S
1
R
R
L
A
Y
1
H
E
A
D
E
R
4
X
2
R
C
E
L
A
Y
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
O
M
M
O
N
2
D
1
I
2
C
_
V
c
c
L
O
A
D
2
D
2
D
3
D
4
D
7
D
8
D
9
D
1
0
W
D
O
G
A
C
_
N
e
u
t
r
a
l
T
S
2
L
A
Y
2
R
E
D
R
E
L
A
Y
2
U
1
Y
E
L
Y
E
L
Y
E
L
G
R
N
G
R
N
G
R
N
G
V
R
A
N
C
1
0
.
1
2
1
4
R
L
0
R
L
1
R
L
2
V
A
0
V
A
1
V
A
2
3
A
0
P
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
2
3
1
5
6
7
8
9
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
C
T
R
L
-
0
A
1
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
+
1
2
V
C
T
R
L
-
1
A
2
C
T
R
L
-
2
I
N
T
J
3
I
O
3
I
O
3
2
2
3
I
O
4
S
C
L
1
S
C
L
I
O
4
U
2
A
2
0
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
S
D
A
2
3
4
5
S
D
A
I
N
T
F
1
F
4
2
A
1
3
5
2
4
6
4
A
P
T
C
I
N
T
E
R
R
U
P
T
O
R
P
T
C
I
N
T
E
R
R
U
P
T
O
R
I
O
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
I
O
1 0
1 1
1 2
1 3
1 4
1 5
I
O
1
2
3
4
5
S
N
7
4
H
C
0
4
TP10
TP11
C
O
N
5
I
O
D
D
4
D
6
D
A
1
R
I
O
I
O
U
2
B
6
A
R
E
C
T
I
F
I
E
R
E
C
T
I
F
I
E
R
I
O
V
C
C
I
O
Q
1
I
O
V
C
C
I
O
I
O
I
O
V
U
A
L
V
E
_
P
O
W
E
R
R
3
J
4
2
0
K
R
5
P
C
F
8
5
7
5
5
1
1
0
K
1
6
5
4
0
9
1
2
3
6
7
8
V
V
V
V
A
L
V
E
0
I
N
4
O
U
T
4
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
U
2
C
U
4
I
2
C
_
V
c
c
1
1
1
I
R
F
7
2
0
5
I
N
3
K
3
A
L
V
E
1
2
E
N
A
B
L
E
O
U
T
I
N
2
O
U
U
T
2
V
C
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
A
L
V
E
V
V
V
G
B
A
T
T
R
E
S
E
T
I
N
1
K
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
O
U
T
R
E
S
E
T
'
O
T
J
P
4
A
L
V
E
3
C
C
W
D
O
'
U
2
D
N
D
C
D
I
N
'
1
C
3
R
6
U
D
N
2
5
4
0
B
(
1
6
)
B
A
T
T
_
O
N
C
D
O
U
T
'
2
3
8
P
I
N
1
1
0
K
9
1
8
1
L
O
W
L
I
N
E
'
W
D
I
V
L
V
_
E
N
A
B
O
S C
C
I
N
P
F
O
'
O
S
S
E
L
P
F
I
W
T
C
D
G
O
V
R
D
D
V
2
U
2
E
C
1
6
+
+
+
1
5
T
V
S
C
5
C
6
J
P
3
R
4
D
1
8
7
C
4
1
0
/
1
6
2
0
0
0
/
2
5
M
A
X
6
9
3
1
M
1
0
+
2
2
u
F
1
2
1
0
/
1
6
C
2
D
L
4
1
4
0
.
0
0
1
H
E
A
D
E
R
1
X
2
f
i
n
d
l
o
w
E
S
R
e
l
e
c
t
r
o
y
t
i
c
+
1
2
R
E
T
T
P
1
T
P
2
T
P
3
T
P
4
T
P
5
T
P
6
T
P
7
TP12
+
1
2
V
D
G
N
D
+
5
V
A
G
N
D
+
1
5
V
-
1
5
V
+
1
2
R
T
D
C
P
W
R
I
N
K
E
Y
B
R
D
M
T
H
R
B
R
D
S
Y
N
C
D
E
M
O
D
S
P
A
R
E
R
E
V
A
U
T
H
D
A
/
T
E
0
J
5
J
7
J
8
J
9
J
1
0
J
1
1
J
1
2
J
1
3
D
G
N
D
B
C
A
C
1
0
3
/
2
C
E
M
A
R
K
L
I
N
E
V
O
L
T
A
G
E
T
R
A
C
E
S
P
A
C
I
N
G
F
I
X
D
G
N
D
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
+
5
V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
V
C
C
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
A
G
N
D
D
E
R
R
J
T
5
0
/
2
1
/
6
/
0
/
7
1
A
A
d
d
d
d
a
l
t
e
r
n
a
C
t
e
2
t
h
e
r
m
o
c
o
u
p
l
e
,
c
o
n
n
1
e
c
t
o
r
s
A
G
N
D
+
1
5
V
1
5
1
C
2
0
,
1
,
C
2
2
,
T
P
1
0
T
P
1
,
T
P
1
2
+
1
5
V
A
G
N
D
-
1
5
V
-
1
5
V
+
1
2
R
T
+
1
2
R
E
T
+
1
2
V
T
i
t
l
e
+
1
2
V
T
e
l
e
d
y
n
e
A
P
I
E
G
N
D
C
H
S
_
G
N
D
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
1
O
D
C
N
:
6
d
1
d
6
o
1
c
E
B
0
4
5
2
4
C
N
1
0
T
H
R
O
U
G
H
C
O
N
1
0
T
H
R
O
U
G
H
C
O
N
1
0
T
H
R
O
U
G
H
C
O
N
1
0
T
H
R
O
U
G
H
C
O
N
1
0
T
H
R
O
U
G
H
C
O
N
1
0
T
H
R
O
U
G
H
C
O
N
1
0
T
H
R
O
U
G
H
P
r
i
n
t
e
u
m
e
n
t
s
a
r
e
u
n
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
d
C
O
N
1
0
T
H
R
O
U
G
H
D
a
t
e
:
7
/
1
1
/
2
0
1
1
S
h
e
e
t
o
f
1
3
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
4
5
2
4
-
E
_
p
1
.
s
c
h
D
o
c
D
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
1
2
3
4
5
6
07223B DCN6378
D-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
u
x
R
e
l
a
y
C
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
A
C
_
L
i
n
e
J
P
6
A
C
_
L
i
n
e
H
e
a
t
e
r
C
o
n
f
i
g
J
u
m
p
e
r
J
1
1
8
1
6
P
I
N
C
O
M
M
O
N
3
R
E
L
A
Y
3
L
O
A
D
3
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
T
S
3
R
E
L
A
Y
3
R
N
2
R
E
L
A
Y
4
R
C
E
L
A
Y
3
A
B
C
A
B
C
D
3
3
0
T
S
3
4
O
M
M
O
N
4
T
S
L
O
A
D
4
T
S
4
R
E
L
A
Y
4
R
E
L
A
Y
3
R
E
L
A
Y
4
R
E
L
A
Y
4
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
K
4
K
5
1
2
1
2
4
A
C
_
N
e
u
t
r
a
l
A
C
_
N
e
u
t
r
a
l
I
2
C
_
V
c
c
3
4
3
I
2
C
_
V
c
c
+
-
+
-
J
P
7
S
L
D
-
R
L
Y
S
L
D
-
R
L
Y
5
4
3
2
1
1
0
9
8
7
6
J
P
7
C
o
n
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
S
6
5
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
P
u
m
p
s
W
o
r
l
d
P
u
m
p
s
D
5
D
6
D
1
1
D
1
2
D
1
3
D
1
4
D
1
5
D
1
6
0
0
H
z
:
:
3
-
-
8
6 0
5 0
6 0
5 0
H
H
H
H
z
/
1
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
-
-
-
-
1
1
1
4
4
5
5
0
0
V :
V :
V :
V :
3
3
3
3
-
-
-
-
8
8
8
8
,
,
,
,
4
-
-
-
-
9
,
2
-
7
P
U
M
P
Y
E
L
Y
E
L
G
R
N
G
R
N
G
R
N
G
R
N
G
R
N
G
R
N
H
z
2
7
,
5
-
1
0
z
/
1
2
2
1
2
2
4
1
1
9
,
2
-
7
,
5
-
1
0
J
2
0
M
I
N
I
-
F
I
T
1
0
z
/
6
6
1
2
3
4
z
/
,
5
-
1
0
V
A
5
V
A
6
V
A
7
V
A
4
T
R
0
T
R
1
R
L
3
R
L
4
A
C
_
N
e
u
t
r
a
l
A
C
_
L
i
n
e
A
C
_
L
i
n
e
I
O
3
C
T
R
L
-
3
I
O
3
I
O
4
C
T
R
L
-
4
I
O
4
I
O
1
1
1
0
1
2
V
C
C
I
O
1 0
1 1
1 2
I
O
I
O
U
3
A
I
O
V
A
L
V
E
_
P
O
W
E
R
I
O
J
6
I
O
1
3
1
9
2
U
6
I
O
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
6
5
4
0
9
1
2
3
6
7
8
V
a
l
v
e
4
I
N
4
O
U
T
4
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1
1
1
1
I
N
3
K
3
V
a
l
v
e
5
S
N
7
4
H
C
0
4
V
L
V
_
E
N
A
B
E
N
A
B
L
E
O
U
T
T
I
N
2
O
U
2
U
3
D
V
a
l
v
e
6
I
N
1
K
1
O
U
T
8
V
a
l
v
e
7
U
D
N
2
5
4
0
B
(
1
6
)
0
1
2
3
4
U
3
B
D
D
3
U
3
E
C
1
7
+
1
5
V
T
V
S
I
O
1
4
3
3
4
1
I
O
1
4
5
1
1
1
0
2
2
u
F
C
O
N
1
4
V
C
C
U
3
C
+
1
2
R
E
T
U
3
F
5
6
M
T
5
M
F
1
M
F
2
M
F
3
M
T
6
I
O
1
5
1
2
I
O
1
J
1
9
+
1
2
V
V
1
2
C
1
3
0
.
1
V
C
C
M
I
N
I
F
I
T
-
2
X
1
X
2
X
3
U
2
F
Q
2
I
R
L
3
3
0
3
1
3
1
2
J
1
4
M
T
K
2
M
T
K
1
+
1
2
1
2
M
I
N
I
F
I
T
-
2
Q
4
Q
3
U
s
e
5
0
m
i
l
t
r
a
c
e
s
D
I
R
L
3
3
0
3
I
R
L
3
3
0
3
J
2
1
T
i
t
l
e
+
1
2
V
1
+
1
2
R
E
T
2
T
e
l
e
d
y
n
e
A
P
I
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
D
C
N
:
d
6
1
d
6
o
1
c
M
I
N
I
F
I
T
-
2
B
0
4
5
2
4
E
P
r
i
n
t
e
u
m
e
n
t
s
a
r
e
u
n
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
d
D
a
t
e
:
7
/
1
1
/
2
0
1
1
S
h
e
e
t
o
f
2
3
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
4
5
2
4
-
E
_
p
2
.
s
c
h
D
o
c
D
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
1
2
3
4
5
6
07223B DCN6378
D-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
+
1
5
V
R
2
3
C
7
T
C
1
_
K
C
O
M
P
A
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
6
.
8
1
K
0
.
1
C
1
2
-
1
5
V
T
C
1
_
J
C
O
M
P
A
0
.
0
1
C
2
1
T
C
1
_
G
N
D
Z
R
3
0
.
0
1
R
2
1
R
3
1
M
9
T
H
E
R
M
O
C
O
U
P
L
E
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
U
7
A
1
k
4
.
7
V
O
M
E
G
A
3
2
J
1
7
F
4
J
1
5
1
1
/
8
A
M
P
F
U
S
E
1
R
1
3
-
2
2
3
4
1
0
K
1
+
T
C
1
_
G
N
D
T
C
A
R
2
5
R
7
O
P
A
2
2
7
7
F
3
1
4
K
2
0
K
1
/
8
A
M
P
F
U
S
E
J
1
5
A
C
1
0
M
I
C
R
O
F
I
T
-
4
-
1
5
V
Z
R
1
C
0
2
0
1
-
R
1
5
0
.
1
2
3
V
.
0
1
0
K
T
C
1
_
J
G
A
I
N
A
T
C
1
_
J
G
A
I
N
B
T
C
1
_
G
N
D
1
Z
R
2
+
0
.
0
1
C
8
3
V
+
1
5
V
T
H
E
R
M
O
C
O
U
P
L
E
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
R
1
7
1
M
R
1
1
H
A
M
I
T
H
E
R
M
5
K
U
8
T
C
1
_
5
M
V
A
T
C
1
_
5
M
V
B
3
1
M
T
O
U
T
R
1
0
C
2
0
2
T
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
_
_
_
J
G
A
I
N
A
A
J
M
P
5
1
R
9
1
0
p
F
8
7
5
C
9
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
5
M
V
I
C
R
O
F
I
T
-
2
0
J
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
J
C
O
M
P
A
1
0
K
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
K
C
N
O
M
P
A
K
0
.
1
G
D
T
C
A
A
T
C
P
R
O
G
R
A
M
M
I
N
G
S
O
C
K
E
T
J
G
A
I
N
R
-
5
M
V
A
J
C
O
M
P
A
K
C
O
M
P
A
L
T
1
0
2
5
G
N
D
T
C
B
A
0
J
G
A
I
N
*
*
*
G
R
O
U
N
D
E
D
T
H
E
R
M
O
r
C
O
U
P
L
E
r
S
A
R
E
E
X
P
E
C
T
E
e
D
B
Y
D
u
E
F
s
A
U
L
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
5
M
V
B
N
o
e
x
t
r
a
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n
s
a
e
n
H
T
e
c
e
s
s
a
y
f
o
r
g
r
o
u
n
d
e
d
t
h
r
m
o
c
o
p
l
e
F
O
R
U
T
K
N
G
R
O
U
N
D
E
D
T
o
E
R
M
O
C
O
U
P
C
L
B
E
S
J
C
O
M
P
B
s
h
o
r
t
C
X
_
G
N
D
T
C
A
t
C
X
_
G
N
D
T
K
G
C
O
M
P
B
-
1
5
V
F
1
O
R
n
T
H
E
R
M
0
O
C
O
U
P
L
r
E
:
N
D
T
C
B
B
)
I
s
t
a
l
l
C
N
0
0
0
1
5
6
f
o
t
h
e
r
m
o
c
o
u
p
l
e
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
J
G
A
I
N
2
4
)
)
S
h
o
r
t
o
n
l
y
T
C
X
_
K
C
P
O
M
P
A
t
o
T
C
X
_
K
C
O
M
P
B
o
c
n
e
T
C
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
m
i
n
g
P
l
u
g
5
M
V
B
L
e
a
v
e
T
C
X
_
J
C
C
O
M
X
p
i
n
s
o
f
t
h
e
p
l
u
g
u
n
c
o
n
n
e
t
d
J
C
O
M
P
B
*
*
F
O
R
J
t
T
H
l
E
R
M
O
O
U
P
L
r
E
:
h
R
3
2
0
T
C
2
_
K
C
O
M
P
A
K
C
O
M
T
P
B
T
H
E
R
M
O
C
O
U
P
L
E
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
1
2
3
4
)
I
n
s
a
l
t
t
C
N
0
0
0
0
1
5
5
f
o
t
e
r
m
o
c
o
u
p
l
e
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
M
G
N
D
C
B
)
)
)
S
h
o
r
T
C
X
X
_
J
C
O
M
P
A
A
t
o
T
C
X
J
C
O
M
P
B
o
n
T
C
P
r
o
g
r
a
a
m
m
m
i
n
g
g
P
l
u
g
O
M
E
G
A
F
6
T
C
2
_
J
C
O
M
P
A
S
h
o
a
r
T
C
_
J
G
A
I
N
t
o
T
C
X
_
J
G
t
A
I
N
B
o
n
u
T
C
P
n
r
o
g
r
m
i
n
P
l
u
g
Z
R
4
J
1
6
1
/
8
A
M
P
F
U
S
E
L
e
v
e
T
C
X
_
K
C
O
M
P
X
p
i
n
s
o
P
f
h
e
p
l
u
g
n
c
o
n
e
c
t
e
d
-
2
U
7
B
D
E
F
A
U
L
T
O
e
U
T
P
U
T
I
u
S
1
0
m
V
E
R
D
E
G
C
4
.
7
V
1
R
2
4
F
o
r
5
m
V
p
r
d
e
g
C
o
t
p
u
t
,
s
h
o
r
t
T
C
X
_
5
M
V
A
T
O
T
C
X
_
5
M
V
B
+
5
T
C
2
_
G
N
D
T
C
A
F
5
7
6
.
8
1
K
1
/
8
A
M
P
F
U
S
E
R
1
8
6
Z
3
R
V
6
R
2
2
1
Z
R
5
R
1
1
6
T
C
2
_
G
N
D
1
0
K
J
1
6
A
+
1
5
V
0
K
R
1
2
6
R
8
K
O
P
A
2
2
7
7
k
-
4
.
3
K
2
0
2
3
V
C
1
5
1
0
.
0
1
+
C
1
1
T
C
2
_
J
G
A
I
N
A
T
C
2
_
J
G
A
I
N
B
T
H
E
R
M
O
C
O
U
P
L
E
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
H
A
M
I
T
H
E
R
M
U
1
0
0
.
0
1
T
C
2
_
G
N
D
3
R
2
8
T
O
U
T
R
1
1
M
4
T
C
2
_
5
M
V
A
T
C
2
_
5
M
V
B
5
K
8
7
5
T
C
2
_
J
C
O
M
P
B
J
R
1
1
M
2
C
1
4
T
C
2
_
K
C
O
M
P
B
K
0
.
1
R
2
7
R
-
1
0
K
L
T
1
0
2
5
T
i
t
l
e
T
e
l
e
d
y
n
e
A
P
I
D
C
N
:
6
d
1
6
u
1
m
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
P
r
i
n
t
e
d
o
c
e
n
t
s
a
r
e
u
n
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
d
B
0
4
5
2
4
E
D
a
t
e
:
7
/
1
1
/
2
0
1
1
S
h
e
e
t
o
f
3
3
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
4
5
2
4
-
E
_
p
3
.
s
c
h
D
o
c
D
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
1
2
3
4
5
6
07223B DCN6378
D-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
DIGOUT2
SHDN
DIGIO0
D[0..7]
SHDN
DIGIO0
D[0..7]
IOW
D[0..7]
IOW
DIGIO4
DIGIO4
05801b-P8.sch
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
DIGOUT
SHDN
D[0..7]
SHDN
D[0..7]
IOW
DIGIO2
DIGIO3
IOW
DIGIO2
DIGIO3
D[0..7]
D[0..7]
05801b-P7.sch
DIGIN
D[0..7]
DIGIO4
D[0..7]
DIGIO4
IOR
DIGIO0
IOR
DIGIO0
05801b-P6.sch
SENSORIN
D[0..7]
TEMPMUX
DACMUX
TEMP
IOW
DAC1
TEMPMUX
DACMUX
TEMP
IOW
DAC1
D[0..7]
DAC0V
DAC0
DAC1V
DAC3V
DAC2V
SHDN
D[0..7]
DAC0V
DAC0
DAC1V
DAC3V
DAC2V
SHDN
DAC2
DAC3
DAC2
DAC3
05801b-P5.sch
ANAIN
IOR
VFREAD
D[0..7]
VFPROG
DACMUX
CHGAIN
IOR
VFREAD
D[0..7]
VFPROG
DACMUX
CHGAIN
TEMPMUX
IOW
SHDN
VREF
TC6
TEMPMUX
IOW
SHDN
VREF
TC6
TC7
TC8
D[0..7]
TC7
TC8
05801b-P4.sch
ANAOUT
IOW
D[0..7]
DACV
CSDACA
CSDACB
DAC0
DAC1
DAC2
DAC3
SHDAC
IOW
DAC0V
DAC3V
DAC1V
DAC2V
WRDAC
VREF
DAC0V
DAC3V
DAC1V
DAC2V
WRDAC
VREF
D[0..7]
D[0..7]
DACV
CSDACA
CSDACB
DAC0
DAC1
DAC2
DAC3
SHDAC
TC2
TC2
05801b-P3.sch
sheet2
05801b-P2.sch
PC104 IF
D[0..7]
D[0..7]
IOW
IOR
SHDAC
DIGIO3
DIGIO4
TEMP
DACV
WRDAC
VFPROG
D[0..7]
IOW
IOR
SHDAC
DIGIO3
DIGIO4
TEMP
DACV
WRDAC
VFPROG
CHGAIN
VFREAD
SHDN
DIGIO0
DIGIO2
TC1
SHDN
I2C_RESET
I2C_DRV_RST
I2C_RESET
I2C_DRV_RST
CHGAIN
VFREAD
SHDN
DIGIO0
DIGIO2
TC1
SHDN
I2C_RESET
I2C_DRV_RST
I2C_RESET
I2C_DRV_RST
05801b-P1.sch
Title
Size
Schematic for E Series G5 Motherboard PCA PN 05802
Number
Revision
05083
B
Orcad B
Date:
File:
11-May-2009
Sheet
0
of
8
N:\PCBMGR\05801RJ-E-series MotherboarDdraGweneBrayt:ion 5\Source\05801b.ddb
1
2
3
4
5
6
07223B DCN6378
D-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
J101A
PC104
U2
74HC154
A203
A212
A21
A230
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
1
11
A
Y0
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
Y8
DIGIO0
DIGIO1
OC
CLK
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
3
GND
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
B
C
D
U6A
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
IOW
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
DIGIO2
DIGIO3
DIGIO4
TEMP
DACV
WRDAC
VFPROG
CHGAIN
VFREAD
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
J108
74HC32
DO0
DO1
DO2
DO3
DO4
DO5
DO6
DO7
DI0
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI6
DI4
DI2
DI0
DO6
DO4
DO2
DO0
DI7
DI5
DI3
DI1
DO7
DO5
DO3
DO1
IC0000191
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A142
A153
TP2
U7
74HC541
RN16 47Kx8
6
9
U50B
U50D
8
ENAB2
9
U50C
1
10
10
11
13
14
15
16
17
G1
G2
74HC32
74HC32
D
C
B
A
Y9
IOR 19
D
C
B
A
A8
A9
A8
A9
Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
Y14
Y15
74HC32
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
0X32C
0X32D
0X32E
0X32F
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
Y8
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
74HC574
U8
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
AEN
A124
A135
9
11
R25
18
19
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
G1
G2
NOT INSTALLED
VCC
U1
B0
74HC688
VCC
VCC
2
DI5
DI6
DI7
20
3
U50A
3
18
5
16
7
IOW 1
TP44
R59
B7
B1
B6
B2
B5
B3
B4
A0
A7
A1
A6
A2
A5
A3
A4
47k, 5%
TP56
MICROFIT-16
74HC32
AEN
R24
2.2K, 5%
19
U51D
P=Q
IOCHRDY
12
13
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
14
9
11
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
TC1
VCC
12
2
ADDR = 0x360 (DEFAULT)
ADDR = 0x320 (JP1 INSTALLED)
JITO-2-DC5F-10OHM
VCC
DS5
A10
74HC08
LED, RED, smt 1206
DD0000061
A11 17
A4
A5 15
A6
A7 13
A8
A9 11
VCC
X3
Pins 1&2 shorted on PCB
4
JP7
AEN
1
U4B 74HC74
1
4
10
11
D0 12
9
8
PRE
CLK
D
Q
I2C_RESET
D7
6
1
EN
2
3
IOCHECK
IOEN
R3
2.2K, 5%
R4
Q
VCC
TP61TP60TP59
8
C38
13
2.2K, 5%
CLR
J101B
PC104
HEADER3-DEFAULTED-1
0.15 uF, ceramic
J107
10
GND
DGND
SDA
VCC
SCL
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
D[0..7]
1
2
3
4
5
6
GND
GND
OSC
+5V
JP1
R38
2
1
U4A
SYSCLK
2.2K, 5%
U39
4
3
2
1
5
6
PRE
CLK
D
Q
Q
I2C_DRV_RST
U51B
U10
1
PCF8584
VCC
IDC-HEADER
4
VCC
INT
2
D1
CLK
I2C_RESET
BALE
4
5
6
19
IACK
INT
A0
RESET
TC
CLR
INT
20
1
DACK2
IRQ3
4
5
A0
6
INLINE-6
74HC74
74AHC1GU04
2
TP64
TP62
TP63
JP2
IRQ4
IRQ5
IRQ6
IRQ7
1
17
16
18
J106
CS
RD
WR
shorted - sldr side
IOR
IOW
3
2
KBINT
SDA
VCC
74HC08
SCL
SDA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
SYSCLK
REFRESH
DRQ1
DACK1
DRQ3
DACK3
IOR
VCC
JP3 IDC-HEADER
J102
D0
7
8
9
11
12
13
14
15
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SCL
C39
R5
47k, 5%
DGND
IOR
IOW
IOR
IOW
U5A 74HC74
IOW
10
1.2 uF, 10V
MICROFIT-8
4
3
2
1
5
VSS
JP6
SMEMR
SMEMW
(KEY)
+12V
PRE
CLK
D
Q
Q
2
1
IDC-HEADER
9
6
VCC
8
U51A
1
+12V
CLR
U6C
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
10
ENDXFR
3
IOEN
-12V
2
RS0000514
74HC32
DRQ2
-5V
SHDN
R40
R39
U5B
74HC08
IRQ9
+5V
10
11
12
13
9
8
422 1%
422 1%
PRE
CLK
D
Q
Q
SHDN
RESETDRV
12
13
SHDAC
SCL
GND
11
DS6
SCL DS7
DD0000087
SDA
CLR
U6D
74HC74
BLUE
74HC32
BLUE
IC0000184
VCC
JP5
9
IRQ10
IRQ12
2
1
1
VCC
8
U51C
IDC-HEADER
10
KBINT
U3
JP4
e d i s r d l s - d e t r o h s
74HC08
74HC32
0.15 uF, ceramic
2
SDA12
13
C3
6
7
11
WDI RESET
U20D
R61
47k, 5%
IC0000191
LTC699CS8
Title
Size
Notes:
Schematic for E Series G5 Motherboard PCA PN 05802
1) This schematic is for PCA 05802
2) This schematic is for PCB 05801
Number
Revision
05803
B
Orcad B
Date:
File:
11-May-2009
Sheet
1
of
8
PC104CD
N:\PCBMGR\05801RJ-E-series MotherboarDdraGweneBrayt:ion 5\Source\05801b.ddb
1
2
3
4
5
6
07223B DCN6378
D-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
J1010
DB9 FEMALE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
RX1
TX1
RS-GND1
RX for Com1
RTS1
CTS1
TX for Com1
DS2
DS1
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
A
K
K
A
TV1
TV ARRAY
SMDA15LCC
LED, GRN, smt 1206
LED, RED
R111
-15V
R11
R12
4.9K, 5%
4.9K, 5%
10k, 1%
J1013
J12
DCE side of switch is side towards pin 1,
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
NC
RX0
RTS0
TX0
CTS0
RS-GND0
RX1
RTS1
TX1
CTS1
RS-GND1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
RXD
TXD
NC
GND
NC
RTS
CTS
NC
3
4
5
6
7
8
11
9
DB9M
DTE
10
12
VCC
R2
2.2K, 5%
R13
NOT INSTALLED
R14
R1
2.2K, 5%
INLINE-12
SW1001
SW SLIDE-4PDT
TV ARRAY
VCC
NOT INSTALLED
R10
TV2
SMDA15LCC
DS4
DS3
2
NOT INSTALLED
1
2
1
Z1
Z2
Z3
LED, RED
TX for Com2
LED, GRN
MOUNTING HOLE MOUNTING HOLE MOUNTING HOLE
RX for Com2
MT6
MT7
MT8
MT9
MOUNTING HOLE MOUNTING HOLE MOUNTING HOLE
MOUNTING HOLE
TP13 TP14
TP15 TP16 TP17 TP18
VCC
+12V +12VRET+15V
-15V
MT1
MT2
MT3
MT4
MT5
MOUNTING HOLE MOUNTING HOLE MOUNTING HOLE
MOUNTING HOLE
MOUNTING HOLE
J15
8
7
1
4
6
3
2
5
+12V
AUX DC POWER IN
+12RET
DGND
+15V
VCC
-15V
AGND
+5V
AGND
EGND
CHASGND
9
10 uF, 35V, TANTALUM
C2
D1
10
C1
10 uF, 35V, TANTALUM
+
+
DD_71
MOLEX-10
MBRS340CT
D9
D1, D9 & R35 must be
within 1" of J15
MBRS340CT
R35
NOT INSTALLED
Title
Size
Schematic for E Series G5 Motherboard PCA PN 05802
Number
Revision
05803
B
Orcad B
Date:
File:
11-May-2009
Sheet
2
of
8
N:\PCBMGR\05801RJ-E-series MotherboarDdraGweneBrayt:ion 5\Source\05801b.ddb
1
2
3
4
5
6
07223B DCN6378
D-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
ISOLATED 0-20MA OPTIONAL BOARDS
U20B
DACV
IOW
4
5
DACV
IOW
6
TP26
VCC
TC2
DAC, 12 BIT
+15V
74HC32
U20C
U31
C18
0.15 uF, ceramic
4
3
2
1
5
DOUT VOA
0.15 uF, ceramic
CSDACA
D0
CLK
6
7
8
CS
DIN
GND
VCC
CLK VOB
ANALOG VOLTAGE & CURRENT OUTPUTS
J1020
FE BEAD
9
DUAL DAC A1
8
CLK
-15V
J19
2
+15V
OPA4277UA
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L15
10
POT, DIGITAL
C10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
U32
D
C
B
A
WRDAC
0
0G
1
1G
2
2G
3
3G
D
C
B
A
23
22
24
21
3
+
-
1
3
5
7
74HC32
U35A
SOCKET U31
A1
W1
B1
AGND1
2
4
6
8
1
3
5
7
R64 22
1
4
6
8
2
RS0000421
0.15 uF, ceramic
11
12
14
13
IDC-8
CS
U30
OC
CLK
74HC574
D0
CLK
SDI
CLK
SDO
TV ARRAY
TV4
1
11
TP28
C12
-15V
FE BEAD
J21
TERMBLOCK-8
2
4
6
8
1
3
5
7
2
4
6
8
1
D0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19 CSDACA
18 CSRANGE1
17 CSDACB
16 CSRANGE2
15
14
13
12
4
2
1
5
6
+
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
CSDACA
CSDACB
W2
B2
AGND2
3
5
7
R19
R17
C21
10000 pF
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
7
U35B
VCC
3
-
10k, 1%
18.7K
A2
OPA4277UA
15
10
IDC-8
C7
10000 pF
DAC0
DAC1
DAC2
DAC3
RS
SHDN
TV ARRAY
TV3
J23
C15
10000 pF
16
9
2
4
6
8
1
3
5
7
VCC
VCC
2
4
6
8
1
C14
3
5
7
0.15 uF, ceramic
D[0..7]
C20
10000 pF
DGND
DAC RANGE & OFFSET PROGRAM
IDC-8
C4
10000 pF
DAC1
SHDAC
19
18
20
17
10
9
+
U35C
J24
A3
W3
B3
AGND3
R65 22
C5
10000 pF
8
2
4
6
8
1
3
5
7
2
4
6
8
1
-
3
5
7
+15V
TP21TP58
TP32
0.15 uF, ceramic
OPA4277UA
Install J24 for
4-20 mA on 4th
channel.
C13
OPA2277
10000 pF
R15 40K
C6
8
6
5
12
13
+
HEADER-IDC8
W4
B4
AGND4
R23
R22
18.7K
C19
10000 pF
3
2
+
14
U35D
-
VREF
Install R36 &
R37 if 4-20 mA
on 4th channel
not used.
R36
R37
0
0
1
7
10k, 1%
U29A
A4
-
OPA4277UA
RS0000510
C53
R63
10k, 1%
0.15 uF, ceramic
0.15 uF, ceramic
TP27
VCC
J22
C8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
U33
-15V
DAC, 12 BIT
+15V
DAC3V
DAC2V
DAC1V
DAC0V
C17
0.15 uF, ceramic
4
5
6
7
8
DOUT VOA
CS
DIN
CSDACB
3
2
1
0.15 uF, ceramic
GND
VCC
D0
CLK
DUAL DAC A2
CLK VOB
OPA4277UA
POT, DIGITAL
DAC 2
C9
U36A
U34
23
22
24
21
3
+
-
SOCKET U33
A1
W1
B1
AGND1
R66
22
1
9
9
2
10
10
0.15 uF, ceramic
MICROFIT-10
11
12
14
13
CS
D0
CLK
C11
-15V
SDI
CLK
SDO
TP29
OPA4277UA
U36B
DAC3V
DAC2V
DAC1V
DAC0V
VCC
4
2
1
5
6
+
-
W2
B2
AGND2
R16
18.7K
R18
5
6
+
-
7
7
3
10k, 1%
U29B
A2
OPA2277
15
10
RS
SHDN
SHDAC
16
9
VCC
VCC
C16
0.15 uF, ceramic
DAC3
DGND
D7
OPA4277UA
U36C
DD_71
19
18
20
17
10
9
+
-
MBRS340CT
D8
A3
A4
W3
B3
AGND3
R67
22
8
TP33
12
OPA4277UA
U36D
MBRS340CT
8
6
5
+
-
Title
Size
18.7K
R20
W4
B4
AGND4
R21
14
Schematic for E Series G5 Motherboard PCA PN 05802
D7 and D8
7
13
10k, 1%
Must be located
within 1" of U32 &
Number
05803
Revision
B
Orcad B
Date:
File:
11-May-2009
Sheet 3 of
8
N:\PCBMGR\05801RJ-E-series MotherboDarradwGneBnye:ration 5\Source\05801b.ddb
1
2
3
4
5
6
07223B DCN6378
D-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
CH7
CH6
CH4
CH3
CH2
CH1
CH14
CH13
CH12
CH11
CH9
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
IC0000127
OPA2277UA
CH8
+15V
6
6
7
8
9
7
8
9
R43
100
-15V+15V
+15V
+
10
11
12
10
11
12
C40
0.15 uF, ceramic
C41
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
ANALOG INPUTS
C55
0.15 uF, ceramic
TP1
TP3
10 uF, 35V, TANTALUM
VREF AGND
J110
J109
RS0000282
1.0K
U52
MICROFIT-12
MICROFIT-12
ADCVREF
7
R76
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
19
28
1
3
2
+
-
IN 1
IN 2
IN 3
IN 4
IN 5
IN 6
IN 7
IN 8
OUT
+VSS
-VSS
GND
R45 induces an
offset in analog
signal to give a
'live 0' for sensors
with 0 or slightly
negative output
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
1
1M, 1%, 1206 CHIP
R45
U53A
OPA2277
TC7
C42 0.15 uF, ceramic
5
6
+
-
U53B
27
12
TEMPMUX
0.15 uF, ceramic
C46
CH6
CH7
CH8
CH9
C43
0.15 uF, ceramic
OPA2277
C44
U54
VCC
+15V
13
2
3
18
14
15
16
17
IN 9
VREF
NC
NC
ENB
A3
A2
A1
A0
-15V
U55
VCC
.022 uF, 50V
100
4
5
6
7
8
18
C45
+
IN 10
IN 11
IN 12
IN 13
IN 14
IN 15
IN 16
OP OUT
OP-
OP+
5VI
10VI
COMP+
17
CH11
CH12
CH13
CH14
DG444DY
R46
COMP-
16
3
14
11
6
1
16
2
VCC
S1
S2
S3
S4
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
D1
D2
D3
D4
VCC
-VS
AGND
15
1.1K, 5%
R47
15
10
7
12
4
10 uF, 35V, TANTALUM
GND
14
FOUT
VREFCLIP
R48 200
DACMUX
4
C47
9
8
5
13
GND
+VS
VCC
AD652KP
+15V
C54
0.15 uF, ceramic
AN MUX
RN14 100Kx8
RN15 100Kx8
R77
10.0K
RS0000287
-15V
R47 and R48 reduce the gain
for analog inputs by 1%, so
that we can read slightly
above full scale, to prevent
overflow of ADC reading
1.2 uF, 6.3V ceramic
U56
-15V
+15V
CA_185
C48
JITO-2-DCA5AE-4.8MHZ
X2
R49
100
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
TP48
C49
NC
NC
NC
VIN
PLACE 100
OHM
RESISTOR AS
CLOSE AS
POSSIBLE TO
X1 AND X2
X1
RS0000409
1
4
1
+15V
0.15 uF, ceramic
D11
BAS70-00
+
10 uF, 35V, TANTALUM
VREF
VOUT NR
TRIM GND
C104
0.15 uF
C50
1.0 uF, 25V
MB100H-4.8MHZ
5
R78
84.5K
VCC
VOLTAGE REF
TC6
IC0000158
1
D5
D6
D2
R79
3
2
+
R9 100
20.0K
U61A
-
DD0000086
RS0000275
TP49
1
2
LF353
CHGAIN
IOW
3
C105
TP57
U59A
74HC32
DD0000085
D10
0.15 uF
U58
74HC574
-15V
BAS70-04
1
SHDN
OE
CLK
VCC
TC8
R80
11
RN17
100Kx8
D4
D3
D7
7
8
9
39
20.0K
DB4
RDMBYTE
DB3
GND
DB7
TIE
TIE
DB0
TDI
TIE
38
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19
Q1
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
10
5
5
6
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
+
TIE
37
18
7
VCC
C51
0.15 uF, ceramic
U61B
-
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
TIE
36
R81
84.5K
17
16
15
14
13
12
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
VCC
TIE
35
U57
LF353
D12
BAS70-00
FREQ
34
33
32
31
30
29
TIE
TIE
D0
C52
0.15 uF, ceramic
VCCIO
GND
TDO
R82
SEL60
9
Xilinx CPLD
C
10.0K
TMS
TCK
SEL60
SEL60
D[0..7]
-15V
TP50
U60
TP51
TP52
TP53
TP54
TP55
74HC574
4
5
1
11
VFPROG
OE
CLK
6
D1
U59B
74HC32
IOW
IOR
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
SA
SB
SC
START
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
VFREAD
MSB
MID
LSB
Title
Schematic for E Series G5 Motherboard PCA PN 05802
Size
Number
Revision
Orcad B
05803
B
Date:
File:
11-May-2009
Sheet
4
of
8
N:\PCBMGR\05801RJ-E-series MotherboarDdraGweneBrayt:ion 5\Source\05801b.ddb
1
2
3
4
5
6
07223B DCN6378
D-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
+15V
+5VANA
U23
IN
ON/OFF NC
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
1
3
5
4
BYPASS CAPS
MUST BE WITHIN
1/2" OF THE
REGULATOR
INPUT/OUTPUT
PINS
OUT
C60
+
10 uF, 35V, TANTALUM
LP2981IM5
C29
1 uF
D[0..7]
THERMISTER
XT1
VCC +15V
Install XT1 (through hole)
OR XT2 (SMD),
but not both.
U48
MAX382CWN
+5VANA
9
14
15
4
3
2
17
16
18
1
XT2
TEMPMUX
OUT
+VSS
GND
V-
ENB
A0
A1
A2
RS
WR
THERMISTER1
J27
5
6
7
8
13
12
11
10
THERMISTER1
IN 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
THERMISTER2
THERMISTER3
THERMISTER4
THERMISTER5
THERMISTER6
THERMISTER7
THERMISTER8
THERMISTER
IN 2
IN 3
IN 4
IN 5
IN 6
IN 7
IN 8
D0
D1
D2
SHDN
THERMISTER8
9
THERMISTER7
THERMISTER6
THERMISTER5
THERMISTER4
THERMISTER3
THERMISTER2
10
11
12
13
14
12
13
TEMP
IOW
11
U59D
R75
R74
R73
R72
R71
R70
R69
R68
RS0000287
10K 1% 10K 1% 10K 1% 10K 1% 10K 1% 10K 1% 10K 1% 10K 1%
74HC32
MICROFIT-14
+15V-15V
U49
RN18 1Kx4
2
15
10
7
12
4
3
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
DAC0V
DAC1V
DAC2V
DAC3V
DACMUX
C36 0.15 uF, ceramic
D1
D2
D3
D4
VCC
-VS
GND
+VS
S1
S2
S3
DAC0V
DAC1V
DAC2V
DAC3V
14
11
6
1
16
9
10K
S4
R34
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
VCC
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
DAC0
DAC1
DAC2
DAC3
5
13
8
C37
0.15 uF, ceramic
RN21 10Kx4
DG444DY
Title
Size
Schematic for E Series G5 Motherboard PCA PN 05802
Number
Revision
05803
B
Orcad B
Date:
File:
11-May-2009
Sheet
5
of
8
N:\PCBMGR\05801RJ-E-series MotherboarDdraGweneBrayt:ion 5\Source\05801b.ddb
1
2
3
4
5
6
07223B DCN6378
D-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
CONTROL INPUTS
VCC
RN3
470x8
TP7
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
RN2
15Kx8
U11
U12
PS2702-4
1
19
G1
G2
DIGIO0
IOR
J1004
1
16
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
Y8
L19
L20
L21
2
3
15
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4
5
13
12
EXTERNAL
CONTROL
IN
A
FE BEAD
L8
L22
6
7
11
10
74HC541
D[0..7]
8
9
10
L9
TERMBLOCK-10
10000 pF
EXT_+5V_OUT
10000 pF
R27 R28 R29
100 100 100
R31 R32 R33
100 100 100
R26
100
R30
100
330 pF, 50V
330 pF, 50V
330 pF, 50V
U13
PS2702-4
330 pF, 50V
1
16
L23
2
3
15
14
L24
L26
4
5
13
12
L25
FE BEAD
Place these termination resistors at the end of each data
line. Each data line
should be laid out as a daisy-chain, the signal passing
from one IC to the next.
6
7
11
10
8
9
10000 pF
VCC
10000 pF
RN4
15Kx8
U14
RN1
1
19
G1
G2
DIGIO4
IOR
330x4
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
18 D0
17 D1
16 D2
15 D3
14 D4
13 D5
12 D6
11 D7
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
Y8
U15
PS2702-4
J1006
1
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
EXTERNAL
CONTROL
L28
L29
L30
L27
2
3
15
14
IN
B
D[0..7]
4
5
13
12
74HC541
L11
FE BEAD
10000 pF
L10
6
7
11
10
10
TERMBLOCK-10
8
9
EXT_+5V_OUT
Title
Schematic for E Series G5 Motherboard PCA PN 05802
Size
Number
Revision
B
10000 pF
05803
Orcad B
Date:
File:
11-May-2009
Sheet
6
of
8
N:\PCBMGR\05801RJ-E-series MotherboarDdraGweneBrayt:ion 5\Source\05801b.ddb
1
2
3
4
5
6
07223B DCN6378
D-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
VCC
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
RN10
470x8
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
C80
U22
PS2702-4
16
C82
10000 pF
1
TP19
C79
C81
SHDN
2
3
15
14
SHDN
U24
74HC574
10000 pF
4
1
11
4
5
13
12
DIGIO2
OE
CLK
L43
6
U6B
IOW
5
L44
L45
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19
6
7
11
10
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
Q1
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
74HC32
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
FE BEAD
L46
8
9
J1017
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A STATUS OUTPUTS
U25
PS2702-4
L48
1
16
L49
L50
D[0..7]
2
3
15
14
FE BEAD
9
L47
4
5
13
12
10
11
12
6
7
11
10
C84
C86
TERMBLOCK-12
10000 pF
L12
8
9
C83
C85
FE BEAD
C26
C27
10000 pF
RESETTABLE FUSE, 0.3A, 60V
F1
D6
L13
FE BEAD
EXT_+5V_OUT
VCC
DIODE, SCHOTTKY
Title
Size
Schematic for E Series G5 Motherboard PCA PN 05802
Number
Revision
05803
B
Orcad B
Date:
File:
11-May-2009
Sheet
7
of
8
N:\PCBMGR\05801RJ-E-series MotherboarDdraGweneBrayt:ion 5\Source\05801b.ddb
1
2
3
4
5
6
07223B DCN6378
D-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
VCC
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
RN7
510x8
U16
PS2702-4
16
SHDN
1
SHDN
U17
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
10000 pF
74HC574
2
3
15
14
9
1
11
DIGIO0
OE
CLK
8
U59C
10000 pF
IOW
10
4
5
13
12
L32
L33
L34
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
74HC32
6
7
11
10
FE BEAD
L31
8
9
J1008
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
U18
PS2702-4
16
D[0..7]
L36
L37
L38
CONTROL OUTPUTS
1
2
3
15
14
FE BEAD
9
L35
4
5
13
12
10
11
12
13
14
6
7
11
10
CO_EXT_RET
8
9
TERMBLOCK-14
FE BEAD
L59
VCC
EXTERNAL CONNECTOR
SOLDER SIDE
10000 pF
RN5
510x8
10000 pF
10000 pF
U19
PS2702-4
16
1
SHDN
2
3
15
14
U21
74HC574
1
2
1
11
4
5
13
12
DIGIO4
IOW
OE
CLK
L40
L41
L42
3
U20A
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
6
7
11
10
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
74HC32
FE BEAD
L39
8
9
10000 pF
10000 pF
+12V
D2
RELAY SPDT
K1
2
5
4
1
3
DIODE, SCHOTTKY
Q1
J1009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
R58
+12V
1
D3
1
RELAY SPDT
2.2K, 5%
K2
EXTERNAL
REAR PANEL
ALARM OUTPUTS
SO2222
DIODE, SCHOTTKY
Q2
2
5
4
1
3
RELAY SPDT
K3
R6
2
5
4
1
3
+12V
10
11
12
D4
2.2K, 5%
SO2222
DIODE, SCHOTTKY
Q3
TERMBLOCK-12
+12V
D5
RELAY SPDT
K4
2
5
4
1
3
R7
2.2K, 5%
SO2222
DIODE, SCHOTTKY
Q4
R8
Title
Size
2.2K, 5%
SO2222
Schematic for E Series G5 Motherboard PCA PN 05802
Number
Revision
B
+12VRET
05803
Orcad B
Date:
File:
11-May-2009
Sheet
8
of
8
N:\PCBMGR\05801RJ-E-series MotherboarDdraGweneBrayt:ion 5\Source\05801b.ddb
1
2
3
4
5
6
07223B DCN6378
D-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
M
T
1
M
T
2
M
T
3
M
T
4
M
T
5
M
T
6
M
T
7
M
T
8
M
T
9
S
D
A
S
D
A
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
T
P
1
T
P
2
J
1
J
1
4
+
5
V
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
T
P
3
T
P
4
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
3
.
3
V
F
B
1
+
5
V
F
B
1
6
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
S
C
L
S
C
L
F
B
2
F
B
1
7
R
6
R
1
R
2
R
3
R
4
R
5
0
0
3
9
3
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
3
9
3
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
K
1
0
K
1
0
K
1
0
K
1
0
K
1
0
K
o
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
D
i
t
h
B
U
/
D
L
/
R
a
H
S
y
n
c
a
V
s
y
n
c
M
d
e
5
V
-
G
N
D
J
2
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
5
5
2
1
B
k
l
g
h
t
+
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
F
B
3
B
k
l
g
h
t
-
i
B
a
c
k
L
i
g
h
t
D
r
i
v
e
R
0
4
7
R
4
8
R
4
6
N
I
J
7
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
N
I
V
c
o
m
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
a
a
a
G
G
G
2
4
6
a
a
a
G
G
G
3
5
7
C
1
M
o
d
e
a
n
n
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
3
2
1
u
6
F
B
/
6
.
2
3
V
C
2
0
_
a
a
a
D
V
H
a
t
E
c
c
a
a
a
a
a
a
n
a
b
l
e
3
.
3
V
J
M
K
J
2
6
K
L
0
.
0
2
2
s
y
+
5
V
J
P
2
C
A
1
1
2
S
y
I
n
t
e
=
=
r
E
n
a
n
i
l
a
s
D
i
t
h
e
r
i
n
g
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
a R
a R
a R
2
4
6
a R
a R
a R
3
5
7
B
B
B
B
B
B
7
1
3
0
1
b
l
b
e
J
3
1
a B
a B
a B
a B
a B
a B
7
6
5
4
3
2
2
5
8
1
4
7
6
5
4
3
2
D
a
l
e
3
5
7
9
1
3
5
7
9
1
N
I
F
B
4
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
4
6
S
U
c
/
a
D
0
1
0
1
n
D
L
i
/
r
e
c
t
i
S
o
n
c
a B
a B
a B
2
4
6
a B
a B
a B
3
5
7
5
V
-
G
N
D
R
1
0
0
1
a
D
n
,
D
L
R
R
i
R
r
.
U
D
U
D
J
8
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
7
9
U
,
D,
L
L
a
a
B
B
1
0
a
a
a
a
a
a
N
I
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
G
G
G
0
2
4
G
G
G
1
3
5
a
D
C
L
K
G
G
G
G
G
G
7
6
5
4
3
2
U
,
L
R
a G
a G
a G
a G
a G
a G
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
0
2
1
1
1
D
E
N
(
1
=
H
,
0
=
L
)
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
R
2
m
1
p
D
e
f
a
u
l
t
:
R
2
1
B
R
R
R
0
2
4
R
R
R
1
3
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
B
3
0
B
-
P
H
D
S
S
(
L
F
)
(
S
N
)
1
3
5
7
9
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
3
5
j
u
e
r
B
B
B
5
4
3
a
a
G
G
1
0
a
a
a
a
a
a
M
o
d
e
1
1
6
8
B
B
B
0
2
4
B
B
B
1
3
5
B
A
C
K
L
R
R
R
R
R
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
b
D
C
L
K
a R
a R
a R
a R
a R
a R
7
6
5
4
3
2
C
3
2
2
u
F
/
6
.
2
3
V
C
4
0
1
B
B
B
2
1
0
6
X
3
J
u
m
p
e
r
J
M
K
3
1
6
B
J
2
6
K
L
0
A
.
0
2
2
D
E
N
C
_
1
2
0
R
2
8
C
V
K
5
G
G
G
5
4
3
2
1
2
u
F
/
J
6
2
.
3
C
6
a
R
1
0
B
3
0
B
-
P
H
D
S
S
(
L
F
)
(
S
N
)
J
M
K
3
6
B
2
6
L
0
.
0
0
_
2
2
a
R
C
A
1
1
2
G
G
G
2
1
0
3
.
3
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
L
U
/
R
D
/
V
g
h
R
R
R
5
4
3
R
0
7
0
V
AV
g
d
l
1
K
d
J
P
3
a
R
e
s
e
t
1
3
C
7
V
c
o
m
2
R
R
R
2
1
0
1
.
1
0
0
D
i
t
h
B
G
M
K
1
0
7
B
J
5
K
A
4
6
5
8
1
L
/
R
7
9
4
4
1
2
G
M
8
0
0
4
8
0
X
-
7
0
-
T
T
X
2
N
L
W
U
/
D
C
L
5
8
6
-
0
5
2
9
-
2
1
1
0
2
1
C
L
5
8
6
-
0
5
2
7
-
7
4
X
3
J
u
m
p
e
r
Make
FEMA
Model
GM800480W
FG0700A0DSWBG01 3-2, 6-5, 9-8, 12-11, 15-14, 18-17
JP2
JP3
1-2, 4-5, 7-8, 10-11, 13-14, 16-17
1-2, 4-5, 7-8, 10-11
2-3, 5-6, 8-9, 11-12
2-3, 5-6, 8-9, 11-12
T
i
t
l
e
Data Image
G
U
I
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
United Radiant Tech. UMSH-8173MD-1T
2-3, 4/5/6 NC, 7/8/9 NC, 10-11, 13-14, 16/17/18 NC
0
6
6
9
8
D
B
D
a
t
e
:
:
6
N
/
:
2
4
C
/
2
B
0
1
M
0
G
S
D
h
r
e
a
e
w
t
n
o
f
:
1
4
F
i
l
e
\
P
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
6
9
6
.
P
1
.
R
3
.
s
c
h
d
o
c
B
y
R
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
07223B DCN6378
D-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
T
P
5
A
V
d
d
:
+
1
0
.
4
V
R
8
R
9
T
P
6
3
0
9
K
C
8
0
.
0
0
1
4
8
7
K
C
D
2
1
4
A
D
-
1
B
1
4
0
L
F
+
5
V
A
V
d
d
D
2
L
1
3
.
3
V
L
2
B
k
l
g
h
h
t
t
+
2
1
2
2
u
H
K
A
C
1
1
3
.
9
u
H
C
9
7
C
1
0
R
8
1
1
T
P
7
2
2
6
u
B
F
J
/
2
6
2
.
3
V
M
B
R
M
1
2
0
L
T
1
G
R
1
0
C
1 2
K
4
.
u
F
/
1
6
V
T
P
8
4
.
7
u
F
/
1
6
V
C
1
4
G
M
K
1
0
7
B
J
1
0
5
K
A
J
M
K
3
1
6
K
L
0
6
K
C
2
1
4
3
p
T
M
3
2
5
5
V
B
J
2
2
6
M
M
V
g
l
:
-
7
V
U
1
1
0
K
1
.
0
f
2
2
u
f
/
2
5
4
1
3
G
M
K
1
0
7
B
J
1
0
5
K
A
C
1
5
V
i
n
S
W
1
.
0
R
1
2
V
g
l
S
H
D
N
F
B
B
k
l
g
-
D
B
3
A
1
K
R
6
1
3
R
2
1
0
4
T
5
4
S
9
C
1
6
9
.
7
.
S
U
P
R
0
1
0
5
K
1
2
2
1
8
1
0
9
7
8
3
2
5
V
-
G
N
D
D
R
V
N
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
0
.
3
3
F
B
F
B
N
D
4
C
1
7
R
1
6
7
C
A
T
4
1
3
9
T
D
-
G
T
3
U
2
D
R
V
P
B
A
T
5
4
S
F
D
V
3
1
0
5
N
C
1
3
8
3
4
6
4
K
0
.
3
3
R
G
E
F
0
.
G
Q
1
T
P
S
6
5
1
5
0
P
W
P
6
2
5
0
3
C
P
I
N
D
?
F
B
P
P
G
N
D
D
R
8
1
0
7
6
V
G
H
R
1
8
K
3
.
3
V
P
G
N
8
0
.
6
K
5
V
-
G
N
D
V
C
O
M
C
0
1
.
9
1
2
C
T
R
L
3
3
G
D
R
6
1
6
9
.
C
O
M
P
5
K
C
2
0
2
T
P
9
+
5
V
0
.
2
0
2
5
H
T
S
N
K
V
g
h
:
+
1
6
V
B
A
C
K
L
C
2
1
4
7
0
p
f
3
.
3
V
V
g
h
R
u
2
m
e
7
p
fa
C
3
5
C
2
6
C
2
3
C
2
4
C
2
5
j
D
e
u
r
T
P
1
0
R
2
3
C
2
2
2
f
l
t
:
R
2
7
B
0
.
1
3
3
K
4
p
4
3
p
f
4
3
p
f
4
3
p
f
0
.
1
V
c
o
m
:
+
4
V
R
3
1
R
2
4
R
1
2
0
5
K
R
2
6
5
V
-
G
N
D
A
B
V
c
o
m
+
5
V
1
0
K
1
0
K
3
.
3
V
U
3
C
2
7
0
1
0
K
D
e
f
a
u
l
t
:
R
3
1
B
1
.
G
M
K
1
0
7
B
J
1
0
5
K
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
1
1
1
D
e
f
a
u
l
t
:
N
I
A
A
A
O
1
2
P
P
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
R
2
2
j
u
m
p
e
r
P
P
P
P
P
P
B
a
c
k
l
l
i
g
h
t
e
P
B
r
i
g
h
t
n
e
s
2
s
2
C
o
n
t
R
r
o
2
l
7
1
1
4
5
S
S
C
D
L
A
S
S
C
D
L
A
0
1
2
M
a
i
n
_
t
_
S
S
W
S
1
R
N
Y
N
R
N
N
3
1
O
O
C
m
o
n
e
m
t
r
–
o
V
M
o
d
L
a
n
g
e
l
e
c
t
S
2
R
e
o
t
i
–
d
e
o
o
r
t
O
A
B
B
S
W
_
4
6
1
3
R
e
o
r
t
e
I
2
C
f
E
S
O
p
t
.
M
a
i
n
S
w
I
N
T
S
W
_
4
6
P
C
F
8
5
7
4
O
p
t
.
L
a
n
g
.
S
w
.
F
i
x
e
d
B
i
g
h
t
(
d
e
a
u
l
t
)
O
B
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
T
i
t
l
e
G
U
I
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
0
6
6
9
8
D
B
D
a
t
e
:
:
6
N
/
:
2
4
C
/
2
B
0
1
M
0
G
S
D
h
r
e
a
e
w
t
n
o
f
:
2
4
R
F
i
l
e
\
P
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
6
9
6
.
P
2
.
R
3
.
s
c
h
d
o
c
B
y
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
07223B DCN6378
D-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
+
5
V
U
S
B
-
B
-
M
I
N
I
6
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
3
.
3
V
3
.
3
V
-
R
E
G
J
9
1
4
8
6
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
O
U
T
I
N
J
P
4
S
H
T
D
N
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
B
P
C
2
8
1
u
F
C
2
9
U
4
4
7
0
p
f
D
_
N
P
C
1
3
0
5
V
-
G
N
D
u
F
D
_
F
B
1
3
J
P
5
J
1
0
C
3
8
R
3
0
4
K
5
V
-
G
N
D
G
N
D
R
T
1
0
1
Y
E
L
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
1
u
F
R
L
2
3
4
5
S
D
C
3
7
0
.
0
1
u
F
1
K
D
S
1
L
L
5
V
-
G
N
D
L
T
R
2
9
R
3
0
5
K
U
5
R
1
3
0
1
0
T
o
5
n
5
e
3
w
T
S
c
r
e
e
n
0
0
K
4
1
S
C
L
+
V
E
7
0
-
0
0
4
S
C
L
2
4
M
H
Z
S
D
A
3
2
S
D
A
O
U
T
-
V
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
J
1
1
F
B
7
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
L
L
N
I
R
3
2
1
2
3
4
5
R
L
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
5
V
-
G
N
D
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
4
3
2
1
S
D
G
D
D
N
+
-
D
1
8
7
6
5
R
T
C
3
1
2
3
4
L
T
U
S
B
-
A
_
R
/
A
0
.
1
u
F
J
4
+
5
V
R
3
9
K
R
3
3
5
V
-
G
N
D
1
0
0
T
7
o
o
5
l
3
d
T
S
4
c
r
e
e
n
1
0
0
K
U
7
F
1
0
5
-
0
0
R
4
5
5
V
-
G
N
D
J
1
2
+
5
V
N
I
+
5
V
F
B
8
0
.
5
A
/
6
V
T
S
H
A
R
C
-
1
2
C
R
2
0
0
.
1
C
3
9
C
4
0
A
1
5
V
-
G
N
D
0
.
1
u
F
4
9
.
9
3
7
B
U
S
+
5
G
N
D
0
C
.
1
B
A
C
H
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
5
9
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
F
B
5
1
8
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
P
O
P
3
+
O
P
T
W
R
3
2
2
R
V
1
1
T
V
S
U
S
/
V
-
+
2
-
P
A
P
R
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
V
B
U
S
C
H
S
C
S
5
V
-
G
N
D
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
+
3
.
3
C
4
1
W
R
F
B
9
C
3
2
F
U
U
X
S
S
T
L
8
B
B
B
L
K
V
I
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
4
3
2
1
3
.
V
C
G
D
D
+
N
+
-
D
1
u
0
.
1
U
8
1
2
3
4
8
1
.
8
7
6
5
U
S
B
2
5
1
4
-
A
E
Z
G
C
S
U
S
B
-
A
_
V
E
R
T
C
I
N
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
W
R
5
V
J
5
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
1
.
L
S
L
L
R
3
6
E
S
R
U
9
+
3
.
3
C
6
0
u
1
2
K
+
3
.
3
L
F
2
0
.
1
F
C
3
3
C
3
4
+
5
V
+
5
V
0
.
1
u
F
0
.
1
F
B
1
0
0
.
5
A
/
6
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
C
4
2
5
V
-
G
N
D
0
.
1
u
F
D
D
1
_
N
P
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
1
_
D
D
D
D
D
D
4
_
_
_
_
_
_
P
N
P
N
P
N
4
3
3
2
2
5
V
-
G
N
D
1
K
5
V
-
G
N
D
F
B
1
1
4
3
2
1
C
4
3
C
4
F
4
G
D
D
+
N
+
-
D
R
3
8
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
D
S
2
0
.
1
u
F
1
u
G
R
N
U
S
B
-
A
_
V
E
R
T
R
0
3
0
7
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
J
6
1
K
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
U
1
1
C
.
3
1
6
5
V
-
G
N
D
0
u
F
F
3
+
5
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
F
B
1
2
0
.
5
A
/
6
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
C
4
5
0
.
1
u
F
5
V
-
G
N
D
C
o
d
n
e
u
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
3
S
e
l
e
c
t
M
o
a
R
2
R
4
A
B
5
D
M
t
e
f
B
l
l
t
A
B
,
U
1
S
T
i
t
l
e
G
U
I
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
I
n
s
a
l
0
0
K
f
o
r
A
0
O
h
m
f
o
r
B
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
0
6
6
9
8
D
B
D
a
t
e
:
:
6
N
/
:
2
4
C
/
2
B
0
1
M
0
G
S
D
h
r
e
a
e
w
t
n
o
f
:
3
4
R
F
i
l
e
\
P
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
6
9
6
.
P
3
.
R
3
.
s
c
h
d
o
c
B
y
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
07223B DCN6378
D-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
3
.
3
V
T
O
U
C
H
S
C
R
E
E
N
I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
C
I
R
C
U
I
T
R
Y
(
T
B
D
)
F
B
1
1
N
5
T
C
6
1
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
0
.
1
J
1
3
J
1
5
0
0
0
R
R
R
4
5
5
9
0
1
M H 1
M H 2
M H 3
M H 4
7
2
9
4
5
6
3
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Y
0
_
P
1
U
6
Y
0
_
_
N
P
1
Y
0
_
P
9
8
1
0
4
5
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
2
4
5
4
6
Y
1
1
Y
0
0
1
1
2
2
P
M
P
M
M
P
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
a
a
a
a
a
a
R
R
R
R
R
R
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
3
4
5
6
7
Y
0
_
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
0
R
5
2
Y
Y
Y
Y
1
_
P
1
1
1
1
7
9
0
1
3
4
5
7
9
0
1
3
5
6
7
Y
Y
1
_
N
1
1
1
_
N
2
_
N
0
R
5
3
2
_
N
P
0
R
5
4
2
_
Y
2
_
P
1
L
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
0
0
R
5
5
2
1
0
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
C
K
O
U
T
_
N
1
a G
a G
a G
a G
a G
a G
2
1
1
3
6
7
b
D
C
L
K
C
C
C
L
L
L
K
K
K
O
U
T
M
P
R
5
6
C
L
K
O
U
T
_
N
C
L
K
O
U
T
_
P
1
I
N
C
L
K
O
U
T
_
P
I
N
D
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
6
H
E
A
D
E
R
-
7
X
2
S
H
T
D
N
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
a B
a B
a B
a B
a B
a B
N
C
2
3
4
4
8
6
2
8
V
V
V
V
C C
C C
C C
C C
R
4
0
R
4
3
R
4
1
R
4
2
R
4
4
3
.
3
V
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
G
3
1
6
8
-
0
5
0
0
0
2
0
2
-
0
0
1
0
K
F
B
1
8
1
2
2
0
L
P
V
D
S
/
V
C
C
B
D
A
a
C
K
E
L
3
.
3
V
L
L
V
C
C
a
t
a
n
a
b
l
e
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
7
3
8
N
O
r
e
e
S
n
T
e
n
c
Y
4
E
c
u
o
:
e
L
L
L
V
V
V
D
D
D
S G
S G
S G
ND
ND
ND
3
2
3
3
4
1
1
G
N D
N D
N D
N D
N D
C
6
2
T
w
o
h
i
s
v
e
g
e
b
a
C
c
k
O
l
P
i
g
h
0
m
t
c
o
n
t
L
r
o
l
D
(
B
S
n
A
T
C
K
n
T
n
L
s
)
m
T
f
r
i
o
m
C
P
U
b
o
a
r
d
5
2
8
4
G
G
G
G
i
n
I
t
_
o
0
p
9
6
V
r
a
e
t
t
e
r
d
.
e
F
B
B
6
T
h
n
C
n
)
c
i
o
U
n
f
-
r
i
u
n
s
4
2
o
t
h
L
n
v
i
o
c
e
o
ct
n
n
d
e
c
t
o
r
1
2
9
1
P
P
L
L
G
N
N
D
D
0
.
1
(
p
V
i
N
t
o
1
2
3
m
t
b
e
b
r
o
k
e
a
d
c
o
n
n
e
t
o
F
1
4
L
L
G
3
.
V
c
c
P
I
N
2
8
V
c
c
P
I
N
3
6
V
c
c
P
I
N
4
2
V
c
c
P
I
N
4
8
S
N
7
5
L
V
D
S
8
6
A
C
3
6
4
6
C
4
9
C
4
7
C
5
0
C
4
8
C
5
1
C
5
3
C
5
2
C
5
4
2
3
2
u
F
B
/
6
.
2
V
C
5
5
C
5
6
C
5
7
C
5
8
J
M
K
1
6
J
2
K
L
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
1
0
.
0
1
T
i
t
l
e
G
U
I
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
0
6
6
9
8
D
B
D
a
t
e
:
:
6
N
/
:
2
4
C
/
2
B
0
1
M
0
G
S
D
h
r
e
a
e
w
t
n
o
f
:
4
4
F
i
l
e
\
P
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
6
9
6
.
P
4
.
R
3
.
s
c
h
d
o
c
B
y
R
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
07223B DCN6378
D-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
M
T
1
M
T
2
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
T
o
L
C
D
D
i
s
p
l
a
y
F
r
o
m
I
C
O
P
C
P
U
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
-
0
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
U
1
+
3
.
3
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
6
4
4
4
4
4
5
7
8
1
3
4
6
7
9
0
2
3
5
6
8
9
0
2
3
5
4
4
3
3
3
3
1
0
9
8
5
4
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
0
0
1
1
2
2
_
_
_
_
_
_
N
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
Y
0
M
7
8
9
1
1
P
Y
0
P
J
1
N
P
N
P
Y
1
M
Y
1
P
Y
2
_
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
M
M
M
M
H 1
H 2
H 3
H 4
H
e
a
d
e
r
2
2
X
2
0
J
2
Y
2
M
1
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
2
Y
2
P
Y
2
_
_
N
P
V
A
D
0
V
A
D
1
3
1
0
1
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
2 6
3 3
3 2
C
L
K
I
N
Y
1
V
A
D
2
V
A
D
1
C
L
K
I
N
C
C
L
K
O
O
U
T
T
_
N
P
0
1
2
3
2
3
4
5
6
7
C
L
K
O
U
T
M
L
K
U
_
Y
1
_
_
N
P
V A
V A
V A
D
D
D
6
8
1
V A
V A
V A
D
D
D
7
9
1
C
L
K
O
U
T
P
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
Y
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
2
7
0
1
S
H
T
D
N
+
3
.
3
V
3
5
7
9
1
3
5
7
9
1
3
5
7
9
1
3
Y
0
_
O
N
U
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
1
4
3
N
N
C
C
C
L
K
T
_
P
1
1
4
2
8
2
C
L
K
O
U
T
_
N
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V
C
C
C
C
C
C
V B
V B
V B
D
D
D
2
4
6
V B
V B
V B
D
D
D
3
5
7
V
1
V
3
7
9
B
V
A
B
C
D
K
L
L
V
P
D
L
S
V
C
C
C
C
2
V
B
D
1
0
V
B
D
1
1
E
L
V
+
3
.
3
V
2
2
.
1
4 2
3 6
3 1
V
B
G
D
C
E
L
K
5
1
7
4
6
V
V
V
L
L
L
D S
D S
D S
G N
G N
G N
D
D
D
R
1
K
G
G
G
G
G
N
N
N
N
N
D
D
D
D
D
V
B
1
1
2
4
R
2
1
0
3
0
8
P
P
L
L
G
N
D
D
2
G
3
1
6
8
-
0
5
0
0
0
1
0
1
-
0
0
L
L
G
N
S
N
7
5
L
V
D
S
8
4
A
+
3
.
3
V
B
A
C
K
L
J
3
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
Y
0
_
P
Y
0
_
N
N
Y
1
_
P
Y
1
_
Y
2
U
_
N
T
Y
C
2
L
_
K
P
O
1
1
1
C
L
K
O
_
N
U
T
_
P
1
3
+
3
.
3
V
H
e
a
d
e
r
7
X
2
C
1
T
i
t
l
e
C
2
C
3
C
4
C
5
C
6
C
7
C
8
C
9
C
1
0
C
1
1
2
2
u
F
/
6
.
3
V
L
V
D
S
,
T
r
a
n
s
m
i
t
t
e
r
B
o
a
r
d
J
M
K
3
1
6
B
J
2
2
6
K
L
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
B
A
0
6
8
8
2
D
a
t
e
:
5
/
7
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
e
t
1
o
f
1
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
8
8
2
-
P
1
-
R
0
.
S
c
h
D
o
c
D
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
07223B DCN6378
D-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
U
6
1
2
6
5
R
1
9
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
.01/2KV
C18
R
1
3
7
5
R
2
0
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
0
7
5
3
4
J
1
S
P
3
0
5
0
1
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
J
2
A
A
A
T
T
R
X
+
-
2
1
4
3
6
5
8
7
X
1
6
5
X
D
+
1
L
E
0
-
L
E
D
0
+
1
4
A
R
X
-
1
3
L
E
D
1
+
-
L
E
D
1
1
0
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
T
H
R
O
U
G
H
E
T
H
E
R
N
E
T
D
F
1
1
-
8
D
P
-
2
D
S
(
2
4
)
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
O
N
N
_
R
J
4
5
_
L
E
D
T
P
1
+
5
V
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
T
P
2
S
D
A
P
2
P
3
U
8
L
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
S
D
A
4
2
1
1
5
1
1
7
+
5
V
-
O
U
T
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
V
D
D
1
V
D
D
2
1
1
4
3
4
7
u
H
L
M
E
0
5
0
5
S
C
L
G
N
D
1
G
N
D
2
R
1
6
C28
4.7uF
1
k
+
C17
100uF
R
1
0
H
e
a
d
e
r
8
S
C
L
H
e
a
d
e
r
8
2
.
2
k
T
P
3
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
D
S
3
G
R
N
G
N
D
G
N
D
T
i
t
l
e
A
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y
I
/
O
B
o
a
r
d
(
P
W
R
-
E
T
H
E
R
N
E
T
)
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
B
D
C
N
:
6
0
9
2
0
6
7
3
1
A
D
a
t
e
:
5
/
6
/
2
0
1
1
S
h
e
e
t
1
o
f
3
P
R
I
N
T
E
D
D
O
C
U
M
E
N
T
S
A
R
E
U
N
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
7
3
1
-
1
_
E
T
H
E
R
N
E
T
.
S
c
h
D
o
D
c
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
07223B DCN6378
D-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
V
-
B
U
S
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
V
-
B
U
S
C19
0.1uF
C20
0.1uF
C21
R
2
1
1
4.7uF
C24
0.1uF
.
2
k
C22
0.1uF
3
.
3
V
G
N
D
U
9
C23
2
8
2
2
3
2
6
D
S
4
0.1uF
G
N
D
C
C
C
C
1
1
2
2
+
V
C
C
2
4
1
2
3
-
O
N
L
I
N
E
G
N
D
R
1
2
+
-
V
-
7
4
.
7
5
k
V
+
G
R
N
J
3
6
9
1
2
2
2
6
4
8
T
X
D
-
A
1
1
1
4
3
2
9
1
1
T
X
D
-
B
1
7
5
9
4
8
3
2
V
D
D
T
X
D
T
I
1
T
T
T
O
1
2
3
R
C
X
D
R
T
S
-
A
0
1
R
T
S
-
B
R
S
T
R
T
S
T
I
2
O
O
T
S
1
1
D
T
R
-
A
D
T
R
-
B
S
U
S
P
E
N
D
D
T
R
T
I
3
D
S
R
N
/
C
2
2 5
2 3
2 7
1
2
3
R
X
D
-
A
1
1
1
1
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
5
6
7
8
R
X
D
-
B
S
U
S
P
E
N
D
R
X
D
R
R
R
R
R
O
O
O
O
O
1
2
3
4
5
R
R
R
R
R
I 1
I 2
I 3
I 4
I 5
T
R
X
T
D
J
4
C
T
S
-
A
C
T
S
-
B
C
T
S
R
S
3
2
1
4
D
+
-
4
5
7
8
D
S
R
-
A
D
S
R
-
B
B
D
+
D
D
V
V
+
D
S
D
T
R
D
U
1
0
D
D
C
D
-
A
D
C
D
-
D
-
-
D
C
D
D
C
V
-
B
U
S
R
I
-
A
R
I
-
B
1
0
V
B
U
D
S
R
B
E
G
-
I
R
I
R
I
6
G
N
U
S
G
N
D
G
N
D
2
2
1
2
2
0
5
S
S
T
A
T
R
O
2
U
1
1
2
U
S
B
H
T
D
N
G
N
D
D
F
1
1
-
1
0
D
P
-
2
D
S
(
2
4
)
C
P
2
1
0
2
1
2
6
5
0
R
S
P
3
2
4
3
E
U
1
4
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
0
C25
0.1uF
C26
1uF
G
N
D
R
1
5
3
4
n
c
n
c
N
U
P
2
2
0
2
W
1
G
N
D
G
N
D
M
T
1
M
T
2
M
T
-
H
O
L
E
M
T
-
H
O
L
E
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
T
i
t
l
e
A
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y
I
/
O
B
o
a
r
d
(
U
S
B
)
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
B
0
6
7
3
1
A
D
C
N
:
6
0
9
2
P
R
I
N
T
E
D
D
O
C
U
M
E
N
T
S
A
R
E
U
N
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D
D
a
t
e
:
5
/
6
/
2
0
1
1
S
h
e
e
t
2
o
f
3
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
7
3
1
-
2
_
U
S
B
.
S
c
h
D
o
c
D
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
07223B DCN6378
D-30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
3
4
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
R
9
9
4
.
9
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
+
5
V
-
A
D
C
A
G
N
D
C27
C1
0.1uF
4.7uF
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
P
1
U
1
A
H
N
1
-
C
H
0
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
3
1
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
C H
C H
C H
C H
C H
C H
C H
C H
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
V
D
D
D
D
D
N
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
A
N
-
C
V
A
N
-
C
H
2
3
S
H
T
A
H
N
-
C
H
3
A
N
-
C
4
9
5
1
1
6
S
S
D
A
A
N
-
C
H
5
C
L
A
N
-
C
H
6
0
2
A
2
A
N
-
C
H
7
A
1
4
7
8
1
2
4
4
A
0
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
N
N
N
N
N
N
A
C
U
2
C
C
C
C
C
G
2
7
6
U
3
R
F
E
F
J
A
N
A
L
O
G
I
N
P
U
T
1
2
3
6
5
4
1
2
3
6
5
4
2
1
2
2
1
R
E
-
A
C8
0.1uF
C9
2
2
3
8
C10
4.7uF
C11
0.01uF
N
N
D
C
C
0.1uF
5
N
D
D
G
N
S
M
S
1
2
S
M
S
1
2
C30
1nF
C29
1nF
M
A
X
1
2
7
0
B
C
A
I
+
T
P
4
A
G
N
D
A
G
N
D
C15
.01/2KV
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
A
G
N
D
4
9
.
9
R
1
7
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
4
9
.
9
R
1
8
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
+
5
V
T
P
5
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
R
3
R
4
T
P
6
1
K
1
K
C12
0.1uF
N
C
7
6
W
Z
1
7
P
6
X
C13
0.1uF
C14
0.1uF
R
5
R
6
1
2
.
2
k
2
.
2
k
S
D
A
S
C
L
D
S
1
D
S
2
U
5
U
4
A
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
T
P
7
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
5
2
3
0
1
6
9
3
2
5
4
8
6
1
7
V
D
D
2
V
D
D
1
G
N
D
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
N
C
N
C
B
L
U
B
L
U
S
D
A
S
D
A
2
S
D
A
1
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
N
C
N
C
C
N
C
N
3
4
4
7
S
C
L
S
C
L
2
S
G
G
C
L
D
D
1
1
1
U
N
B
G
N
D
2
2
N
N
C
W
Z
1
7
P
6
X
G
N
D
T
P
8
A
D
u
M
2
2
5
0
T
i
t
l
e
G
N
D
A
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y
I
/
O
B
o
a
r
d
(
A
D
C
)
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
B
0
6
7
3
1
A
D
C
N
:
6
0
9
2
D
a
t
e
:
5
/
6
/
2
0
1
1
S
h
e
e
t
3
o
f
3
P
R
I
N
T
E
D
D
O
C
U
M
E
N
T
S
A
R
E
U
N
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
7
3
1
-
3
_
A
D
C
.
S
c
h
D
o
c
D
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
07223B DCN6378
D-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|